Quotations.ch
  Directory : The Memoirs of Sherlock Holmes
GUIDE SUPPORT US BLOG
  • Project Gutenberg’s The Memoirs of Sherlock Holmes, by Arthur Conan Doyle
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  • almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
  • re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  • with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
  • Title: The Memoirs of Sherlock Holmes
  • Author: Arthur Conan Doyle
  • Release Date: March, 1997 [EBook #834]
  • Last Updated: July 6, 2019
  • Language: English
  • Character set encoding: UTF-8
  • *** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MEMOIRS OF SHERLOCK HOLMES ***
  • Produced by Angela M. Cable, and David Widger
  • cover
  • THE MEMOIRS OF SHERLOCK HOLMES
  • by Arthur Conan Doyle
  • Contents
  • I. Silver Blaze
  • II. The Adventure of the Cardboard Box
  • III. The Yellow Face
  • IV. The Stockbroker’s Clerk
  • V. The “_Gloria Scott_”
  • VI. The Musgrave Ritual
  • VII. The Reigate Squires
  • VIII. The Crooked Man
  • IX. The Resident Patient
  • X. The Greek Interpreter
  • XI. The Naval Treaty
  • XII. The Final Problem
  • I. Silver Blaze
  • I am afraid, Watson, that I shall have to go,” said Holmes, as we
  • sat down together to our breakfast one morning.
  • “Go! Where to?”
  • “To Dartmoor; to King’s Pyland.”
  • I was not surprised. Indeed, my only wonder was that he had not
  • already been mixed up in this extraordinary case, which was the
  • one topic of conversation through the length and breadth of
  • England. For a whole day my companion had rambled about the room
  • with his chin upon his chest and his brows knitted, charging and
  • recharging his pipe with the strongest black tobacco, and
  • absolutely deaf to any of my questions or remarks. Fresh editions
  • of every paper had been sent up by our news agent, only to be
  • glanced over and tossed down into a corner. Yet, silent as he
  • was, I knew perfectly well what it was over which he was
  • brooding. There was but one problem before the public which could
  • challenge his powers of analysis, and that was the singular
  • disappearance of the favourite for the Wessex Cup, and the tragic
  • murder of its trainer. When, therefore, he suddenly announced his
  • intention of setting out for the scene of the drama it was only
  • what I had both expected and hoped for.
  • “I should be most happy to go down with you if I should not be in
  • the way,” said I.
  • “My dear Watson, you would confer a great favour upon me by
  • coming. And I think that your time will not be misspent, for
  • there are points about the case which promise to make it an
  • absolutely unique one. We have, I think, just time to catch our
  • train at Paddington, and I will go further into the matter upon
  • our journey. You would oblige me by bringing with you your very
  • excellent field-glass.”
  • And so it happened that an hour or so later I found myself in the
  • corner of a first-class carriage flying along en route for
  • Exeter, while Sherlock Holmes, with his sharp, eager face framed
  • in his ear-flapped travelling-cap, dipped rapidly into the bundle
  • of fresh papers which he had procured at Paddington. We had left
  • Reading far behind us before he thrust the last one of them under
  • the seat, and offered me his cigar-case.
  • “We are going well,” said he, looking out the window and glancing
  • at his watch. “Our rate at present is fifty-three and a half
  • miles an hour.”
  • “I have not observed the quarter-mile posts,” said I.
  • “Nor have I. But the telegraph posts upon this line are sixty
  • yards apart, and the calculation is a simple one. I presume that
  • you have looked into this matter of the murder of John Straker
  • and the disappearance of Silver Blaze?”
  • “I have seen what the _Telegraph_ and the _Chronicle_ have to
  • say.”
  • “It is one of those cases where the art of the reasoner should be
  • used rather for the sifting of details than for the acquiring of
  • fresh evidence. The tragedy has been so uncommon, so complete and
  • of such personal importance to so many people, that we are
  • suffering from a plethora of surmise, conjecture, and hypothesis.
  • The difficulty is to detach the framework of fact—of absolute
  • undeniable fact—from the embellishments of theorists and
  • reporters. Then, having established ourselves upon this sound
  • basis, it is our duty to see what inferences may be drawn and
  • what are the special points upon which the whole mystery turns.
  • On Tuesday evening I received telegrams from both Colonel Ross,
  • the owner of the horse, and from Inspector Gregory, who is
  • looking after the case, inviting my co-operation.”
  • “Tuesday evening!” I exclaimed. “And this is Thursday morning.
  • Why didn’t you go down yesterday?”
  • “Because I made a blunder, my dear Watson—which is, I am afraid,
  • a more common occurrence than any one would think who only knew
  • me through your memoirs. The fact is that I could not believe it
  • possible that the most remarkable horse in England could long
  • remain concealed, especially in so sparsely inhabited a place as
  • the north of Dartmoor. From hour to hour yesterday I expected to
  • hear that he had been found, and that his abductor was the
  • murderer of John Straker. When, however, another morning had
  • come, and I found that beyond the arrest of young Fitzroy Simpson
  • nothing had been done, I felt that it was time for me to take
  • action. Yet in some ways I feel that yesterday has not been
  • wasted.”
  • “You have formed a theory, then?”
  • “At least I have got a grip of the essential facts of the case. I
  • shall enumerate them to you, for nothing clears up a case so much
  • as stating it to another person, and I can hardly expect your
  • co-operation if I do not show you the position from which we
  • start.”
  • I lay back against the cushions, puffing at my cigar, while
  • Holmes, leaning forward, with his long, thin forefinger checking
  • off the points upon the palm of his left hand, gave me a sketch
  • of the events which had led to our journey.
  • “Silver Blaze,” said he, “is from the Isonomy stock, and holds as
  • brilliant a record as his famous ancestor. He is now in his fifth
  • year, and has brought in turn each of the prizes of the turf to
  • Colonel Ross, his fortunate owner. Up to the time of the
  • catastrophe he was the first favourite for the Wessex Cup, the
  • betting being three to one on him. He has always, however, been a
  • prime favourite with the racing public, and has never yet
  • disappointed them, so that even at those odds enormous sums of
  • money have been laid upon him. It is obvious, therefore, that
  • there were many people who had the strongest interest in
  • preventing Silver Blaze from being there at the fall of the flag
  • next Tuesday.
  • “The fact was, of course, appreciated at King’s Pyland, where the
  • Colonel’s training-stable is situated. Every precaution was taken
  • to guard the favourite. The trainer, John Straker, is a retired
  • jockey who rode in Colonel Ross’s colours before he became too
  • heavy for the weighing-chair. He has served the Colonel for five
  • years as jockey and for seven as trainer, and has always shown
  • himself to be a zealous and honest servant. Under him were three
  • lads; for the establishment was a small one, containing only four
  • horses in all. One of these lads sat up each night in the stable,
  • while the others slept in the loft. All three bore excellent
  • characters. John Straker, who is a married man, lived in a small
  • villa about two hundred yards from the stables. He has no
  • children, keeps one maid-servant, and is comfortably off. The
  • country round is very lonely, but about half a mile to the north
  • there is a small cluster of villas which have been built by a
  • Tavistock contractor for the use of invalids and others who may
  • wish to enjoy the pure Dartmoor air. Tavistock itself lies two
  • miles to the west, while across the moor, also about two miles
  • distant, is the larger training establishment of Mapleton, which
  • belongs to Lord Backwater, and is managed by Silas Brown. In
  • every other direction the moor is a complete wilderness,
  • inhabited only by a few roaming gypsies. Such was the general
  • situation last Monday night when the catastrophe occurred.
  • “On that evening the horses had been exercised and watered as
  • usual, and the stables were locked up at nine o’clock. Two of the
  • lads walked up to the trainer’s house, where they had supper in
  • the kitchen, while the third, Ned Hunter, remained on guard. At a
  • few minutes after nine the maid, Edith Baxter, carried down to
  • the stables his supper, which consisted of a dish of curried
  • mutton. She took no liquid, as there was a water-tap in the
  • stables, and it was the rule that the lad on duty should drink
  • nothing else. The maid carried a lantern with her, as it was very
  • dark and the path ran across the open moor.
  • “Edith Baxter was within thirty yards of the stables, when a man
  • appeared out of the darkness and called to her to stop. As he
  • stepped into the circle of yellow light thrown by the lantern she
  • saw that he was a person of gentlemanly bearing, dressed in a
  • grey suit of tweeds, with a cloth cap. He wore gaiters, and
  • carried a heavy stick with a knob to it. She was most impressed,
  • however, by the extreme pallor of his face and by the nervousness
  • of his manner. His age, she thought, would be rather over thirty
  • than under it.
  • “‘Can you tell me where I am?’ he asked. ‘I had almost made up my
  • mind to sleep on the moor, when I saw the light of your lantern.’
  • “‘You are close to the King’s Pyland training-stables,’ said she.
  • “‘Oh, indeed! What a stroke of luck!’ he cried. ‘I understand
  • that a stable-boy sleeps there alone every night. Perhaps that is
  • his supper which you are carrying to him. Now I am sure that you
  • would not be too proud to earn the price of a new dress, would
  • you?’ He took a piece of white paper folded up out of his
  • waistcoat pocket. ‘See that the boy has this to-night, and you
  • shall have the prettiest frock that money can buy.’
  • “She was frightened by the earnestness of his manner, and ran
  • past him to the window through which she was accustomed to hand
  • the meals. It was already opened, and Hunter was seated at the
  • small table inside. She had begun to tell him of what had
  • happened, when the stranger came up again.
  • “‘Good-evening,’ said he, looking through the window. ‘I wanted
  • to have a word with you.’ The girl has sworn that as he spoke she
  • noticed the corner of the little paper packet protruding from his
  • closed hand.
  • “‘What business have you here?’ asked the lad.
  • “‘It’s business that may put something into your pocket,’ said
  • the other. ‘You’ve two horses in for the Wessex Cup—Silver Blaze
  • and Bayard. Let me have the straight tip and you won’t be a
  • loser. Is it a fact that at the weights Bayard could give the
  • other a hundred yards in five furlongs, and that the stable have
  • put their money on him?’
  • “‘So, you’re one of those damned touts!’ cried the lad. ‘I’ll
  • show you how we serve them in King’s Pyland.’ He sprang up and
  • rushed across the stable to unloose the dog. The girl fled away
  • to the house, but as she ran she looked back and saw that the
  • stranger was leaning through the window. A minute later, however,
  • when Hunter rushed out with the hound he was gone, and though he
  • ran all round the buildings he failed to find any trace of him.”
  • “One moment,” I asked. “Did the stable-boy, when he ran out with
  • the dog, leave the door unlocked behind him?”
  • “Excellent, Watson, excellent!” murmured my companion. “The
  • importance of the point struck me so forcibly that I sent a
  • special wire to Dartmoor yesterday to clear the matter up. The
  • boy locked the door before he left it. The window, I may add, was
  • not large enough for a man to get through.
  • “Hunter waited until his fellow-grooms had returned, when he sent
  • a message to the trainer and told him what had occurred. Straker
  • was excited at hearing the account, although he does not seem to
  • have quite realized its true significance. It left him, however,
  • vaguely uneasy, and Mrs. Straker, waking at one in the morning,
  • found that he was dressing. In reply to her inquiries, he said
  • that he could not sleep on account of his anxiety about the
  • horses, and that he intended to walk down to the stables to see
  • that all was well. She begged him to remain at home, as she could
  • hear the rain pattering against the window, but in spite of her
  • entreaties he pulled on his large mackintosh and left the house.
  • “Mrs. Straker awoke at seven in the morning, to find that her
  • husband had not yet returned. She dressed herself hastily, called
  • the maid, and set off for the stables. The door was open; inside,
  • huddled together upon a chair, Hunter was sunk in a state of
  • absolute stupor, the favourite’s stall was empty, and there were
  • no signs of his trainer.
  • “The two lads who slept in the chaff-cutting loft above the
  • harness-room were quickly aroused. They had heard nothing during
  • the night, for they are both sound sleepers. Hunter was obviously
  • under the influence of some powerful drug, and as no sense could
  • be got out of him, he was left to sleep it off while the two lads
  • and the two women ran out in search of the absentees. They still
  • had hopes that the trainer had for some reason taken out the
  • horse for early exercise, but on ascending the knoll near the
  • house, from which all the neighbouring moors were visible, they
  • not only could see no signs of the missing favourite, but they
  • perceived something which warned them that they were in the
  • presence of a tragedy.
  • “About a quarter of a mile from the stables John Straker’s
  • overcoat was flapping from a furze-bush. Immediately beyond there
  • was a bowl-shaped depression in the moor, and at the bottom of
  • this was found the dead body of the unfortunate trainer. His head
  • had been shattered by a savage blow from some heavy weapon, and
  • he was wounded on the thigh, where there was a long, clean cut,
  • inflicted evidently by some very sharp instrument. It was clear,
  • however, that Straker had defended himself vigorously against his
  • assailants, for in his right hand he held a small knife, which
  • was clotted with blood up to the handle, while in his left he
  • clasped a red and black silk cravat, which was recognised by the
  • maid as having been worn on the preceding evening by the stranger
  • who had visited the stables.
  • “Hunter, on recovering from his stupor, was also quite positive
  • as to the ownership of the cravat. He was equally certain that
  • the same stranger had, while standing at the window, drugged his
  • curried mutton, and so deprived the stables of their watchman.
  • “As to the missing horse, there were abundant proofs in the mud
  • which lay at the bottom of the fatal hollow that he had been
  • there at the time of the struggle. But from that morning he has
  • disappeared, and although a large reward has been offered, and
  • all the gypsies of Dartmoor are on the alert, no news has come of
  • him. Finally, an analysis has shown that the remains of his
  • supper left by the stable-lad contain an appreciable quantity of
  • powdered opium, while the people at the house partook of the same
  • dish on the same night without any ill effect.
  • “Those are the main facts of the case, stripped of all surmise,
  • and stated as baldly as possible. I shall now recapitulate what
  • the police have done in the matter.
  • “Inspector Gregory, to whom the case has been committed, is an
  • extremely competent officer. Were he but gifted with imagination
  • he might rise to great heights in his profession. On his arrival
  • he promptly found and arrested the man upon whom suspicion
  • naturally rested. There was little difficulty in finding him, for
  • he inhabited one of those villas which I have mentioned. His
  • name, it appears, was Fitzroy Simpson. He was a man of excellent
  • birth and education, who had squandered a fortune upon the turf,
  • and who lived now by doing a little quiet and genteel book-making
  • in the sporting clubs of London. An examination of his
  • betting-book shows that bets to the amount of five thousand
  • pounds had been registered by him against the favourite.
  • “On being arrested he volunteered the statement that he had come
  • down to Dartmoor in the hope of getting some information about
  • the King’s Pyland horses, and also about Desborough, the second
  • favourite, which was in charge of Silas Brown at the Mapleton
  • stables. He did not attempt to deny that he had acted as
  • described upon the evening before, but declared that he had no
  • sinister designs, and had simply wished to obtain first-hand
  • information. When confronted with his cravat, he turned very
  • pale, and was utterly unable to account for its presence in the
  • hand of the murdered man. His wet clothing showed that he had
  • been out in the storm of the night before, and his stick, which
  • was a Penang-lawyer weighted with lead, was just such a weapon as
  • might, by repeated blows, have inflicted the terrible injuries to
  • which the trainer had succumbed.
  • “On the other hand, there was no wound upon his person, while the
  • state of Straker’s knife would show that one at least of his
  • assailants must bear his mark upon him. There you have it all in
  • a nutshell, Watson, and if you can give me any light I shall be
  • infinitely obliged to you.”
  • I had listened with the greatest interest to the statement which
  • Holmes, with characteristic clearness, had laid before me. Though
  • most of the facts were familiar to me, I had not sufficiently
  • appreciated their relative importance, nor their connection to
  • each other.
  • “Is it not possible,” I suggested, “that the incised wound upon
  • Straker may have been caused by his own knife in the convulsive
  • struggles which follow any brain injury?”
  • “It is more than possible; it is probable,” said Holmes. “In that
  • case one of the main points in favour of the accused disappears.”
  • “And yet,” said I, “even now I fail to understand what the theory
  • of the police can be.”
  • “I am afraid that whatever theory we state has very grave
  • objections to it,” returned my companion. “The police imagine, I
  • take it, that this Fitzroy Simpson, having drugged the lad, and
  • having in some way obtained a duplicate key, opened the stable
  • door and took out the horse, with the intention, apparently, of
  • kidnapping him altogether. His bridle is missing, so that Simpson
  • must have put this on. Then, having left the door open behind
  • him, he was leading the horse away over the moor, when he was
  • either met or overtaken by the trainer. A row naturally ensued.
  • Simpson beat out the trainer’s brains with his heavy stick
  • without receiving any injury from the small knife which Straker
  • used in self-defence, and then the thief either led the horse on
  • to some secret hiding-place, or else it may have bolted during
  • the struggle, and be now wandering out on the moors. That is the
  • case as it appears to the police, and improbable as it is, all
  • other explanations are more improbable still. However, I shall
  • very quickly test the matter when I am once upon the spot, and
  • until then I cannot really see how we can get much further than
  • our present position.”
  • It was evening before we reached the little town of Tavistock,
  • which lies, like the boss of a shield, in the middle of the huge
  • circle of Dartmoor. Two gentlemen were awaiting us in the
  • station—the one a tall, fair man with lion-like hair and beard
  • and curiously penetrating light blue eyes; the other a small,
  • alert person, very neat and dapper, in a frock-coat and gaiters,
  • with trim little side-whiskers and an eye-glass. The latter was
  • Colonel Ross, the well-known sportsman; the other, Inspector
  • Gregory, a man who was rapidly making his name in the English
  • detective service.
  • “I am delighted that you have come down, Mr. Holmes,” said the
  • Colonel. “The Inspector here has done all that could possibly be
  • suggested, but I wish to leave no stone unturned in trying to
  • avenge poor Straker and in recovering my horse.”
  • “Have there been any fresh developments?” asked Holmes.
  • “I am sorry to say that we have made very little progress,” said
  • the Inspector. “We have an open carriage outside, and as you
  • would no doubt like to see the place before the light fails, we
  • might talk it over as we drive.”
  • A minute later we were all seated in a comfortable landau, and
  • were rattling through the quaint old Devonshire city. Inspector
  • Gregory was full of his case, and poured out a stream of remarks,
  • while Holmes threw in an occasional question or interjection.
  • Colonel Ross leaned back with his arms folded and his hat tilted
  • over his eyes, while I listened with interest to the dialogue of
  • the two detectives. Gregory was formulating his theory, which was
  • almost exactly what Holmes had foretold in the train.
  • “The net is drawn pretty close round Fitzroy Simpson,” he
  • remarked, “and I believe myself that he is our man. At the same
  • time I recognise that the evidence is purely circumstantial, and
  • that some new development may upset it.”
  • “How about Straker’s knife?”
  • “We have quite come to the conclusion that he wounded himself in
  • his fall.”
  • “My friend Dr. Watson made that suggestion to me as we came down.
  • If so, it would tell against this man Simpson.”
  • “Undoubtedly. He has neither a knife nor any sign of a wound. The
  • evidence against him is certainly very strong. He had a great
  • interest in the disappearance of the favourite. He lies under
  • suspicion of having poisoned the stable-boy, he was undoubtedly
  • out in the storm, he was armed with a heavy stick, and his cravat
  • was found in the dead man’s hand. I really think we have enough
  • to go before a jury.”
  • Holmes shook his head. “A clever counsel would tear it all to
  • rags,” said he. “Why should he take the horse out of the stable?
  • If he wished to injure it why could he not do it there? Has a
  • duplicate key been found in his possession? What chemist sold him
  • the powdered opium? Above all, where could he, a stranger to the
  • district, hide a horse, and such a horse as this? What is his own
  • explanation as to the paper which he wished the maid to give to
  • the stable-boy?”
  • “He says that it was a ten-pound note. One was found in his
  • purse. But your other difficulties are not so formidable as they
  • seem. He is not a stranger to the district. He has twice lodged
  • at Tavistock in the summer. The opium was probably brought from
  • London. The key, having served its purpose, would be hurled away.
  • The horse may be at the bottom of one of the pits or old mines
  • upon the moor.”
  • “What does he say about the cravat?”
  • “He acknowledges that it is his, and declares that he had lost
  • it. But a new element has been introduced into the case which may
  • account for his leading the horse from the stable.”
  • Holmes pricked up his ears.
  • “We have found traces which show that a party of gypsies encamped
  • on Monday night within a mile of the spot where the murder took
  • place. On Tuesday they were gone. Now, presuming that there was
  • some understanding between Simpson and these gypsies, might he
  • not have been leading the horse to them when he was overtaken,
  • and may they not have him now?”
  • “It is certainly possible.”
  • “The moor is being scoured for these gypsies. I have also
  • examined every stable and out-house in Tavistock, and for a
  • radius of ten miles.”
  • “There is another training-stable quite close, I understand?”
  • “Yes, and that is a factor which we must certainly not neglect.
  • As Desborough, their horse, was second in the betting, they had
  • an interest in the disappearance of the favourite. Silas Brown,
  • the trainer, is known to have had large bets upon the event, and
  • he was no friend to poor Straker. We have, however, examined the
  • stables, and there is nothing to connect him with the affair.”
  • “And nothing to connect this man Simpson with the interests of
  • the Mapleton stables?”
  • “Nothing at all.”
  • Holmes leaned back in the carriage, and the conversation ceased.
  • A few minutes later our driver pulled up at a neat little
  • red-brick villa with overhanging eaves which stood by the road.
  • Some distance off, across a paddock, lay a long grey-tiled
  • out-building. In every other direction the low curves of the
  • moor, bronze-coloured from the fading ferns, stretched away to
  • the sky-line, broken only by the steeples of Tavistock, and by a
  • cluster of houses away to the westward which marked the Mapleton
  • stables. We all sprang out with the exception of Holmes, who
  • continued to lean back with his eyes fixed upon the sky in front
  • of him, entirely absorbed in his own thoughts. It was only when I
  • touched his arm that he roused himself with a violent start and
  • stepped out of the carriage.
  • “Excuse me,” said he, turning to Colonel Ross, who had looked at
  • him in some surprise. “I was day-dreaming.” There was a gleam in
  • his eyes and a suppressed excitement in his manner which
  • convinced me, used as I was to his ways, that his hand was upon a
  • clue, though I could not imagine where he had found it.
  • “Perhaps you would prefer at once to go on to the scene of the
  • crime, Mr. Holmes?” said Gregory.
  • “I think that I should prefer to stay here a little and go into
  • one or two questions of detail. Straker was brought back here, I
  • presume?”
  • “Yes; he lies upstairs. The inquest is to-morrow.”
  • “He has been in your service some years, Colonel Ross?”
  • “I have always found him an excellent servant.”
  • “I presume that you made an inventory of what he had in his
  • pockets at the time of his death, Inspector?”
  • “I have the things themselves in the sitting-room, if you would
  • care to see them.”
  • “I should be very glad.” We all filed into the front room and sat
  • round the central table while the Inspector unlocked a square tin
  • box and laid a small heap of things before us. There was a box of
  • vestas, two inches of tallow candle, an A.D.P. briar-root pipe, a
  • pouch of seal-skin with half an ounce of long-cut Cavendish, a
  • silver watch with a gold chain, five sovereigns in gold, an
  • aluminium pencil-case, a few papers, and an ivory-handled knife
  • with a very delicate, inflexible blade marked Weiss & Co.,
  • London.
  • “This is a very singular knife,” said Holmes, lifting it up and
  • examining it minutely. “I presume, as I see blood-stains upon it,
  • that it is the one which was found in the dead man’s grasp.
  • Watson, this knife is surely in your line?”
  • “It is what we call a cataract knife,” said I.
  • “I thought so. A very delicate blade devised for very delicate
  • work. A strange thing for a man to carry with him upon a rough
  • expedition, especially as it would not shut in his pocket.”
  • “The tip was guarded by a disk of cork which we found beside his
  • body,” said the Inspector. “His wife tells us that the knife had
  • lain upon the dressing-table, and that he had picked it up as he
  • left the room. It was a poor weapon, but perhaps the best that he
  • could lay his hands on at the moment.”
  • “Very possible. How about these papers?”
  • “Three of them are receipted hay-dealers’ accounts. One of them
  • is a letter of instructions from Colonel Ross. This other is a
  • milliner’s account for thirty-seven pounds fifteen made out by
  • Madame Lesurier, of Bond Street, to William Derbyshire. Mrs.
  • Straker tells us that Derbyshire was a friend of her husband’s
  • and that occasionally his letters were addressed here.”
  • “Madam Derbyshire had somewhat expensive tastes,” remarked
  • Holmes, glancing down the account. “Twenty-two guineas is rather
  • heavy for a single costume. However there appears to be nothing
  • more to learn, and we may now go down to the scene of the crime.”
  • As we emerged from the sitting-room a woman, who had been waiting
  • in the passage, took a step forward and laid her hand upon the
  • Inspector’s sleeve. Her face was haggard and thin and eager,
  • stamped with the print of a recent horror.
  • “Have you got them? Have you found them?” she panted.
  • “No, Mrs. Straker. But Mr. Holmes here has come from London to
  • help us, and we shall do all that is possible.”
  • “Surely I met you in Plymouth at a garden-party some little time
  • ago, Mrs. Straker?” said Holmes.
  • “No, sir; you are mistaken.”
  • “Dear me! Why, I could have sworn to it. You wore a costume of
  • dove-coloured silk with ostrich-feather trimming.”
  • “I never had such a dress, sir,” answered the lady.
  • “Ah, that quite settles it,” said Holmes. And with an apology he
  • followed the Inspector outside. A short walk across the moor took
  • us to the hollow in which the body had been found. At the brink
  • of it was the furze-bush upon which the coat had been hung.
  • “There was no wind that night, I understand,” said Holmes.
  • “None; but very heavy rain.”
  • “In that case the overcoat was not blown against the furze-bush,
  • but placed there.”
  • “Yes, it was laid across the bush.”
  • “You fill me with interest, I perceive that the ground has been
  • trampled up a good deal. No doubt many feet have been here since
  • Monday night.”
  • “A piece of matting has been laid here at the side, and we have
  • all stood upon that.”
  • “Excellent.”
  • “In this bag I have one of the boots which Straker wore, one of
  • Fitzroy Simpson’s shoes, and a cast horseshoe of Silver Blaze.”
  • “My dear Inspector, you surpass yourself!” Holmes took the bag,
  • and, descending into the hollow, he pushed the matting into a
  • more central position. Then stretching himself upon his face and
  • leaning his chin upon his hands, he made a careful study of the
  • trampled mud in front of him. “Hullo!” said he, suddenly. “What’s
  • this?” It was a wax vesta half burned, which was so coated with
  • mud that it looked at first like a little chip of wood.
  • “I cannot think how I came to overlook it,” said the Inspector,
  • with an expression of annoyance.
  • “It was invisible, buried in the mud. I only saw it because I was
  • looking for it.”
  • “What! You expected to find it?”
  • “I thought it not unlikely.”
  • He took the boots from the bag, and compared the impressions of
  • each of them with marks upon the ground. Then he clambered up to
  • the rim of the hollow, and crawled about among the ferns and
  • bushes.
  • “I am afraid that there are no more tracks,” said the Inspector.
  • “I have examined the ground very carefully for a hundred yards in
  • each direction.”
  • “Indeed!” said Holmes, rising. “I should not have the
  • impertinence to do it again after what you say. But I should like
  • to take a little walk over the moor before it grows dark, that I
  • may know my ground to-morrow, and I think that I shall put this
  • horseshoe into my pocket for luck.”
  • Colonel Ross, who had shown some signs of impatience at my
  • companion’s quiet and systematic method of work, glanced at his
  • watch. “I wish you would come back with me, Inspector,” said he.
  • “There are several points on which I should like your advice, and
  • especially as to whether we do not owe it to the public to remove
  • our horse’s name from the entries for the Cup.”
  • “Certainly not,” cried Holmes, with decision. “I should let the
  • name stand.”
  • The Colonel bowed. “I am very glad to have had your opinion,
  • sir,” said he. “You will find us at poor Straker’s house when you
  • have finished your walk, and we can drive together into
  • Tavistock.”
  • He turned back with the Inspector, while Holmes and I walked
  • slowly across the moor. The sun was beginning to sink behind the
  • stables of Mapleton, and the long, sloping plain in front of us
  • was tinged with gold, deepening into rich, ruddy browns where the
  • faded ferns and brambles caught the evening light. But the
  • glories of the landscape were all wasted upon my companion, who
  • was sunk in the deepest thought.
  • “It’s this way, Watson,” said he at last. “We may leave the
  • question of who killed John Straker for the instant, and confine
  • ourselves to finding out what has become of the horse. Now,
  • supposing that he broke away during or after the tragedy, where
  • could he have gone to? The horse is a very gregarious creature.
  • If left to himself his instincts would have been either to return
  • to King’s Pyland or go over to Mapleton. Why should he run wild
  • upon the moor? He would surely have been seen by now. And why
  • should gypsies kidnap him? These people always clear out when
  • they hear of trouble, for they do not wish to be pestered by the
  • police. They could not hope to sell such a horse. They would run
  • a great risk and gain nothing by taking him. Surely that is
  • clear.”
  • “Where is he, then?”
  • “I have already said that he must have gone to King’s Pyland or
  • to Mapleton. He is not at King’s Pyland. Therefore he is at
  • Mapleton. Let us take that as a working hypothesis and see what
  • it leads us to. This part of the moor, as the Inspector remarked,
  • is very hard and dry. But it falls away towards Mapleton, and you
  • can see from here that there is a long hollow over yonder, which
  • must have been very wet on Monday night. If our supposition is
  • correct, then the horse must have crossed that, and there is the
  • point where we should look for his tracks.”
  • We had been walking briskly during this conversation, and a few
  • more minutes brought us to the hollow in question. At Holmes’
  • request I walked down the bank to the right, and he to the left,
  • but I had not taken fifty paces before I heard him give a shout,
  • and saw him waving his hand to me. The track of a horse was
  • plainly outlined in the soft earth in front of him, and the shoe
  • which he took from his pocket exactly fitted the impression.
  • “See the value of imagination,” said Holmes. “It is the one
  • quality which Gregory lacks. We imagined what might have
  • happened, acted upon the supposition, and find ourselves
  • justified. Let us proceed.”
  • We crossed the marshy bottom and passed over a quarter of a mile
  • of dry, hard turf. Again the ground sloped, and again we came on
  • the tracks. Then we lost them for half a mile, but only to pick
  • them up once more quite close to Mapleton. It was Holmes who saw
  • them first, and he stood pointing with a look of triumph upon his
  • face. A man’s track was visible beside the horse’s.
  • “The horse was alone before,” I cried.
  • “Quite so. It was alone before. Hullo, what is this?”
  • The double track turned sharp off and took the direction of
  • King’s Pyland. Holmes whistled, and we both followed along after
  • it. His eyes were on the trail, but I happened to look a little
  • to one side, and saw to my surprise the same tracks coming back
  • again in the opposite direction.
  • “One for you, Watson,” said Holmes, when I pointed it out. “You
  • have saved us a long walk, which would have brought us back on
  • our own traces. Let us follow the return track.”
  • We had not to go far. It ended at the paving of asphalt which led
  • up to the gates of the Mapleton stables. As we approached, a
  • groom ran out from them.
  • “We don’t want any loiterers about here,” said he.
  • “I only wished to ask a question,” said Holmes, with his finger
  • and thumb in his waistcoat pocket. “Should I be too early to see
  • your master, Mr. Silas Brown, if I were to call at five o’clock
  • to-morrow morning?”
  • “Bless you, sir, if any one is about he will be, for he is always
  • the first stirring. But here he is, sir, to answer your questions
  • for himself. No, sir, no; it is as much as my place is worth to
  • let him see me touch your money. Afterwards, if you like.”
  • As Sherlock Holmes replaced the half-crown which he had drawn
  • from his pocket, a fierce-looking elderly man strode out from the
  • gate with a hunting-crop swinging in his hand.
  • “What’s this, Dawson!” he cried. “No gossiping! Go about your
  • business! And you, what the devil do you want here?”
  • “Ten minutes’ talk with you, my good sir,” said Holmes in the
  • sweetest of voices.
  • “I’ve no time to talk to every gadabout. We want no strangers
  • here. Be off, or you may find a dog at your heels.”
  • Holmes leaned forward and whispered something in the trainer’s
  • ear. He started violently and flushed to the temples.
  • “It’s a lie!” he shouted, “an infernal lie!”
  • “Very good. Shall we argue about it here in public or talk it
  • over in your parlour?”
  • “Oh, come in if you wish to.”
  • Holmes smiled. “I shall not keep you more than a few minutes,
  • Watson,” said he. “Now, Mr. Brown, I am quite at your disposal.”
  • It was twenty minutes, and the reds had all faded into greys
  • before Holmes and the trainer reappeared. Never have I seen such
  • a change as had been brought about in Silas Brown in that short
  • time. His face was ashy pale, beads of perspiration shone upon
  • his brow, and his hands shook until the hunting-crop wagged like
  • a branch in the wind. His bullying, overbearing manner was all
  • gone too, and he cringed along at my companion’s side like a dog
  • with its master.
  • “Your instructions will be done. It shall all be done,” said he.
  • “There must be no mistake,” said Holmes, looking round at him.
  • The other winced as he read the menace in his eyes.
  • “Oh no, there shall be no mistake. It shall be there. Should I
  • change it first or not?”
  • Holmes thought a little and then burst out laughing. “No, don’t,”
  • said he; “I shall write to you about it. No tricks, now, or—”
  • “Oh, you can trust me, you can trust me!”
  • “Yes, I think I can. Well, you shall hear from me to-morrow.” He
  • turned upon his heel, disregarding the trembling hand which the
  • other held out to him, and we set off for King’s Pyland.
  • “A more perfect compound of the bully, coward, and sneak than
  • Master Silas Brown I have seldom met with,” remarked Holmes as we
  • trudged along together.
  • “He has the horse, then?”
  • “He tried to bluster out of it, but I described to him so exactly
  • what his actions had been upon that morning that he is convinced
  • that I was watching him. Of course you observed the peculiarly
  • square toes in the impressions, and that his own boots exactly
  • corresponded to them. Again, of course no subordinate would have
  • dared to do such a thing. I described to him how, when according
  • to his custom he was the first down, he perceived a strange horse
  • wandering over the moor. How he went out to it, and his
  • astonishment at recognising, from the white forehead which has
  • given the favourite its name, that chance had put in his power
  • the only horse which could beat the one upon which he had put his
  • money. Then I described how his first impulse had been to lead
  • him back to King’s Pyland, and how the devil had shown him how he
  • could hide the horse until the race was over, and how he had led
  • it back and concealed it at Mapleton. When I told him every
  • detail he gave it up and thought only of saving his own skin.”
  • “But his stables had been searched?”
  • “Oh, an old horse-faker like him has many a dodge.”
  • “But are you not afraid to leave the horse in his power now,
  • since he has every interest in injuring it?”
  • “My dear fellow, he will guard it as the apple of his eye. He
  • knows that his only hope of mercy is to produce it safe.”
  • “Colonel Ross did not impress me as a man who would be likely to
  • show much mercy in any case.”
  • “The matter does not rest with Colonel Ross. I follow my own
  • methods, and tell as much or as little as I choose. That is the
  • advantage of being unofficial. I don’t know whether you observed
  • it, Watson, but the Colonel’s manner has been just a trifle
  • cavalier to me. I am inclined now to have a little amusement at
  • his expense. Say nothing to him about the horse.”
  • “Certainly not without your permission.”
  • “And of course this is all quite a minor point compared to the
  • question of who killed John Straker.”
  • “And you will devote yourself to that?”
  • “On the contrary, we both go back to London by the night train.”
  • I was thunderstruck by my friend’s words. We had only been a few
  • hours in Devonshire, and that he should give up an investigation
  • which he had begun so brilliantly was quite incomprehensible to
  • me. Not a word more could I draw from him until we were back at
  • the trainer’s house. The Colonel and the Inspector were awaiting
  • us in the parlour.
  • “My friend and I return to town by the night-express,” said
  • Holmes. “We have had a charming little breath of your beautiful
  • Dartmoor air.”
  • The Inspector opened his eyes, and the Colonel’s lip curled in a
  • sneer.
  • “So you despair of arresting the murderer of poor Straker,” said
  • he.
  • Holmes shrugged his shoulders. “There are certainly grave
  • difficulties in the way,” said he. “I have every hope, however,
  • that your horse will start upon Tuesday, and I beg that you will
  • have your jockey in readiness. Might I ask for a photograph of
  • Mr. John Straker?”
  • The Inspector took one from an envelope and handed it to him.
  • “My dear Gregory, you anticipate all my wants. If I might ask you
  • to wait here for an instant, I have a question which I should
  • like to put to the maid.”
  • “I must say that I am rather disappointed in our London
  • consultant,” said Colonel Ross, bluntly, as my friend left the
  • room. “I do not see that we are any further than when he came.”
  • “At least you have his assurance that your horse will run,” said
  • I.
  • “Yes, I have his assurance,” said the Colonel, with a shrug of
  • his shoulders. “I should prefer to have the horse.”
  • I was about to make some reply in defence of my friend when he
  • entered the room again.
  • “Now, gentlemen,” said he, “I am quite ready for Tavistock.”
  • As we stepped into the carriage one of the stable-lads held the
  • door open for us. A sudden idea seemed to occur to Holmes, for he
  • leaned forward and touched the lad upon the sleeve.
  • “You have a few sheep in the paddock,” he said. “Who attends to
  • them?”
  • “I do, sir.”
  • “Have you noticed anything amiss with them of late?”
  • “Well, sir, not of much account; but three of them have gone
  • lame, sir.”
  • I could see that Holmes was extremely pleased, for he chuckled
  • and rubbed his hands together.
  • “A long shot, Watson; a very long shot,” said he, pinching my
  • arm. “Gregory, let me recommend to your attention this singular
  • epidemic among the sheep. Drive on, coachman!”
  • Colonel Ross still wore an expression which showed the poor
  • opinion which he had formed of my companion’s ability, but I saw
  • by the Inspector’s face that his attention had been keenly
  • aroused.
  • “You consider that to be important?” he asked.
  • “Exceedingly so.”
  • “Is there any point to which you would wish to draw my
  • attention?”
  • “To the curious incident of the dog in the night-time.”
  • “The dog did nothing in the night-time.”
  • “That was the curious incident,” remarked Sherlock Holmes.
  • Four days later Holmes and I were again in the train, bound for
  • Winchester to see the race for the Wessex Cup. Colonel Ross met
  • us by appointment outside the station, and we drove in his drag
  • to the course beyond the town. His face was grave, and his manner
  • was cold in the extreme.
  • “I have seen nothing of my horse,” said he.
  • “I suppose that you would know him when you saw him?” asked
  • Holmes.
  • The Colonel was very angry. “I have been on the turf for twenty
  • years, and never was asked such a question as that before,” said
  • he. “A child would know Silver Blaze, with his white forehead and
  • his mottled off-foreleg.”
  • “How is the betting?”
  • “Well, that is the curious part of it. You could have got fifteen
  • to one yesterday, but the price has become shorter and shorter,
  • until you can hardly get three to one now.”
  • “Hum!” said Holmes. “Somebody knows something, that is clear.”
  • As the drag drew up in the enclosure near the grand stand I
  • glanced at the card to see the entries. It ran:—
  • Wessex Plate. 50 sovs each h ft with 1000 sovs added for four and
  • five year olds. Second, £300. Third, £200. New course (one mile
  • and five furlongs).
  • 1. Mr. Heath Newton’s The Negro (red cap, cinnamon jacket).
  • 2. Colonel Wardlaw’s Pugilist (pink cap, blue and black jacket).
  • 3. Lord Backwater’s Desborough (yellow cap and sleeves).
  • 4. Colonel Ross’s Silver Blaze (black cap, red jacket).
  • 5. Duke of Balmoral’s Iris (yellow and black stripes).
  • 6. Lord Singleford’s Rasper (purple cap, black sleeves).
  • “We scratched our other one, and put all hopes on your word,”
  • said the Colonel. “Why, what is that? Silver Blaze favourite?”
  • “Five to four against Silver Blaze!” roared the ring. “Five to
  • four against Silver Blaze! Five to fifteen against Desborough!
  • Five to four on the field!”
  • “There are the numbers up,” I cried. “They are all six there.”
  • “All six there? Then my horse is running,” cried the Colonel in
  • great agitation. “But I don’t see him. My colours have not
  • passed.”
  • “Only five have passed. This must be he.”
  • As I spoke a powerful bay horse swept out from the weighing
  • enclosure and cantered past us, bearing on its back the
  • well-known black and red of the Colonel.
  • “That’s not my horse,” cried the owner. “That beast has not a
  • white hair upon its body. What is this that you have done, Mr.
  • Holmes?”
  • “Well, well, let us see how he gets on,” said my friend,
  • imperturbably. For a few minutes he gazed through my field-glass.
  • “Capital! An excellent start!” he cried suddenly. “There they
  • are, coming round the curve!”
  • From our drag we had a superb view as they came up the straight.
  • The six horses were so close together that a carpet could have
  • covered them, but half way up the yellow of the Mapleton stable
  • showed to the front. Before they reached us, however,
  • Desborough’s bolt was shot, and the Colonel’s horse, coming away
  • with a rush, passed the post a good six lengths before its rival,
  • the Duke of Balmoral’s Iris making a bad third.
  • “It’s my race, anyhow,” gasped the Colonel, passing his hand over
  • his eyes. “I confess that I can make neither head nor tail of it.
  • Don’t you think that you have kept up your mystery long enough,
  • Mr. Holmes?”
  • “Certainly, Colonel, you shall know everything. Let us all go
  • round and have a look at the horse together. Here he is,” he
  • continued, as we made our way into the weighing enclosure, where
  • only owners and their friends find admittance. “You have only to
  • wash his face and his leg in spirits of wine, and you will find
  • that he is the same old Silver Blaze as ever.”
  • “You take my breath away!”
  • “I found him in the hands of a faker, and took the liberty of
  • running him just as he was sent over.”
  • “My dear sir, you have done wonders. The horse looks very fit and
  • well. It never went better in its life. I owe you a thousand
  • apologies for having doubted your ability. You have done me a
  • great service by recovering my horse. You would do me a greater
  • still if you could lay your hands on the murderer of John
  • Straker.”
  • “I have done so,” said Holmes quietly.
  • The Colonel and I stared at him in amazement. “You have got him!
  • Where is he, then?”
  • “He is here.”
  • “Here! Where?”
  • “In my company at the present moment.”
  • The Colonel flushed angrily. “I quite recognise that I am under
  • obligations to you, Mr. Holmes,” said he, “but I must regard what
  • you have just said as either a very bad joke or an insult.”
  • Sherlock Holmes laughed. “I assure you that I have not associated
  • you with the crime, Colonel,” said he. “The real murderer is
  • standing immediately behind you.” He stepped past and laid his
  • hand upon the glossy neck of the thoroughbred.
  • “The horse!” cried both the Colonel and myself.
  • “Yes, the horse. And it may lessen his guilt if I say that it was
  • done in self-defence, and that John Straker was a man who was
  • entirely unworthy of your confidence. But there goes the bell,
  • and as I stand to win a little on this next race, I shall defer a
  • lengthy explanation until a more fitting time.”
  • We had the corner of a Pullman car to ourselves that evening as
  • we whirled back to London, and I fancy that the journey was a
  • short one to Colonel Ross as well as to myself, as we listened to
  • our companion’s narrative of the events which had occurred at the
  • Dartmoor training-stables upon the Monday night, and the means by
  • which he had unravelled them.
  • “I confess,” said he, “that any theories which I had formed from
  • the newspaper reports were entirely erroneous. And yet there were
  • indications there, had they not been overlaid by other details
  • which concealed their true import. I went to Devonshire with the
  • conviction that Fitzroy Simpson was the true culprit, although,
  • of course, I saw that the evidence against him was by no means
  • complete. It was while I was in the carriage, just as we reached
  • the trainer’s house, that the immense significance of the curried
  • mutton occurred to me. You may remember that I was distrait, and
  • remained sitting after you had all alighted. I was marvelling in
  • my own mind how I could possibly have overlooked so obvious a
  • clue.”
  • “I confess,” said the Colonel, “that even now I cannot see how it
  • helps us.”
  • “It was the first link in my chain of reasoning. Powdered opium
  • is by no means tasteless. The flavour is not disagreeable, but it
  • is perceptible. Were it mixed with any ordinary dish the eater
  • would undoubtedly detect it, and would probably eat no more. A
  • curry was exactly the medium which would disguise this taste. By
  • no possible supposition could this stranger, Fitzroy Simpson,
  • have caused curry to be served in the trainer’s family that
  • night, and it is surely too monstrous a coincidence to suppose
  • that he happened to come along with powdered opium upon the very
  • night when a dish happened to be served which would disguise the
  • flavour. That is unthinkable. Therefore Simpson becomes
  • eliminated from the case, and our attention centres upon Straker
  • and his wife, the only two people who could have chosen curried
  • mutton for supper that night. The opium was added after the dish
  • was set aside for the stable-boy, for the others had the same for
  • supper with no ill effects. Which of them, then, had access to
  • that dish without the maid seeing them?
  • “Before deciding that question I had grasped the significance of
  • the silence of the dog, for one true inference invariably
  • suggests others. The Simpson incident had shown me that a dog was
  • kept in the stables, and yet, though some one had been in and had
  • fetched out a horse, he had not barked enough to arouse the two
  • lads in the loft. Obviously the midnight visitor was some one
  • whom the dog knew well.
  • “I was already convinced, or almost convinced, that John Straker
  • went down to the stables in the dead of the night and took out
  • Silver Blaze. For what purpose? For a dishonest one, obviously,
  • or why should he drug his own stable-boy? And yet I was at a loss
  • to know why. There have been cases before now where trainers have
  • made sure of great sums of money by laying against their own
  • horses, through agents, and then preventing them from winning by
  • fraud. Sometimes it is a pulling jockey. Sometimes it is some
  • surer and subtler means. What was it here? I hoped that the
  • contents of his pockets might help me to form a conclusion.
  • “And they did so. You cannot have forgotten the singular knife
  • which was found in the dead man’s hand, a knife which certainly
  • no sane man would choose for a weapon. It was, as Dr. Watson told
  • us, a form of knife which is used for the most delicate
  • operations known in surgery. And it was to be used for a delicate
  • operation that night. You must know, with your wide experience of
  • turf matters, Colonel Ross, that it is possible to make a slight
  • nick upon the tendons of a horse’s ham, and to do it
  • subcutaneously, so as to leave absolutely no trace. A horse so
  • treated would develop a slight lameness, which would be put down
  • to a strain in exercise or a touch of rheumatism, but never to
  • foul play.”
  • “Villain! Scoundrel!” cried the Colonel.
  • “We have here the explanation of why John Straker wished to take
  • the horse out on to the moor. So spirited a creature would have
  • certainly roused the soundest of sleepers when it felt the prick
  • of the knife. It was absolutely necessary to do it in the open
  • air.”
  • “I have been blind!” cried the Colonel. “Of course that was why
  • he needed the candle, and struck the match.”
  • “Undoubtedly. But in examining his belongings I was fortunate
  • enough to discover not only the method of the crime, but even its
  • motives. As a man of the world, Colonel, you know that men do not
  • carry other people’s bills about in their pockets. We have most
  • of us quite enough to do to settle our own. I at once concluded
  • that Straker was leading a double life, and keeping a second
  • establishment. The nature of the bill showed that there was a
  • lady in the case, and one who had expensive tastes. Liberal as
  • you are with your servants, one can hardly expect that they can
  • buy twenty-guinea walking dresses for their ladies. I questioned
  • Mrs. Straker as to the dress without her knowing it, and having
  • satisfied myself that it had never reached her, I made a note of
  • the milliner’s address, and felt that by calling there with
  • Straker’s photograph I could easily dispose of the mythical
  • Derbyshire.
  • “From that time on all was plain. Straker had led out the horse
  • to a hollow where his light would be invisible. Simpson in his
  • flight had dropped his cravat, and Straker had picked it up—with
  • some idea, perhaps, that he might use it in securing the horse’s
  • leg. Once in the hollow, he had got behind the horse and had
  • struck a light; but the creature frightened at the sudden glare,
  • and with the strange instinct of animals feeling that some
  • mischief was intended, had lashed out, and the steel shoe had
  • struck Straker full on the forehead. He had already, in spite of
  • the rain, taken off his overcoat in order to do his delicate
  • task, and so, as he fell, his knife gashed his thigh. Do I make
  • it clear?”
  • “Wonderful!” cried the Colonel. “Wonderful! You might have been
  • there!”
  • “My final shot was, I confess a very long one. It struck me that
  • so astute a man as Straker would not undertake this delicate
  • tendon-nicking without a little practice. What could he practice
  • on? My eyes fell upon the sheep, and I asked a question which,
  • rather to my surprise, showed that my surmise was correct.
  • “When I returned to London I called upon the milliner, who had
  • recognised Straker as an excellent customer of the name of
  • Derbyshire, who had a very dashing wife, with a strong partiality
  • for expensive dresses. I have no doubt that this woman had
  • plunged him over head and ears in debt, and so led him into this
  • miserable plot.”
  • “You have explained all but one thing,” cried the Colonel. “Where
  • was the horse?”
  • “Ah, it bolted, and was cared for by one of your neighbours. We
  • must have an amnesty in that direction, I think. This is Clapham
  • Junction, if I am not mistaken, and we shall be in Victoria in
  • less than ten minutes. If you care to smoke a cigar in our rooms,
  • Colonel, I shall be happy to give you any other details which
  • might interest you.”
  • II. The Adventure of the Cardboard Box
  • In choosing a few typical cases which illustrate the remarkable
  • mental qualities of my friend, Sherlock Holmes, I have
  • endeavoured, as far as possible, to select those which presented
  • the minimum of sensationalism, while offering a fair field for
  • his talents. It is, however, unfortunately impossible entirely to
  • separate the sensational from the criminal, and a chronicler is
  • left in the dilemma that he must either sacrifice details which
  • are essential to his statement and so give a false impression of
  • the problem, or he must use matter which chance, and not choice,
  • has provided him with. With this short preface I shall turn to my
  • notes of what proved to be a strange, though a peculiarly
  • terrible, chain of events.
  • It was a blazing hot day in August. Baker Street was like an
  • oven, and the glare of the sunlight upon the yellow brickwork of
  • the house across the road was painful to the eye. It was hard to
  • believe that these were the same walls which loomed so gloomily
  • through the fogs of winter. Our blinds were half-drawn, and
  • Holmes lay curled upon the sofa, reading and re-reading a letter
  • which he had received by the morning post. For myself, my term of
  • service in India had trained me to stand heat better than cold,
  • and a thermometer at ninety was no hardship. But the morning
  • paper was uninteresting. Parliament had risen. Everybody was out
  • of town, and I yearned for the glades of the New Forest or the
  • shingle of Southsea. A depleted bank account had caused me to
  • postpone my holiday, and as to my companion, neither the country
  • nor the sea presented the slightest attraction to him. He loved
  • to lie in the very centre of five millions of people, with his
  • filaments stretching out and running through them, responsive to
  • every little rumour or suspicion of unsolved crime. Appreciation
  • of nature found no place among his many gifts, and his only
  • change was when he turned his mind from the evil-doer of the town
  • to track down his brother of the country.
  • Finding that Holmes was too absorbed for conversation I had
  • tossed aside the barren paper, and leaning back in my chair I
  • fell into a brown study. Suddenly my companion’s voice broke in
  • upon my thoughts:
  • “You are right, Watson,” said he. “It does seem a most
  • preposterous way of settling a dispute.”
  • “Most preposterous!” I exclaimed, and then suddenly realizing how
  • he had echoed the inmost thought of my soul, I sat up in my chair
  • and stared at him in blank amazement.
  • “What is this, Holmes?” I cried. “This is beyond anything which I
  • could have imagined.”
  • He laughed heartily at my perplexity.
  • “You remember,” he said, “that some little time ago when I read
  • you the passage in one of Poe’s sketches in which a close
  • reasoner follows the unspoken thoughts of his companion, you were
  • inclined to treat the matter as a mere _tour-de-force_ of the
  • author. On my remarking that I was constantly in the habit of
  • doing the same thing you expressed incredulity.”
  • “Oh, no!”
  • “Perhaps not with your tongue, my dear Watson, but certainly with
  • your eyebrows. So when I saw you throw down your paper and enter
  • upon a train of thought, I was very happy to have the opportunity
  • of reading it off, and eventually of breaking into it, as a proof
  • that I had been in rapport with you.”
  • But I was still far from satisfied. “In the example which you
  • read to me,” said I, “the reasoner drew his conclusions from the
  • actions of the man whom he observed. If I remember right, he
  • stumbled over a heap of stones, looked up at the stars, and so
  • on. But I have been seated quietly in my chair, and what clues
  • can I have given you?”
  • “You do yourself an injustice. The features are given to man as
  • the means by which he shall express his emotions, and yours are
  • faithful servants.”
  • “Do you mean to say that you read my train of thoughts from my
  • features?”
  • “Your features and especially your eyes. Perhaps you cannot
  • yourself recall how your reverie commenced?”
  • “No, I cannot.”
  • “Then I will tell you. After throwing down your paper, which was
  • the action which drew my attention to you, you sat for half a
  • minute with a vacant expression. Then your eyes fixed themselves
  • upon your newly framed picture of General Gordon, and I saw by
  • the alteration in your face that a train of thought had been
  • started. But it did not lead very far. Your eyes flashed across
  • to the unframed portrait of Henry Ward Beecher which stands upon
  • the top of your books. Then you glanced up at the wall, and of
  • course your meaning was obvious. You were thinking that if the
  • portrait were framed it would just cover that bare space and
  • correspond with Gordon’s picture over there.”
  • “You have followed me wonderfully!” I exclaimed.
  • “So far I could hardly have gone astray. But now your thoughts
  • went back to Beecher, and you looked hard across as if you were
  • studying the character in his features. Then your eyes ceased to
  • pucker, but you continued to look across, and your face was
  • thoughtful. You were recalling the incidents of Beecher’s career.
  • I was well aware that you could not do this without thinking of
  • the mission which he undertook on behalf of the North at the time
  • of the Civil War, for I remember your expressing your passionate
  • indignation at the way in which he was received by the more
  • turbulent of our people. You felt so strongly about it that I
  • knew you could not think of Beecher without thinking of that
  • also. When a moment later I saw your eyes wander away from the
  • picture, I suspected that your mind had now turned to the Civil
  • War, and when I observed that your lips set, your eyes sparkled,
  • and your hands clenched I was positive that you were indeed
  • thinking of the gallantry which was shown by both sides in that
  • desperate struggle. But then, again, your face grew sadder; you
  • shook your head. You were dwelling upon the sadness and horror
  • and useless waste of life. Your hand stole towards your own old
  • wound and a smile quivered on your lips, which showed me that the
  • ridiculous side of this method of settling international
  • questions had forced itself upon your mind. At this point I
  • agreed with you that it was preposterous and was glad to find
  • that all my deductions had been correct.”
  • “Absolutely!” said I. “And now that you have explained it, I
  • confess that I am as amazed as before.”
  • “It was very superficial, my dear Watson, I assure you. I should
  • not have intruded it upon your attention had you not shown some
  • incredulity the other day. But I have in my hands here a little
  • problem which may prove to be more difficult of solution than my
  • small essay in thought reading. Have you observed in the paper a
  • short paragraph referring to the remarkable contents of a packet
  • sent through the post to Miss Cushing, of Cross Street, Croydon?”
  • “No, I saw nothing.”
  • “Ah! then you must have overlooked it. Just toss it over to me.
  • Here it is, under the financial column. Perhaps you would be good
  • enough to read it aloud.”
  • I picked up the paper which he had thrown back to me and read the
  • paragraph indicated. It was headed, “A Gruesome Packet.”
  • “Miss Susan Cushing, living at Cross Street, Croydon, has been
  • made the victim of what must be regarded as a peculiarly
  • revolting practical joke unless some more sinister meaning should
  • prove to be attached to the incident. At two o’clock yesterday
  • afternoon a small packet, wrapped in brown paper, was handed in
  • by the postman. A cardboard box was inside, which was filled with
  • coarse salt. On emptying this, Miss Cushing was horrified to find
  • two human ears, apparently quite freshly severed. The box had
  • been sent by parcel post from Belfast upon the morning before.
  • There is no indication as to the sender, and the matter is the
  • more mysterious as Miss Cushing, who is a maiden lady of fifty,
  • has led a most retired life, and has so few acquaintances or
  • correspondents that it is a rare event for her to receive
  • anything through the post. Some years ago, however, when she
  • resided at Penge, she let apartments in her house to three young
  • medical students, whom she was obliged to get rid of on account
  • of their noisy and irregular habits. The police are of opinion
  • that this outrage may have been perpetrated upon Miss Cushing by
  • these youths, who owed her a grudge and who hoped to frighten her
  • by sending her these relics of the dissecting-rooms. Some
  • probability is lent to the theory by the fact that one of these
  • students came from the north of Ireland, and, to the best of Miss
  • Cushing’s belief, from Belfast. In the meantime, the matter is
  • being actively investigated, Mr. Lestrade, one of the very
  • smartest of our detective officers, being in charge of the case.”
  • “So much for the _Daily Chronicle_,” said Holmes as I finished
  • reading. “Now for our friend Lestrade. I had a note from him this
  • morning, in which he says: ‘I think that this case is very much
  • in your line. We have every hope of clearing the matter up, but
  • we find a little difficulty in getting anything to work upon. We
  • have, of course, wired to the Belfast post-office, but a large
  • number of parcels were handed in upon that day, and they have no
  • means of identifying this particular one, or of remembering the
  • sender. The box is a half-pound box of honeydew tobacco and does
  • not help us in any way. The medical student theory still appears
  • to me to be the most feasible, but if you should have a few hours
  • to spare I should be very happy to see you out here. I shall be
  • either at the house or in the police-station all day.’ What say
  • you, Watson? Can you rise superior to the heat and run down to
  • Croydon with me on the off chance of a case for your annals?”
  • “I was longing for something to do.”
  • “You shall have it then. Ring for our boots and tell them to
  • order a cab. I’ll be back in a moment when I have changed my
  • dressing-gown and filled my cigar-case.”
  • A shower of rain fell while we were in the train, and the heat
  • was far less oppressive in Croydon than in town. Holmes had sent
  • on a wire, so that Lestrade, as wiry, as dapper, and as
  • ferret-like as ever, was waiting for us at the station. A walk of
  • five minutes took us to Cross Street, where Miss Cushing resided.
  • It was a very long street of two-story brick houses, neat and
  • prim, with whitened stone steps and little groups of aproned
  • women gossiping at the doors. Halfway down, Lestrade stopped and
  • tapped at a door, which was opened by a small servant girl. Miss
  • Cushing was sitting in the front room, into which we were
  • ushered. She was a placid-faced woman, with large, gentle eyes,
  • and grizzled hair curving down over her temples on each side. A
  • worked antimacassar lay upon her lap and a basket of coloured
  • silks stood upon a stool beside her.
  • “They are in the outhouse, those dreadful things,” said she as
  • Lestrade entered. “I wish that you would take them away
  • altogether.”
  • “So I shall, Miss Cushing. I only kept them here until my friend,
  • Mr. Holmes, should have seen them in your presence.”
  • “Why in my presence, sir?”
  • “In case he wished to ask any questions.”
  • “What is the use of asking me questions when I tell you I know
  • nothing whatever about it?”
  • “Quite so, madam,” said Holmes in his soothing way. “I have no
  • doubt that you have been annoyed more than enough already over
  • this business.”
  • “Indeed, I have, sir. I am a quiet woman and live a retired life.
  • It is something new for me to see my name in the papers and to
  • find the police in my house. I won’t have those things in here,
  • Mr. Lestrade. If you wish to see them you must go to the
  • outhouse.”
  • It was a small shed in the narrow garden which ran behind the
  • house. Lestrade went in and brought out a yellow cardboard box,
  • with a piece of brown paper and some string. There was a bench at
  • the end of the path, and we all sat down while Holmes examined,
  • one by one, the articles which Lestrade had handed to him.
  • “The string is exceedingly interesting,” he remarked, holding it
  • up to the light and sniffing at it. “What do you make of this
  • string, Lestrade?”
  • “It has been tarred.”
  • “Precisely. It is a piece of tarred twine. You have also, no
  • doubt, remarked that Miss Cushing has cut the cord with a
  • scissors, as can be seen by the double fray on each side. This is
  • of importance.”
  • “I cannot see the importance,” said Lestrade.
  • “The importance lies in the fact that the knot is left intact,
  • and that this knot is of a peculiar character.”
  • “It is very neatly tied. I had already made a note to that
  • effect,” said Lestrade complacently.
  • “So much for the string, then,” said Holmes, smiling, “now for
  • the box wrapper. Brown paper, with a distinct smell of coffee.
  • What, did you not observe it? I think there can be no doubt of
  • it. Address printed in rather straggling characters: ‘Miss S.
  • Cushing, Cross Street, Croydon.’ Done with a broad-pointed pen,
  • probably a J, and with very inferior ink. The word ‘Croydon’ has
  • been originally spelled with an ‘i,’ which has been changed to
  • ‘y.’ The parcel was directed, then, by a man—the printing is
  • distinctly masculine—of limited education and unacquainted with
  • the town of Croydon. So far, so good! The box is a yellow
  • half-pound honeydew box, with nothing distinctive save two thumb
  • marks at the left bottom corner. It is filled with rough salt of
  • the quality used for preserving hides and other of the coarser
  • commercial purposes. And embedded in it are these very singular
  • enclosures.”
  • He took out the two ears as he spoke, and laying a board across
  • his knee he examined them minutely, while Lestrade and I, bending
  • forward on each side of him, glanced alternately at these
  • dreadful relics and at the thoughtful, eager face of our
  • companion. Finally he returned them to the box once more and sat
  • for a while in deep meditation.
  • “You have observed, of course,” said he at last, “that the ears
  • are not a pair.”
  • “Yes, I have noticed that. But if this were the practical joke of
  • some students from the dissecting-rooms, it would be as easy for
  • them to send two odd ears as a pair.”
  • “Precisely. But this is not a practical joke.”
  • “You are sure of it?”
  • “The presumption is strongly against it. Bodies in the
  • dissecting-rooms are injected with preservative fluid. These ears
  • bear no signs of this. They are fresh, too. They have been cut
  • off with a blunt instrument, which would hardly happen if a
  • student had done it. Again, carbolic or rectified spirits would
  • be the preservatives which would suggest themselves to the
  • medical mind, certainly not rough salt. I repeat that there is no
  • practical joke here, but that we are investigating a serious
  • crime.”
  • A vague thrill ran through me as I listened to my companion’s
  • words and saw the stern gravity which had hardened his features.
  • This brutal preliminary seemed to shadow forth some strange and
  • inexplicable horror in the background. Lestrade, however, shook
  • his head like a man who is only half convinced.
  • “There are objections to the joke theory, no doubt,” said he,
  • “but there are much stronger reasons against the other. We know
  • that this woman has led a most quiet and respectable life at
  • Penge and here for the last twenty years. She has hardly been
  • away from her home for a day during that time. Why on earth,
  • then, should any criminal send her the proofs of his guilt,
  • especially as, unless she is a most consummate actress, she
  • understands quite as little of the matter as we do?”
  • “That is the problem which we have to solve,” Holmes answered,
  • “and for my part I shall set about it by presuming that my
  • reasoning is correct, and that a double murder has been
  • committed. One of these ears is a woman’s, small, finely formed,
  • and pierced for an earring. The other is a man’s, sun-burned,
  • discoloured, and also pierced for an earring. These two people
  • are presumably dead, or we should have heard their story before
  • now. To-day is Friday. The packet was posted on Thursday morning.
  • The tragedy, then, occurred on Wednesday or Tuesday or earlier.
  • If the two people were murdered, who but their murderer would
  • have sent this sign of his work to Miss Cushing? We may take it
  • that the sender of the packet is the man whom we want. But he
  • must have some strong reason for sending Miss Cushing this
  • packet. What reason then? It must have been to tell her that the
  • deed was done! or to pain her, perhaps. But in that case she
  • knows who it is. Does she know? I doubt it. If she knew, why
  • should she call the police in? She might have buried the ears,
  • and no one would have been the wiser. That is what she would have
  • done if she had wished to shield the criminal. But if she does
  • not wish to shield him she would give his name. There is a tangle
  • here which needs straightening out.” He had been talking in a
  • high, quick voice, staring blankly up over the garden fence, but
  • now he sprang briskly to his feet and walked towards the house.
  • “I have a few questions to ask Miss Cushing,” said he.
  • “In that case I may leave you here,” said Lestrade, “for I have
  • another small business on hand. I think that I have nothing
  • further to learn from Miss Cushing. You will find me at the
  • police-station.”
  • “We shall look in on our way to the train,” answered Holmes. A
  • moment later he and I were back in the front room, where the
  • impassive lady was still quietly working away at her
  • antimacassar. She put it down on her lap as we entered and looked
  • at us with her frank, searching blue eyes.
  • “I am convinced, sir,” she said, “that this matter is a mistake,
  • and that the parcel was never meant for me at all. I have said
  • this several times to the gentleman from Scotland Yard, but he
  • simply laughs at me. I have not an enemy in the world, as far as
  • I know, so why should anyone play me such a trick?”
  • “I am coming to be of the same opinion, Miss Cushing,” said
  • Holmes, taking a seat beside her. “I think that it is more than
  • probable——” he paused, and I was surprised, on glancing round to
  • see that he was staring with singular intentness at the lady’s
  • profile. Surprise and satisfaction were both for an instant to be
  • read upon his eager face, though when she glanced round to find
  • out the cause of his silence he had become as demure as ever. I
  • stared hard myself at her flat, grizzled hair, her trim cap, her
  • little gilt earrings, her placid features; but I could see
  • nothing which could account for my companion’s evident
  • excitement.
  • “There were one or two questions——”
  • “Oh, I am weary of questions!” cried Miss Cushing impatiently.
  • “You have two sisters, I believe.”
  • “How could you know that?”
  • “I observed the very instant that I entered the room that you
  • have a portrait group of three ladies upon the mantelpiece, one
  • of whom is undoubtedly yourself, while the others are so
  • exceedingly like you that there could be no doubt of the
  • relationship.”
  • “Yes, you are quite right. Those are my sisters, Sarah and Mary.”
  • “And here at my elbow is another portrait, taken at Liverpool, of
  • your younger sister, in the company of a man who appears to be a
  • steward by his uniform. I observe that she was unmarried at the
  • time.”
  • “You are very quick at observing.”
  • “That is my trade.”
  • “Well, you are quite right. But she was married to Mr. Browner a
  • few days afterwards. He was on the South American line when that
  • was taken, but he was so fond of her that he couldn’t abide to
  • leave her for so long, and he got into the Liverpool and London
  • boats.”
  • “Ah, the _Conqueror_, perhaps?”
  • “No, the _May Day_, when last I heard. Jim came down here to see
  • me once. That was before he broke the pledge; but afterwards he
  • would always take drink when he was ashore, and a little drink
  • would send him stark, staring mad. Ah! it was a bad day that ever
  • he took a glass in his hand again. First he dropped me, then he
  • quarrelled with Sarah, and now that Mary has stopped writing we
  • don’t know how things are going with them.”
  • It was evident that Miss Cushing had come upon a subject on which
  • she felt very deeply. Like most people who lead a lonely life,
  • she was shy at first, but ended by becoming extremely
  • communicative. She told us many details about her brother-in-law
  • the steward, and then wandering off on the subject of her former
  • lodgers, the medical students, she gave us a long account of
  • their delinquencies, with their names and those of their
  • hospitals. Holmes listened attentively to everything, throwing in
  • a question from time to time.
  • “About your second sister, Sarah,” said he. “I wonder, since you
  • are both maiden ladies, that you do not keep house together.”
  • “Ah! you don’t know Sarah’s temper or you would wonder no more. I
  • tried it when I came to Croydon, and we kept on until about two
  • months ago, when we had to part. I don’t want to say a word
  • against my own sister, but she was always meddlesome and hard to
  • please, was Sarah.”
  • “You say that she quarrelled with your Liverpool relations.”
  • “Yes, and they were the best of friends at one time. Why, she
  • went up there to live in order to be near them. And now she has
  • no word hard enough for Jim Browner. The last six months that she
  • was here she would speak of nothing but his drinking and his
  • ways. He had caught her meddling, I suspect, and given her a bit
  • of his mind, and that was the start of it.”
  • “Thank you, Miss Cushing,” said Holmes, rising and bowing. “Your
  • sister Sarah lives, I think you said, at New Street Wallington?
  • Good-bye, and I am very sorry that you should have been troubled
  • over a case with which, as you say, you have nothing whatever to
  • do.”
  • There was a cab passing as we came out, and Holmes hailed it.
  • “How far to Wallington?” he asked.
  • “Only about a mile, sir.”
  • “Very good. Jump in, Watson. We must strike while the iron is
  • hot. Simple as the case is, there have been one or two very
  • instructive details in connection with it. Just pull up at a
  • telegraph office as you pass, cabby.”
  • Holmes sent off a short wire and for the rest of the drive lay
  • back in the cab, with his hat tilted over his nose to keep the
  • sun from his face. Our driver pulled up at a house which was not
  • unlike the one which we had just quitted. My companion ordered
  • him to wait, and had his hand upon the knocker, when the door
  • opened and a grave young gentleman in black, with a very shiny
  • hat, appeared on the step.
  • “Is Miss Cushing at home?” asked Holmes.
  • “Miss Sarah Cushing is extremely ill,” said he. “She has been
  • suffering since yesterday from brain symptoms of great severity.
  • As her medical adviser, I cannot possibly take the responsibility
  • of allowing anyone to see her. I should recommend you to call
  • again in ten days.” He drew on his gloves, closed the door, and
  • marched off down the street.
  • “Well, if we can’t we can’t,” said Holmes, cheerfully.
  • “Perhaps she could not or would not have told you much.”
  • “I did not wish her to tell me anything. I only wanted to look at
  • her. However, I think that I have got all that I want. Drive us
  • to some decent hotel, cabby, where we may have some lunch, and
  • afterwards we shall drop down upon friend Lestrade at the
  • police-station.”
  • We had a pleasant little meal together, during which Holmes would
  • talk about nothing but violins, narrating with great exultation
  • how he had purchased his own Stradivarius, which was worth at
  • least five hundred guineas, at a Jew broker’s in Tottenham Court
  • Road for fifty-five shillings. This led him to Paganini, and we
  • sat for an hour over a bottle of claret while he told me anecdote
  • after anecdote of that extraordinary man. The afternoon was far
  • advanced and the hot glare had softened into a mellow glow before
  • we found ourselves at the police-station. Lestrade was waiting
  • for us at the door.
  • “A telegram for you, Mr. Holmes,” said he.
  • “Ha! It is the answer!” He tore it open, glanced his eyes over
  • it, and crumpled it into his pocket. “That’s all right,” said he.
  • “Have you found out anything?”
  • “I have found out everything!”
  • “What!” Lestrade stared at him in amazement. “You are joking.”
  • “I was never more serious in my life. A shocking crime has been
  • committed, and I think I have now laid bare every detail of it.”
  • “And the criminal?”
  • Holmes scribbled a few words upon the back of one of his visiting
  • cards and threw it over to Lestrade.
  • “That is the name,” he said. “You cannot effect an arrest until
  • to-morrow night at the earliest. I should prefer that you do not
  • mention my name at all in connection with the case, as I choose
  • to be only associated with those crimes which present some
  • difficulty in their solution. Come on, Watson.” We strode off
  • together to the station, leaving Lestrade still staring with a
  • delighted face at the card which Holmes had thrown him.
  • “The case,” said Sherlock Holmes as we chatted over our cigars
  • that night in our rooms at Baker Street, “is one where, as in the
  • investigations which you have chronicled under the names of ‘A
  • Study in Scarlet’ and of ‘The Sign of Four,’ we have been
  • compelled to reason backward from effects to causes. I have
  • written to Lestrade asking him to supply us with the details
  • which are now wanting, and which he will only get after he has
  • secured his man. That he may be safely trusted to do, for
  • although he is absolutely devoid of reason, he is as tenacious as
  • a bulldog when he once understands what he has to do, and,
  • indeed, it is just this tenacity which has brought him to the top
  • at Scotland Yard.”
  • “Your case is not complete, then?” I asked.
  • “It is fairly complete in essentials. We know who the author of
  • the revolting business is, although one of the victims still
  • escapes us. Of course, you have formed your own conclusions.”
  • “I presume that this Jim Browner, the steward of a Liverpool
  • boat, is the man whom you suspect?”
  • “Oh! it is more than a suspicion.”
  • “And yet I cannot see anything save very vague indications.”
  • “On the contrary, to my mind nothing could be more clear. Let me
  • run over the principal steps. We approached the case, you
  • remember, with an absolutely blank mind, which is always an
  • advantage. We had formed no theories. We were simply there to
  • observe and to draw inferences from our observations. What did we
  • see first? A very placid and respectable lady, who seemed quite
  • innocent of any secret, and a portrait which showed me that she
  • had two younger sisters. It instantly flashed across my mind that
  • the box might have been meant for one of these. I set the idea
  • aside as one which could be disproved or confirmed at our
  • leisure. Then we went to the garden, as you remember, and we saw
  • the very singular contents of the little yellow box.
  • “The string was of the quality which is used by sailmakers aboard
  • ship, and at once a whiff of the sea was perceptible in our
  • investigation. When I observed that the knot was one which is
  • popular with sailors, that the parcel had been posted at a port,
  • and that the male ear was pierced for an earring which is so much
  • more common among sailors than landsmen, I was quite certain that
  • all the actors in the tragedy were to be found among our
  • seafaring classes.
  • “When I came to examine the address of the packet I observed that
  • it was to Miss S. Cushing. Now, the oldest sister would, of
  • course, be Miss Cushing, and although her initial was ‘S’ it
  • might belong to one of the others as well. In that case we should
  • have to commence our investigation from a fresh basis altogether.
  • I therefore went into the house with the intention of clearing up
  • this point. I was about to assure Miss Cushing that I was
  • convinced that a mistake had been made when you may remember that
  • I came suddenly to a stop. The fact was that I had just seen
  • something which filled me with surprise and at the same time
  • narrowed the field of our inquiry immensely.
  • “As a medical man, you are aware, Watson, that there is no part
  • of the body which varies so much as the human ear. Each ear is as
  • a rule quite distinctive and differs from all other ones. In last
  • year’s _Anthropological Journal_ you will find two short
  • monographs from my pen upon the subject. I had, therefore,
  • examined the ears in the box with the eyes of an expert and had
  • carefully noted their anatomical peculiarities. Imagine my
  • surprise, then, when on looking at Miss Cushing I perceived that
  • her ear corresponded exactly with the female ear which I had just
  • inspected. The matter was entirely beyond coincidence. There was
  • the same shortening of the pinna, the same broad curve of the
  • upper lobe, the same convolution of the inner cartilage. In all
  • essentials it was the same ear.
  • “Of course I at once saw the enormous importance of the
  • observation. It was evident that the victim was a blood relation
  • and probably a very close one. I began to talk to her about her
  • family, and you remember that she at once gave us some
  • exceedingly valuable details.
  • “In the first place, her sister’s name was Sarah, and her address
  • had until recently been the same, so that it was quite obvious
  • how the mistake had occurred and for whom the packet was meant.
  • Then we heard of this steward, married to the third sister, and
  • learned that he had at one time been so intimate with Miss Sarah
  • that she had actually gone up to Liverpool to be near the
  • Browners, but a quarrel had afterwards divided them. This quarrel
  • had put a stop to all communications for some months, so that if
  • Browner had occasion to address a packet to Miss Sarah, he would
  • undoubtedly have done so to her old address.
  • “And now the matter had begun to straighten itself out
  • wonderfully. We had learned of the existence of this steward, an
  • impulsive man, of strong passions—you remember that he threw up
  • what must have been a very superior berth in order to be nearer
  • to his wife—subject, too, to occasional fits of hard drinking. We
  • had reason to believe that his wife had been murdered, and that a
  • man—presumably a seafaring man—had been murdered at the same
  • time. Jealousy, of course, at once suggests itself as the motive
  • for the crime. And why should these proofs of the deed be sent to
  • Miss Sarah Cushing? Probably because during her residence in
  • Liverpool she had some hand in bringing about the events which
  • led to the tragedy. You will observe that this line of boats
  • calls at Belfast, Dublin, and Waterford; so that, presuming that
  • Browner had committed the deed and had embarked at once upon his
  • steamer, the _May Day_, Belfast would be the first place at which
  • he could post his terrible packet.
  • “A second solution was at this stage obviously possible, and
  • although I thought it exceedingly unlikely, I was determined to
  • elucidate it before going further. An unsuccessful lover might
  • have killed Mr. and Mrs. Browner, and the male ear might have
  • belonged to the husband. There were many grave objections to this
  • theory, but it was conceivable. I therefore sent off a telegram
  • to my friend Algar, of the Liverpool force, and asked him to find
  • out if Mrs. Browner were at home, and if Browner had departed in
  • the _May Day_. Then we went on to Wallington to visit Miss Sarah.
  • “I was curious, in the first place, to see how far the family ear
  • had been reproduced in her. Then, of course, she might give us
  • very important information, but I was not sanguine that she
  • would. She must have heard of the business the day before, since
  • all Croydon was ringing with it, and she alone could have
  • understood for whom the packet was meant. If she had been willing
  • to help justice she would probably have communicated with the
  • police already. However, it was clearly our duty to see her, so
  • we went. We found that the news of the arrival of the packet—for
  • her illness dated from that time—had such an effect upon her as
  • to bring on brain fever. It was clearer than ever that she
  • understood its full significance, but equally clear that we
  • should have to wait some time for any assistance from her.
  • “However, we were really independent of her help. Our answers
  • were waiting for us at the police-station, where I had directed
  • Algar to send them. Nothing could be more conclusive. Mrs.
  • Browner’s house had been closed for more than three days, and the
  • neighbours were of opinion that she had gone south to see her
  • relatives. It had been ascertained at the shipping offices that
  • Browner had left aboard of the _May Day_, and I calculate that
  • she is due in the Thames to-morrow night. When he arrives he will
  • be met by the obtuse but resolute Lestrade, and I have no doubt
  • that we shall have all our details filled in.”
  • Sherlock Holmes was not disappointed in his expectations. Two
  • days later he received a bulky envelope, which contained a short
  • note from the detective, and a typewritten document, which
  • covered several pages of foolscap.
  • “Lestrade has got him all right,” said Holmes, glancing up at me.
  • “Perhaps it would interest you to hear what he says.
  • “My dear Mr. Holmes,—In accordance with the scheme which we had
  • formed in order to test our theories”—“the ‘we’ is rather fine,
  • Watson, is it not?”—“I went down to the Albert Dock yesterday at
  • 6 P.M., and boarded the S.S. _May Day_, belonging to the
  • Liverpool, Dublin, and London Steam Packet Company. On inquiry, I
  • found that there was a steward on board of the name of James
  • Browner and that he had acted during the voyage in such an
  • extraordinary manner that the captain had been compelled to
  • relieve him of his duties. On descending to his berth, I found
  • him seated upon a chest with his head sunk upon his hands,
  • rocking himself to and fro. He is a big, powerful chap,
  • clean-shaven, and very swarthy— something like Aldridge, who
  • helped us in the bogus laundry affair. He jumped up when he heard
  • my business, and I had my whistle to my lips to call a couple of
  • river police, who were round the corner, but he seemed to have no
  • heart in him, and he held out his hands quietly enough for the
  • darbies. We brought him along to the cells, and his box as well,
  • for we thought there might be something incriminating; but, bar a
  • big sharp knife such as most sailors have, we got nothing for our
  • trouble. However, we find that we shall want no more evidence,
  • for on being brought before the inspector at the station he asked
  • leave to make a statement, which was, of course, taken down, just
  • as he made it, by our shorthand man. We had three copies
  • typewritten, one of which I enclose. The affair proves, as I
  • always thought it would, to be an extremely simple one, but I am
  • obliged to you for assisting me in my investigation. With kind
  • regards, yours very truly,—G. Lestrade.”
  • “Hum! The investigation really was a very simple one,” remarked
  • Holmes, “but I don’t think it struck him in that light when he
  • first called us in. However, let us see what Jim Browner has to
  • say for himself. This is his statement as made before Inspector
  • Montgomery at the Shadwell Police Station, and it has the
  • advantage of being verbatim.”
  • “Have I anything to say? Yes, I have a deal to say. I have to
  • make a clean breast of it all. You can hang me, or you can leave
  • me alone. I don’t care a plug which you do. I tell you I’ve not
  • shut an eye in sleep since I did it, and I don’t believe I ever
  • will again until I get past all waking. Sometimes it’s his face,
  • but most generally it’s hers. I’m never without one or the other
  • before me. He looks frowning and black-like, but she has a kind
  • o’ surprise upon her face. Ay, the white lamb, she might well be
  • surprised when she read death on a face that had seldom looked
  • anything but love upon her before.
  • “But it was Sarah’s fault, and may the curse of a broken man put
  • a blight on her and set the blood rotting in her veins! It’s not
  • that I want to clear myself. I know that I went back to drink,
  • like the beast that I was. But she would have forgiven me; she
  • would have stuck as close to me as a rope to a block if that
  • woman had never darkened our door. For Sarah Cushing loved
  • me—that’s the root of the business—she loved me until all her
  • love turned to poisonous hate when she knew that I thought more
  • of my wife’s footmark in the mud than I did of her whole body and
  • soul.
  • “There were three sisters altogether. The old one was just a good
  • woman, the second was a devil, and the third was an angel. Sarah
  • was thirty-three, and Mary was twenty-nine when I married. We
  • were just as happy as the day was long when we set up house
  • together, and in all Liverpool there was no better woman than my
  • Mary. And then we asked Sarah up for a week, and the week grew
  • into a month, and one thing led to another, until she was just
  • one of ourselves.
  • “I was blue ribbon at that time, and we were putting a little
  • money by, and all was as bright as a new dollar. My God, whoever
  • would have thought that it could have come to this? Whoever would
  • have dreamed it?
  • “I used to be home for the week-ends very often, and sometimes if
  • the ship were held back for cargo I would have a whole week at a
  • time, and in this way I saw a deal of my sister-in-law, Sarah.
  • She was a fine tall woman, black and quick and fierce, with a
  • proud way of carrying her head, and a glint from her eye like a
  • spark from a flint. But when little Mary was there I had never a
  • thought of her, and that I swear as I hope for God’s mercy.
  • “It had seemed to me sometimes that she liked to be alone with
  • me, or to coax me out for a walk with her, but I had never
  • thought anything of that. But one evening my eyes were opened. I
  • had come up from the ship and found my wife out, but Sarah at
  • home. ‘Where’s Mary?’ I asked. ‘Oh, she has gone to pay some
  • accounts.’ I was impatient and paced up and down the room. ‘Can’t
  • you be happy for five minutes without Mary, Jim?’ says she. ‘It’s
  • a bad compliment to me that you can’t be contented with my
  • society for so short a time.’ ‘That’s all right, my lass,’ said
  • I, putting out my hand towards her in a kindly way, but she had
  • it in both hers in an instant, and they burned as if they were in
  • a fever. I looked into her eyes and I read it all there. There
  • was no need for her to speak, nor for me either. I frowned and
  • drew my hand away. Then she stood by my side in silence for a
  • bit, and then put up her hand and patted me on the shoulder.
  • ‘Steady old Jim!’ said she, and with a kind o’ mocking laugh, she
  • ran out of the room.
  • “Well, from that time Sarah hated me with her whole heart and
  • soul, and she is a woman who can hate, too. I was a fool to let
  • her go on biding with us—a besotted fool—but I never said a word
  • to Mary, for I knew it would grieve her. Things went on much as
  • before, but after a time I began to find that there was a bit of
  • a change in Mary herself. She had always been so trusting and so
  • innocent, but now she became queer and suspicious, wanting to
  • know where I had been and what I had been doing, and whom my
  • letters were from, and what I had in my pockets, and a thousand
  • such follies. Day by day she grew queerer and more irritable, and
  • we had ceaseless rows about nothing. I was fairly puzzled by it
  • all. Sarah avoided me now, but she and Mary were just
  • inseparable. I can see now how she was plotting and scheming and
  • poisoning my wife’s mind against me, but I was such a blind
  • beetle that I could not understand it at the time. Then I broke
  • my blue ribbon and began to drink again, but I think I should not
  • have done it if Mary had been the same as ever. She had some
  • reason to be disgusted with me now, and the gap between us began
  • to be wider and wider. And then this Alec Fairbairn chipped in,
  • and things became a thousand times blacker.
  • “It was to see Sarah that he came to my house first, but soon it
  • was to see us, for he was a man with winning ways, and he made
  • friends wherever he went. He was a dashing, swaggering chap,
  • smart and curled, who had seen half the world and could talk of
  • what he had seen. He was good company, I won’t deny it, and he
  • had wonderful polite ways with him for a sailor man, so that I
  • think there must have been a time when he knew more of the poop
  • than the forecastle. For a month he was in and out of my house,
  • and never once did it cross my mind that harm might come of his
  • soft, tricky ways. And then at last something made me suspect,
  • and from that day my peace was gone forever.
  • “It was only a little thing, too. I had come into the parlour
  • unexpected, and as I walked in at the door I saw a light of
  • welcome on my wife’s face. But as she saw who it was it faded
  • again, and she turned away with a look of disappointment. That
  • was enough for me. There was no one but Alec Fairbairn whose step
  • she could have mistaken for mine. If I could have seen him then I
  • should have killed him, for I have always been like a madman when
  • my temper gets loose. Mary saw the devil’s light in my eyes, and
  • she ran forward with her hands on my sleeve. ‘Don’t, Jim, don’t!’
  • says she. ‘Where’s Sarah?’ I asked. ‘In the kitchen,’ says she.
  • ‘Sarah,’ says I as I went in, ‘this man Fairbairn is never to
  • darken my door again.’ ‘Why not?’ says she. ‘Because I order it.’
  • ‘Oh!’ says she, ‘if my friends are not good enough for this
  • house, then I am not good enough for it either.’ ‘You can do what
  • you like,’ says I, ‘but if Fairbairn shows his face here again
  • I’ll send you one of his ears for a keepsake.’ She was frightened
  • by my face, I think, for she never answered a word, and the same
  • evening she left my house.
  • “Well, I don’t know now whether it was pure devilry on the part
  • of this woman, or whether she thought that she could turn me
  • against my wife by encouraging her to misbehave. Anyway, she took
  • a house just two streets off and let lodgings to sailors.
  • Fairbairn used to stay there, and Mary would go round to have tea
  • with her sister and him. How often she went I don’t know, but I
  • followed her one day, and as I broke in at the door Fairbairn got
  • away over the back garden wall, like the cowardly skunk that he
  • was. I swore to my wife that I would kill her if I found her in
  • his company again, and I led her back with me, sobbing and
  • trembling, and as white as a piece of paper. There was no trace
  • of love between us any longer. I could see that she hated me and
  • feared me, and when the thought of it drove me to drink, then she
  • despised me as well.
  • “Well, Sarah found that she could not make a living in Liverpool,
  • so she went back, as I understand, to live with her sister in
  • Croydon, and things jogged on much the same as ever at home. And
  • then came this last week and all the misery and ruin.
  • “It was in this way. We had gone on the _May Day_ for a round
  • voyage of seven days, but a hogshead got loose and started one of
  • our plates, so that we had to put back into port for twelve
  • hours. I left the ship and came home, thinking what a surprise it
  • would be for my wife, and hoping that maybe she would be glad to
  • see me so soon. The thought was in my head as I turned into my
  • own street, and at that moment a cab passed me, and there she
  • was, sitting by the side of Fairbairn, the two chatting and
  • laughing, with never a thought for me as I stood watching them
  • from the footpath.
  • “I tell you, and I give you my word for it, that from that moment
  • I was not my own master, and it is all like a dim dream when I
  • look back on it. I had been drinking hard of late, and the two
  • things together fairly turned my brain. There’s something
  • throbbing in my head now, like a docker’s hammer, but that
  • morning I seemed to have all Niagara whizzing and buzzing in my
  • ears.
  • “Well, I took to my heels, and I ran after the cab. I had a heavy
  • oak stick in my hand, and I tell you I saw red from the first;
  • but as I ran I got cunning, too, and hung back a little to see
  • them without being seen. They pulled up soon at the railway
  • station. There was a good crowd round the booking-office, so I
  • got quite close to them without being seen. They took tickets for
  • New Brighton. So did I, but I got in three carriages behind them.
  • When we reached it they walked along the Parade, and I was never
  • more than a hundred yards from them. At last I saw them hire a
  • boat and start for a row, for it was a very hot day, and they
  • thought, no doubt, that it would be cooler on the water.
  • “It was just as if they had been given into my hands. There was a
  • bit of a haze, and you could not see more than a few hundred
  • yards. I hired a boat for myself, and I pulled after them. I
  • could see the blur of their craft, but they were going nearly as
  • fast as I, and they must have been a long mile from the shore
  • before I caught them up. The haze was like a curtain all round
  • us, and there were we three in the middle of it. My God, shall I
  • ever forget their faces when they saw who was in the boat that
  • was closing in upon them? She screamed out. He swore like a
  • madman and jabbed at me with an oar, for he must have seen death
  • in my eyes. I got past it and got one in with my stick that
  • crushed his head like an egg. I would have spared her, perhaps,
  • for all my madness, but she threw her arms round him, crying out
  • to him, and calling him ‘Alec.’ I struck again, and she lay
  • stretched beside him. I was like a wild beast then that had
  • tasted blood. If Sarah had been there, by the Lord, she should
  • have joined them. I pulled out my knife, and—well, there! I’ve
  • said enough. It gave me a kind of savage joy when I thought how
  • Sarah would feel when she had such signs as these of what her
  • meddling had brought about. Then I tied the bodies into the boat,
  • stove a plank, and stood by until they had sunk. I knew very well
  • that the owner would think that they had lost their bearings in
  • the haze, and had drifted off out to sea. I cleaned myself up,
  • got back to land, and joined my ship without a soul having a
  • suspicion of what had passed. That night I made up the packet for
  • Sarah Cushing, and next day I sent it from Belfast.
  • “There you have the whole truth of it. You can hang me, or do
  • what you like with me, but you cannot punish me as I have been
  • punished already. I cannot shut my eyes but I see those two faces
  • staring at me—staring at me as they stared when my boat broke
  • through the haze. I killed them quick, but they are killing me
  • slow; and if I have another night of it I shall be either mad or
  • dead before morning. You won’t put me alone into a cell, sir? For
  • pity’s sake don’t, and may you be treated in your day of agony as
  • you treat me now.’
  • “What is the meaning of it, Watson?” said Holmes solemnly as he
  • laid down the paper. “What object is served by this circle of
  • misery and violence and fear? It must tend to some end, or else
  • our universe is ruled by chance, which is unthinkable. But what
  • end? There is the great standing perennial problem to which human
  • reason is as far from an answer as ever.”
  • III. The Yellow Face
  • In publishing these short sketches based upon the numerous cases
  • in which my companion’s singular gifts have made us the listeners
  • to, and eventually the actors in, some strange drama, it is only
  • natural that I should dwell rather upon his successes than upon
  • his failures. And this not so much for the sake of his
  • reputation—for, indeed, it was when he was at his wits’ end that
  • his energy and his versatility were most admirable—but because
  • where he failed it happened too often that no one else succeeded,
  • and that the tale was left forever without a conclusion. Now and
  • again, however, it chanced that even when he erred, the truth was
  • still discovered. I have noted of some half-dozen cases of the
  • kind, of which the Affair of the Second Stain and that which I am
  • now about to recount are the two which present the strongest
  • features of interest.
  • Sherlock Holmes was a man who seldom took exercise for exercise’s
  • sake. Few men were capable of greater muscular effort, and he was
  • undoubtedly one of the finest boxers of his weight that I have
  • ever seen; but he looked upon aimless bodily exertion as a waste
  • of energy, and he seldom bestirred himself save when there was
  • some professional object to be served. Then he was absolutely
  • untiring and indefatigable. That he should have kept himself in
  • training under such circumstances is remarkable, but his diet was
  • usually of the sparest, and his habits were simple to the verge
  • of austerity. Save for the occasional use of cocaine, he had no
  • vices, and he only turned to the drug as a protest against the
  • monotony of existence when cases were scanty and the papers
  • uninteresting.
  • One day in early spring he had so far relaxed as to go for a walk
  • with me in the Park, where the first faint shoots of green were
  • breaking out upon the elms, and the sticky spear-heads of the
  • chestnuts were just beginning to burst into their five-fold
  • leaves. For two hours we rambled about together, in silence for
  • the most part, as befits two men who know each other intimately.
  • It was nearly five before we were back in Baker Street once more.
  • “Beg pardon, sir,” said our page-boy, as he opened the door.
  • “There’s been a gentleman here asking for you, sir.”
  • Holmes glanced reproachfully at me. “So much for afternoon
  • walks!” said he. “Has this gentleman gone, then?”
  • “Yes, sir.”
  • “Didn’t you ask him in?”
  • “Yes, sir; he came in.”
  • “How long did he wait?”
  • “Half an hour, sir. He was a very restless gentleman, sir,
  • a-walkin’ and a-stampin’ all the time he was here. I was waitin’
  • outside the door, sir, and I could hear him. At last he outs into
  • the passage, and he cries, ‘Is that man never goin’ to come?’
  • Those were his very words, sir. ‘You’ll only need to wait a
  • little longer,’ says I. ‘Then I’ll wait in the open air, for I
  • feel half choked,’ says he. ‘I’ll be back before long.’ And with
  • that he ups and he outs, and all I could say wouldn’t hold him
  • back.”
  • “Well, well, you did your best,” said Holmes, as we walked into
  • our room. “It’s very annoying, though, Watson. I was badly in
  • need of a case, and this looks, from the man’s impatience, as if
  • it were of importance. Halloa! That’s not your pipe on the table.
  • He must have left his behind him. A nice old briar with a good
  • long stem of what the tobacconists call amber. I wonder how many
  • real amber mouthpieces there are in London. Some people think
  • that a fly in it is a sign. Well, he must have been disturbed in
  • his mind to leave a pipe behind him which he evidently values
  • highly.”
  • “How do you know that he values it highly?” I asked.
  • “Well, I should put the original cost of the pipe at seven and
  • sixpence. Now it has, you see, been twice mended, once in the
  • wooden stem and once in the amber. Each of these mends, done, as
  • you observe, with silver bands, must have cost more than the pipe
  • did originally. The man must value the pipe highly when he
  • prefers to patch it up rather than buy a new one with the same
  • money.”
  • “Anything else?” I asked, for Holmes was turning the pipe about
  • in his hand, and staring at it in his peculiar pensive way.
  • He held it up and tapped on it with his long, thin fore-finger,
  • as a professor might who was lecturing on a bone.
  • “Pipes are occasionally of extraordinary interest,” said he.
  • “Nothing has more individuality, save perhaps watches and
  • bootlaces. The indications here, however, are neither very marked
  • nor very important. The owner is obviously a muscular man,
  • left-handed, with an excellent set of teeth, careless in his
  • habits, and with no need to practise economy.”
  • My friend threw out the information in a very offhand way, but I
  • saw that he cocked his eye at me to see if I had followed his
  • reasoning.
  • “You think a man must be well-to-do if he smokes a seven-shilling
  • pipe,” said I.
  • “This is Grosvenor mixture at eightpence an ounce,” Holmes
  • answered, knocking a little out on his palm. “As he might get an
  • excellent smoke for half the price, he has no need to practise
  • economy.”
  • “And the other points?”
  • “He has been in the habit of lighting his pipe at lamps and
  • gas-jets. You can see that it is quite charred all down one side.
  • Of course a match could not have done that. Why should a man hold
  • a match to the side of his pipe? But you cannot light it at a
  • lamp without getting the bowl charred. And it is all on the right
  • side of the pipe. From that I gather that he is a left-handed
  • man. You hold your own pipe to the lamp, and see how naturally
  • you, being right-handed, hold the left side to the flame. You
  • might do it once the other way, but not as a constancy. This has
  • always been held so. Then he has bitten through his amber. It
  • takes a muscular, energetic fellow, and one with a good set of
  • teeth, to do that. But if I am not mistaken I hear him upon the
  • stair, so we shall have something more interesting than his pipe
  • to study.”
  • An instant later our door opened, and a tall young man entered
  • the room. He was well but quietly dressed in a dark-grey suit,
  • and carried a brown wide-awake in his hand. I should have put him
  • at about thirty, though he was really some years older.
  • “I beg your pardon,” said he, with some embarrassment; “I suppose
  • I should have knocked. Yes, of course I should have knocked. The
  • fact is that I am a little upset, and you must put it all down to
  • that.” He passed his hand over his forehead like a man who is
  • half dazed, and then fell rather than sat down upon a chair.
  • “I can see that you have not slept for a night or two,” said
  • Holmes, in his easy, genial way. “That tries a man’s nerves more
  • than work, and more even than pleasure. May I ask how I can help
  • you?”
  • “I wanted your advice, sir. I don’t know what to do and my whole
  • life seems to have gone to pieces.”
  • “You wish to employ me as a consulting detective?”
  • “Not that only. I want your opinion as a judicious man—as a man
  • of the world. I want to know what I ought to do next. I hope to
  • God you’ll be able to tell me.”
  • He spoke in little, sharp, jerky outbursts, and it seemed to me
  • that to speak at all was very painful to him, and that his will
  • all through was overriding his inclinations.
  • “It’s a very delicate thing,” said he. “One does not like to
  • speak of one’s domestic affairs to strangers. It seems dreadful
  • to discuss the conduct of one’s wife with two men whom I have
  • never seen before. It’s horrible to have to do it. But I’ve got
  • to the end of my tether, and I must have advice.”
  • “My dear Mr. Grant Munro—” began Holmes.
  • Our visitor sprang from his chair. “What!” he cried, “you know my
  • name?”
  • “If you wish to preserve your _incognito_,” said Holmes, smiling,
  • “I would suggest that you cease to write your name upon the
  • lining of your hat, or else that you turn the crown towards the
  • person whom you are addressing. I was about to say that my friend
  • and I have listened to a good many strange secrets in this room,
  • and that we have had the good fortune to bring peace to many
  • troubled souls. I trust that we may do as much for you. Might I
  • beg you, as time may prove to be of importance, to furnish me
  • with the facts of your case without further delay?”
  • Our visitor again passed his hand over his forehead, as if he
  • found it bitterly hard. From every gesture and expression I could
  • see that he was a reserved, self-contained man, with a dash of
  • pride in his nature, more likely to hide his wounds than to
  • expose them. Then suddenly, with a fierce gesture of his closed
  • hand, like one who throws reserve to the winds, he began.
  • “The facts are these, Mr. Holmes,” said he. “I am a married man,
  • and have been so for three years. During that time my wife and I
  • have loved each other as fondly and lived as happily as any two
  • that ever were joined. We have not had a difference, not one, in
  • thought or word or deed. And now, since last Monday, there has
  • suddenly sprung up a barrier between us, and I find that there is
  • something in her life and in her thought of which I know as
  • little as if she were the woman who brushes by me in the street.
  • We are estranged, and I want to know why.
  • “Now there is one thing that I want to impress upon you before I
  • go any further, Mr. Holmes. Effie loves me. Don’t let there be
  • any mistake about that. She loves me with her whole heart and
  • soul, and never more than now. I know it. I feel it. I don’t want
  • to argue about that. A man can tell easily enough when a woman
  • loves him. But there’s this secret between us, and we can never
  • be the same until it is cleared.”
  • “Kindly let me have the facts, Mr. Munro,” said Holmes, with some
  • impatience.
  • “I’ll tell you what I know about Effie’s history. She was a widow
  • when I met her first, though quite young—only twenty-five. Her
  • name then was Mrs. Hebron. She went out to America when she was
  • young, and lived in the town of Atlanta, where she married this
  • Hebron, who was a lawyer with a good practice. They had one
  • child, but the yellow fever broke out badly in the place, and
  • both husband and child died of it. I have seen his death
  • certificate. This sickened her of America, and she came back to
  • live with a maiden aunt at Pinner, in Middlesex. I may mention
  • that her husband had left her comfortably off, and that she had a
  • capital of about four thousand five hundred pounds, which had
  • been so well invested by him that it returned an average of seven
  • per cent. She had only been six months at Pinner when I met her;
  • we fell in love with each other, and we married a few weeks
  • afterwards.
  • “I am a hop merchant myself, and as I have an income of seven or
  • eight hundred, we found ourselves comfortably off, and took a
  • nice eighty-pound-a-year villa at Norbury. Our little place was
  • very countrified, considering that it is so close to town. We had
  • an inn and two houses a little above us, and a single cottage at
  • the other side of the field which faces us, and except those
  • there were no houses until you got half way to the station. My
  • business took me into town at certain seasons, but in summer I
  • had less to do, and then in our country home my wife and I were
  • just as happy as could be wished. I tell you that there never was
  • a shadow between us until this accursed affair began.
  • “There’s one thing I ought to tell you before I go further. When
  • we married, my wife made over all her property to me—rather
  • against my will, for I saw how awkward it would be if my business
  • affairs went wrong. However, she would have it so, and it was
  • done. Well, about six weeks ago she came to me.
  • “‘Jack,’ said she, ‘when you took my money you said that if ever
  • I wanted any I was to ask you for it.’
  • “‘Certainly,’ said I. ‘It’s all your own.’
  • “‘Well,’ said she, ‘I want a hundred pounds.’
  • “I was a bit staggered at this, for I had imagined it was simply
  • a new dress or something of the kind that she was after.
  • “‘What on earth for?’ I asked.
  • “‘Oh,’ said she, in her playful way, ‘you said that you were only
  • my banker, and bankers never ask questions, you know.’
  • “‘If you really mean it, of course you shall have the money,’
  • said I.
  • “‘Oh, yes, I really mean it.’
  • “‘And you won’t tell me what you want it for?’
  • “‘Some day, perhaps, but not just at present, Jack.’
  • “So I had to be content with that, though it was the first time
  • that there had ever been any secret between us. I gave her a
  • check, and I never thought any more of the matter. It may have
  • nothing to do with what came afterwards, but I thought it only
  • right to mention it.
  • “Well, I told you just now that there is a cottage not far from
  • our house. There is just a field between us, but to reach it you
  • have to go along the road and then turn down a lane. Just beyond
  • it is a nice little grove of Scotch firs, and I used to be very
  • fond of strolling down there, for trees are always a neighbourly
  • kind of things. The cottage had been standing empty this eight
  • months, and it was a pity, for it was a pretty two-storied place,
  • with an old-fashioned porch and honeysuckle about it. I have
  • stood many a time and thought what a neat little homestead it
  • would make.
  • “Well, last Monday evening I was taking a stroll down that way,
  • when I met an empty van coming up the lane, and saw a pile of
  • carpets and things lying about on the grass-plot beside the
  • porch. It was clear that the cottage had at last been let. I
  • walked past it, and wondered what sort of folk they were who had
  • come to live so near us. And as I looked I suddenly became aware
  • that a face was watching me out of one of the upper windows.
  • “I don’t know what there was about that face, Mr. Holmes, but it
  • seemed to send a chill right down my back. I was some little way
  • off, so that I could not make out the features, but there was
  • something unnatural and inhuman about the face. That was the
  • impression that I had, and I moved quickly forwards to get a
  • nearer view of the person who was watching me. But as I did so
  • the face suddenly disappeared, so suddenly that it seemed to have
  • been plucked away into the darkness of the room. I stood for five
  • minutes thinking the business over, and trying to analyze my
  • impressions. I could not tell if the face were that of a man or a
  • woman. It had been too far from me for that. But its colour was
  • what had impressed me most. It was of a livid chalky white, and
  • with something set and rigid about it which was shockingly
  • unnatural. So disturbed was I that I determined to see a little
  • more of the new inmates of the cottage. I approached and knocked
  • at the door, which was instantly opened by a tall, gaunt woman
  • with a harsh, forbidding face.
  • “‘What may you be wantin’?’ she asked, in a Northern accent.
  • “‘I am your neighbour over yonder,’ said I, nodding towards my
  • house. ‘I see that you have only just moved in, so I thought that
  • if I could be of any help to you in any—’
  • “‘Ay, we’ll just ask ye when we want ye,’ said she, and shut the
  • door in my face. Annoyed at the churlish rebuff, I turned my back
  • and walked home. All evening, though I tried to think of other
  • things, my mind would still turn to the apparition at the window
  • and the rudeness of the woman. I determined to say nothing about
  • the former to my wife, for she is a nervous, highly strung woman,
  • and I had no wish that she would share the unpleasant impression
  • which had been produced upon myself. I remarked to her, however,
  • before I fell asleep, that the cottage was now occupied, to which
  • she returned no reply.
  • “I am usually an extremely sound sleeper. It has been a standing
  • jest in the family that nothing could ever wake me during the
  • night. And yet somehow on that particular night, whether it may
  • have been the slight excitement produced by my little adventure
  • or not I know not, but I slept much more lightly than usual. Half
  • in my dreams I was dimly conscious that something was going on in
  • the room, and gradually became aware that my wife had dressed
  • herself and was slipping on her mantle and her bonnet. My lips
  • were parted to murmur out some sleepy words of surprise or
  • remonstrance at this untimely preparation, when suddenly my
  • half-opened eyes fell upon her face, illuminated by the
  • candle-light, and astonishment held me dumb. She wore an
  • expression such as I had never seen before—such as I should have
  • thought her incapable of assuming. She was deadly pale and
  • breathing fast, glancing furtively towards the bed as she
  • fastened her mantle, to see if she had disturbed me. Then,
  • thinking that I was still asleep, she slipped noiselessly from
  • the room, and an instant later I heard a sharp creaking which
  • could only come from the hinges of the front door. I sat up in
  • bed and rapped my knuckles against the rail to make certain that
  • I was truly awake. Then I took my watch from under the pillow. It
  • was three in the morning. What on this earth could my wife be
  • doing out on the country road at three in the morning?
  • “I had sat for about twenty minutes turning the thing over in my
  • mind and trying to find some possible explanation. The more I
  • thought, the more extraordinary and inexplicable did it appear. I
  • was still puzzling over it when I heard the door gently close
  • again, and her footsteps coming up the stairs.
  • “‘Where in the world have you been, Effie?’ I asked as she
  • entered.
  • “She gave a violent start and a kind of gasping cry when I spoke,
  • and that cry and start troubled me more than all the rest, for
  • there was something indescribably guilty about them. My wife had
  • always been a woman of a frank, open nature, and it gave me a
  • chill to see her slinking into her own room, and crying out and
  • wincing when her own husband spoke to her.
  • “‘You awake, Jack!’ she cried, with a nervous laugh. ‘Why, I
  • thought that nothing could awake you.’
  • “‘Where have you been?’ I asked, more sternly.
  • “‘I don’t wonder that you are surprised,’ said she, and I could
  • see that her fingers were trembling as she undid the fastenings
  • of her mantle. ‘Why, I never remember having done such a thing in
  • my life before. The fact is that I felt as though I were choking,
  • and had a perfect longing for a breath of fresh air. I really
  • think that I should have fainted if I had not gone out. I stood
  • at the door for a few minutes, and now I am quite myself again.’
  • “All the time that she was telling me this story she never once
  • looked in my direction, and her voice was quite unlike her usual
  • tones. It was evident to me that she was saying what was false. I
  • said nothing in reply, but turned my face to the wall, sick at
  • heart, with my mind filled with a thousand venomous doubts and
  • suspicions. What was it that my wife was concealing from me?
  • Where had she been during that strange expedition? I felt that I
  • should have no peace until I knew, and yet I shrank from asking
  • her again after once she had told me what was false. All the rest
  • of the night I tossed and tumbled, framing theory after theory,
  • each more unlikely than the last.
  • “I should have gone to the City that day, but I was too disturbed
  • in my mind to be able to pay attention to business matters. My
  • wife seemed to be as upset as myself, and I could see from the
  • little questioning glances which she kept shooting at me that she
  • understood that I disbelieved her statement, and that she was at
  • her wits’ end what to do. We hardly exchanged a word during
  • breakfast, and immediately afterwards I went out for a walk, that
  • I might think the matter out in the fresh morning air.
  • “I went as far as the Crystal Palace, spent an hour in the
  • grounds, and was back in Norbury by one o’clock. It happened that
  • my way took me past the cottage, and I stopped for an instant to
  • look at the windows, and to see if I could catch a glimpse of the
  • strange face which had looked out at me on the day before. As I
  • stood there, imagine my surprise, Mr. Holmes, when the door
  • suddenly opened and my wife walked out.
  • “I was struck dumb with astonishment at the sight of her; but my
  • emotions were nothing to those which showed themselves upon her
  • face when our eyes met. She seemed for an instant to wish to
  • shrink back inside the house again; and then, seeing how useless
  • all concealment must be, she came forward, with a very white face
  • and frightened eyes which belied the smile upon her lips.
  • “‘Ah, Jack,’ she said, ‘I have just been in to see if I can be of
  • any assistance to our new neighbours. Why do you look at me like
  • that, Jack? You are not angry with me?’
  • “‘So,’ said I, ‘this is where you went during the night.’
  • “‘What do you mean?’ she cried.
  • “‘You came here. I am sure of it. Who are these people, that you
  • should visit them at such an hour?’
  • “‘I have not been here before.’
  • “‘How can you tell me what you know is false?’ I cried. ‘Your
  • very voice changes as you speak. When have I ever had a secret
  • from you? I shall enter that cottage, and I shall probe the
  • matter to the bottom.’
  • “‘No, no, Jack, for God’s sake!’ she gasped, in uncontrollable
  • emotion. Then, as I approached the door, she seized my sleeve and
  • pulled me back with convulsive strength.
  • “‘I implore you not to do this, Jack,’ she cried. ‘I swear that I
  • will tell you everything some day, but nothing but misery can
  • come of it if you enter that cottage.’ Then, as I tried to shake
  • her off, she clung to me in a frenzy of entreaty.
  • “‘Trust me, Jack!’ she cried. ‘Trust me only this once. You will
  • never have cause to regret it. You know that I would not have a
  • secret from you if it were not for your own sake. Our whole lives
  • are at stake in this. If you come home with me, all will be well.
  • If you force your way into that cottage, all is over between us.’
  • “There was such earnestness, such despair, in her manner that her
  • words arrested me, and I stood irresolute before the door.
  • “‘I will trust you on one condition, and on one condition only,’
  • said I at last. ‘It is that this mystery comes to an end from
  • now. You are at liberty to preserve your secret, but you must
  • promise me that there shall be no more nightly visits, no more
  • doings which are kept from my knowledge. I am willing to forget
  • those which are passed if you will promise that there shall be no
  • more in the future.’
  • “‘I was sure that you would trust me,’ she cried, with a great
  • sigh of relief. ‘It shall be just as you wish. Come away—oh, come
  • away up to the house.’
  • “Still pulling at my sleeve, she led me away from the cottage. As
  • we went I glanced back, and there was that yellow livid face
  • watching us out of the upper window. What link could there be
  • between that creature and my wife? Or how could the coarse, rough
  • woman whom I had seen the day before be connected with her? It
  • was a strange puzzle, and yet I knew that my mind could never
  • know ease again until I had solved it.
  • “For two days after this I stayed at home, and my wife appeared
  • to abide loyally by our engagement, for, as far as I know, she
  • never stirred out of the house. On the third day, however, I had
  • ample evidence that her solemn promise was not enough to hold her
  • back from this secret influence which drew her away from her
  • husband and her duty.
  • “I had gone into town on that day, but I returned by the 2.40
  • instead of the 3.36, which is my usual train. As I entered the
  • house the maid ran into the hall with a startled face.
  • “‘Where is your mistress?’ I asked.
  • “‘I think that she has gone out for a walk,’ she answered.
  • “My mind was instantly filled with suspicion. I rushed upstairs
  • to make sure that she was not in the house. As I did so I
  • happened to glance out of one of the upper windows, and saw the
  • maid with whom I had just been speaking running across the field
  • in the direction of the cottage. Then of course I saw exactly
  • what it all meant. My wife had gone over there, and had asked the
  • servant to call her if I should return. Tingling with anger, I
  • rushed down and hurried across, determined to end the matter once
  • and forever. I saw my wife and the maid hurrying back along the
  • lane, but I did not stop to speak with them. In the cottage lay
  • the secret which was casting a shadow over my life. I vowed that,
  • come what might, it should be a secret no longer. I did not even
  • knock when I reached it, but turned the handle and rushed into
  • the passage.
  • “It was all still and quiet upon the ground floor. In the kitchen
  • a kettle was singing on the fire, and a large black cat lay
  • coiled up in the basket; but there was no sign of the woman whom
  • I had seen before. I ran into the other room, but it was equally
  • deserted. Then I rushed up the stairs, only to find two other
  • rooms empty and deserted at the top. There was no one at all in
  • the whole house. The furniture and pictures were of the most
  • common and vulgar description, save in the one chamber at the
  • window of which I had seen the strange face. That was comfortable
  • and elegant, and all my suspicions rose into a fierce bitter
  • flame when I saw that on the mantelpiece stood a copy of a
  • full-length photograph of my wife, which had been taken at my
  • request only three months ago.
  • “I stayed long enough to make certain that the house was
  • absolutely empty. Then I left it, feeling a weight at my heart
  • such as I had never had before. My wife came out into the hall as
  • I entered my house; but I was too hurt and angry to speak with
  • her, and pushing past her, I made my way into my study. She
  • followed me, however, before I could close the door.
  • “‘I am sorry that I broke my promise, Jack,’ said she; ‘but if
  • you knew all the circumstances I am sure that you would forgive
  • me.’
  • “‘Tell me everything, then,’ said I.
  • “‘I cannot, Jack, I cannot,’ she cried.
  • “‘Until you tell me who it is that has been living in that
  • cottage, and who it is to whom you have given that photograph,
  • there can never be any confidence between us,’ said I, and
  • breaking away from her, I left the house. That was yesterday, Mr.
  • Holmes, and I have not seen her since, nor do I know anything
  • more about this strange business. It is the first shadow that has
  • come between us, and it has so shaken me that I do not know what
  • I should do for the best. Suddenly this morning it occurred to me
  • that you were the man to advise me, so I have hurried to you now,
  • and I place myself unreservedly in your hands. If there is any
  • point which I have not made clear, pray question me about it.
  • But, above all, tell me quickly what I am to do, for this misery
  • is more than I can bear.”
  • Holmes and I had listened with the utmost interest to this
  • extraordinary statement, which had been delivered in the jerky,
  • broken fashion of a man who is under the influence of extreme
  • emotions. My companion sat silent for some time, with his chin
  • upon his hand, lost in thought.
  • “Tell me,” said he at last, “could you swear that this was a
  • man’s face which you saw at the window?”
  • “Each time that I saw it I was some distance away from it, so
  • that it is impossible for me to say.”
  • “You appear, however, to have been disagreeably impressed by it.”
  • “It seemed to be of an unnatural colour, and to have a strange
  • rigidity about the features. When I approached, it vanished with
  • a jerk.”
  • “How long is it since your wife asked you for a hundred pounds?”
  • “Nearly two months.”
  • “Have you ever seen a photograph of her first husband?”
  • “No; there was a great fire at Atlanta very shortly after his
  • death, and all her papers were destroyed.”
  • “And yet she had a certificate of death. You say that you saw
  • it.”
  • “Yes; she got a duplicate after the fire.”
  • “Did you ever meet any one who knew her in America?”
  • “No.”
  • “Did she ever talk of revisiting the place?”
  • “No.”
  • “Or get letters from it?”
  • “No.”
  • “Thank you. I should like to think over the matter a little now.
  • If the cottage is now permanently deserted we may have some
  • difficulty. If, on the other hand, as I fancy is more likely, the
  • inmates were warned of your coming, and left before you entered
  • yesterday, then they may be back now, and we should clear it all
  • up easily. Let me advise you, then, to return to Norbury, and to
  • examine the windows of the cottage again. If you have reason to
  • believe that it is inhabited, do not force your way in, but send
  • a wire to my friend and me. We shall be with you within an hour
  • of receiving it, and we shall then very soon get to the bottom of
  • the business.”
  • “And if it is still empty?”
  • “In that case I shall come out to-morrow and talk it over with
  • you. Good-by; and, above all, do not fret until you know that you
  • really have a cause for it.”
  • “I am afraid that this is a bad business, Watson,” said my
  • companion, as he returned after accompanying Mr. Grant Munro to
  • the door. “What do you make of it?”
  • “It had an ugly sound,” I answered.
  • “Yes. There’s blackmail in it, or I am much mistaken.”
  • “And who is the blackmailer?”
  • “Well, it must be the creature who lives in the only comfortable
  • room in the place, and has her photograph above his fireplace.
  • Upon my word, Watson, there is something very attractive about
  • that livid face at the window, and I would not have missed the
  • case for worlds.”
  • “You have a theory?”
  • “Yes, a provisional one. But I shall be surprised if it does not
  • turn out to be correct. This woman’s first husband is in that
  • cottage.”
  • “Why do you think so?”
  • “How else can we explain her frenzied anxiety that her second one
  • should not enter it? The facts, as I read them, are something
  • like this: This woman was married in America. Her husband
  • developed some hateful qualities; or shall we say that he
  • contracted some loathsome disease, and became a leper or an
  • imbecile? She flies from him at last, returns to England, changes
  • her name, and starts her life, as she thinks, afresh. She has
  • been married three years, and believes that her position is quite
  • secure, having shown her husband the death certificate of some
  • man whose name she has assumed, when suddenly her whereabouts is
  • discovered by her first husband; or, we may suppose, by some
  • unscrupulous woman who has attached herself to the invalid. They
  • write to the wife, and threaten to come and expose her. She asks
  • for a hundred pounds, and endeavours to buy them off. They come
  • in spite of it, and when the husband mentions casually to the
  • wife that there are new-comers in the cottage, she knows in some
  • way that they are her pursuers. She waits until her husband is
  • asleep, and then she rushes down to endeavour to persuade them to
  • leave her in peace. Having no success, she goes again next
  • morning, and her husband meets her, as he has told us, as she
  • comes out. She promises him then not to go there again, but two
  • days afterwards the hope of getting rid of those dreadful
  • neighbours was too strong for her, and she made another attempt,
  • taking down with her the photograph which had probably been
  • demanded from her. In the midst of this interview the maid rushed
  • in to say that the master had come home, on which the wife,
  • knowing that he would come straight down to the cottage, hurried
  • the inmates out at the back door, into the grove of fir-trees,
  • probably, which was mentioned as standing near. In this way he
  • found the place deserted. I shall be very much surprised,
  • however, if it is still so when he reconnoitres it this evening.
  • What do you think of my theory?”
  • “It is all surmise.”
  • “But at least it covers all the facts. When new facts come to our
  • knowledge which cannot be covered by it, it will be time enough
  • to reconsider it. We can do nothing more until we have a message
  • from our friend at Norbury.”
  • But we had not a very long time to wait for that. It came just as
  • we had finished our tea. “The cottage is still tenanted,” it
  • said. “Have seen the face again at the window. Will meet the
  • seven o’clock train, and will take no steps until you arrive.”
  • He was waiting on the platform when we stepped out, and we could
  • see in the light of the station lamps that he was very pale, and
  • quivering with agitation.
  • “They are still there, Mr. Holmes,” said he, laying his hand hard
  • upon my friend’s sleeve. “I saw lights in the cottage as I came
  • down. We shall settle it now once and for all.”
  • “What is your plan, then?” asked Holmes, as he walked down the
  • dark tree-lined road.
  • “I am going to force my way in and see for myself who is in the
  • house. I wish you both to be there as witnesses.”
  • “You are quite determined to do this, in spite of your wife’s
  • warning that it is better that you should not solve the mystery?”
  • “Yes, I am determined.”
  • “Well, I think that you are in the right. Any truth is better
  • than indefinite doubt. We had better go up at once. Of course,
  • legally, we are putting ourselves hopelessly in the wrong; but I
  • think that it is worth it.”
  • It was a very dark night, and a thin rain began to fall as we
  • turned from the high road into a narrow lane, deeply rutted, with
  • hedges on either side. Mr. Grant Munro pushed impatiently
  • forward, however, and we stumbled after him as best we could.
  • “There are the lights of my house,” he murmured, pointing to a
  • glimmer among the trees. “And here is the cottage which I am
  • going to enter.”
  • We turned a corner in the lane as he spoke, and there was the
  • building close beside us. A yellow bar falling across the black
  • foreground showed that the door was not quite closed, and one
  • window in the upper story was brightly illuminated. As we looked,
  • we saw a dark blur moving across the blind.
  • “There is that creature!” cried Grant Munro. “You can see for
  • yourselves that some one is there. Now follow me, and we shall
  • soon know all.”
  • We approached the door; but suddenly a woman appeared out of the
  • shadow and stood in the golden track of the lamp-light. I could
  • not see her face in the darkness, but her arms were thrown out in
  • an attitude of entreaty.
  • “For God’s sake, don’t Jack!” she cried. “I had a presentiment
  • that you would come this evening. Think better of it, dear! Trust
  • me again, and you will never have cause to regret it.”
  • “I have trusted you too long, Effie,” he cried, sternly. “Leave
  • go of me! I must pass you. My friends and I are going to settle
  • this matter once and forever!” He pushed her to one side, and we
  • followed closely after him. As he threw the door open an old
  • woman ran out in front of him and tried to bar his passage, but
  • he thrust her back, and an instant afterwards we were all upon
  • the stairs. Grant Munro rushed into the lighted room at the top,
  • and we entered at his heels.
  • It was a cosey, well-furnished apartment, with two candles
  • burning upon the table and two upon the mantelpiece. In the
  • corner, stooping over a desk, there sat what appeared to be a
  • little girl. Her face was turned away as we entered, but we could
  • see that she was dressed in a red frock, and that she had long
  • white gloves on. As she whisked round to us, I gave a cry of
  • surprise and horror. The face which she turned towards us was of
  • the strangest livid tint, and the features were absolutely devoid
  • of any expression. An instant later the mystery was explained.
  • Holmes, with a laugh, passed his hand behind the child’s ear, a
  • mask peeled off from her countenance, and there was a little coal
  • black negress, with all her white teeth flashing in amusement at
  • our amazed faces. I burst out laughing, out of sympathy with her
  • merriment; but Grant Munro stood staring, with his hand clutching
  • his throat.
  • “My God!” he cried. “What can be the meaning of this?”
  • “I will tell you the meaning of it,” cried the lady, sweeping
  • into the room with a proud, set face. “You have forced me,
  • against my own judgment, to tell you, and now we must both make
  • the best of it. My husband died at Atlanta. My child survived.”
  • “Your child?”
  • She drew a large silver locket from her bosom. “You have never
  • seen this open.”
  • “I understood that it did not open.”
  • She touched a spring, and the front hinged back. There was a
  • portrait within of a man strikingly handsome and
  • intelligent-looking, but bearing unmistakable signs upon his
  • features of his African descent.
  • “That is John Hebron, of Atlanta,” said the lady, “and a nobler
  • man never walked the earth. I cut myself off from my race in
  • order to wed him, but never once while he lived did I for an
  • instant regret it. It was our misfortune that our only child took
  • after his people rather than mine. It is often so in such
  • matches, and little Lucy is darker far than ever her father was.
  • But dark or fair, she is my own dear little girlie, and her
  • mother’s pet.” The little creature ran across at the words and
  • nestled up against the lady’s dress. “When I left her in
  • America,” she continued, “it was only because her health was
  • weak, and the change might have done her harm. She was given to
  • the care of a faithful Scotch woman who had once been our
  • servant. Never for an instant did I dream of disowning her as my
  • child. But when chance threw you in my way, Jack, and I learned
  • to love you, I feared to tell you about my child. God forgive me,
  • I feared that I should lose you, and I had not the courage to
  • tell you. I had to choose between you, and in my weakness I
  • turned away from my own little girl. For three years I have kept
  • her existence a secret from you, but I heard from the nurse, and
  • I knew that all was well with her. At last, however, there came
  • an overwhelming desire to see the child once more. I struggled
  • against it, but in vain. Though I knew the danger, I determined
  • to have the child over, if it were but for a few weeks. I sent a
  • hundred pounds to the nurse, and I gave her instructions about
  • this cottage, so that she might come as a neighbour, without my
  • appearing to be in any way connected with her. I pushed my
  • precautions so far as to order her to keep the child in the house
  • during the daytime, and to cover up her little face and hands so
  • that even those who might see her at the window should not gossip
  • about there being a black child in the neighbourhood. If I had
  • been less cautious I might have been more wise, but I was half
  • crazy with fear that you should learn the truth.
  • “It was you who told me first that the cottage was occupied. I
  • should have waited for the morning, but I could not sleep for
  • excitement, and so at last I slipped out, knowing how difficult
  • it is to awake you. But you saw me go, and that was the beginning
  • of my troubles. Next day you had my secret at your mercy, but you
  • nobly refrained from pursuing your advantage. Three days later,
  • however, the nurse and child only just escaped from the back door
  • as you rushed in at the front one. And now to-night you at last
  • know all, and I ask you what is to become of us, my child and
  • me?” She clasped her hands and waited for an answer.
  • It was a long ten minutes before Grant Munro broke the silence,
  • and when his answer came it was one of which I love to think. He
  • lifted the little child, kissed her, and then, still carrying
  • her, he held his other hand out to his wife and turned towards
  • the door.
  • “We can talk it over more comfortably at home,” said he. “I am
  • not a very good man, Effie, but I think that I am a better one
  • than you have given me credit for being.”
  • Holmes and I followed them down the lane, and my friend plucked
  • at my sleeve as we came out.
  • “I think,” said he, “that we shall be of more use in London than
  • in Norbury.”
  • Not another word did he say of the case until late that night,
  • when he was turning away, with his lighted candle, for his
  • bedroom.
  • “Watson,” said he, “if it should ever strike you that I am
  • getting a little over-confident in my powers, or giving less
  • pains to a case than it deserves, kindly whisper ‘Norbury’ in my
  • ear, and I shall be infinitely obliged to you.”
  • IV. The Stockbroker’s Clerk
  • Shortly after my marriage I had bought a connection in the
  • Paddington district. Old Mr. Farquhar, from whom I purchased it,
  • had at one time an excellent general practice; but his age, and
  • an affliction of the nature of St. Vitus’s dance from which he
  • suffered, had very much thinned it. The public not unnaturally
  • goes on the principle that he who would heal others must himself
  • be whole, and looks askance at the curative powers of the man
  • whose own case is beyond the reach of his drugs. Thus as my
  • predecessor weakened his practice declined, until when I
  • purchased it from him it had sunk from twelve hundred to little
  • more than three hundred a year. I had confidence, however, in my
  • own youth and energy, and was convinced that in a very few years
  • the concern would be as flourishing as ever.
  • For three months after taking over the practice I was kept very
  • closely at work, and saw little of my friend Sherlock Holmes, for
  • I was too busy to visit Baker Street, and he seldom went anywhere
  • himself save upon professional business. I was surprised,
  • therefore, when, one morning in June, as I sat reading the
  • _British Medical Journal_ after breakfast, I heard a ring at the
  • bell, followed by the high, somewhat strident tones of my old
  • companion’s voice.
  • “Ah, my dear Watson,” said he, striding into the room, “I am very
  • delighted to see you! I trust that Mrs. Watson has entirely
  • recovered from all the little excitements connected with our
  • adventure of the Sign of Four.”
  • “Thank you, we are both very well,” said I, shaking him warmly by
  • the hand.
  • “And I hope, also,” he continued, sitting down in the
  • rocking-chair, “that the cares of medical practice have not
  • entirely obliterated the interest which you used to take in our
  • little deductive problems.”
  • “On the contrary,” I answered, “it was only last night that I was
  • looking over my old notes, and classifying some of our past
  • results.”
  • “I trust that you don’t consider your collection closed.”
  • “Not at all. I should wish nothing better than to have some more
  • of such experiences.”
  • “To-day, for example?”
  • “Yes, to-day, if you like.”
  • “And as far off as Birmingham?”
  • “Certainly, if you wish it.”
  • “And the practice?”
  • “I do my neighbour’s when he goes. He is always ready to work off
  • the debt.”
  • “Ha! Nothing could be better,” said Holmes, leaning back in his
  • chair and looking keenly at me from under his half closed lids.
  • “I perceive that you have been unwell lately. Summer colds are
  • always a little trying.”
  • “I was confined to the house by a severe chill for three days
  • last week. I thought, however, that I had cast off every trace of
  • it.”
  • “So you have. You look remarkably robust.”
  • “How, then, did you know of it?”
  • “My dear fellow, you know my methods.”
  • “You deduced it, then?”
  • “Certainly.”
  • “And from what?”
  • “From your slippers.”
  • I glanced down at the new patent leathers which I was wearing.
  • “How on earth—” I began, but Holmes answered my question before
  • it was asked.
  • “Your slippers are new,” he said. “You could not have had them
  • more than a few weeks. The soles which you are at this moment
  • presenting to me are slightly scorched. For a moment I thought
  • they might have got wet and been burned in the drying. But near
  • the instep there is a small circular wafer of paper with the
  • shopman’s hieroglyphics upon it. Damp would of course have
  • removed this. You had, then, been sitting with your feet
  • outstretched to the fire, which a man would hardly do even in so
  • wet a June as this if he were in his full health.”
  • Like all Holmes’s reasoning the thing seemed simplicity itself
  • when it was once explained. He read the thought upon my features,
  • and his smile had a tinge of bitterness.
  • “I am afraid that I rather give myself away when I explain,” said
  • he. “Results without causes are much more impressive. You are
  • ready to come to Birmingham, then?”
  • “Certainly. What is the case?”
  • “You shall hear it all in the train. My client is outside in a
  • four-wheeler. Can you come at once?”
  • “In an instant.” I scribbled a note to my neighbour, rushed
  • upstairs to explain the matter to my wife, and joined Holmes upon
  • the door-step.
  • “Your neighbour is a doctor,” said he, nodding at the brass
  • plate.
  • “Yes; he bought a practice as I did.”
  • “An old-established one?”
  • “Just the same as mine. Both have been ever since the houses were
  • built.”
  • “Ah! Then you got hold of the best of the two.”
  • “I think I did. But how do you know?”
  • “By the steps, my boy. Yours are worn three inches deeper than
  • his. But this gentleman in the cab is my client, Mr. Hall
  • Pycroft. Allow me to introduce you to him. Whip your horse up,
  • cabby, for we have only just time to catch our train.”
  • The man whom I found myself facing was a well-built,
  • fresh-complexioned young fellow, with a frank, honest face and a
  • slight, crisp, yellow moustache. He wore a very shiny top hat and
  • a neat suit of sober black, which made him look what he was—a
  • smart young City man, of the class who have been labeled
  • cockneys, but who give us our crack volunteer regiments, and who
  • turn out more fine athletes and sportsmen than any body of men in
  • these islands. His round, ruddy face was naturally full of
  • cheeriness, but the corners of his mouth seemed to me to be
  • pulled down in a half-comical distress. It was not, however,
  • until we were all in a first-class carriage and well started upon
  • our journey to Birmingham that I was able to learn what the
  • trouble was which had driven him to Sherlock Holmes.
  • “We have a clear run here of seventy minutes,” Holmes remarked.
  • “I want you, Mr. Hall Pycroft, to tell my friend your very
  • interesting experience exactly as you have told it to me, or with
  • more detail if possible. It will be of use to me to hear the
  • succession of events again. It is a case, Watson, which may prove
  • to have something in it, or may prove to have nothing, but which,
  • at least, presents those unusual and _outré_ features which are
  • as dear to you as they are to me. Now, Mr. Pycroft, I shall not
  • interrupt you again.”
  • Our young companion looked at me with a twinkle in his eye.
  • “The worst of the story is,” said he, “that I show myself up as
  • such a confounded fool. Of course it may work out all right, and
  • I don’t see that I could have done otherwise; but if I have lost
  • my crib and get nothing in exchange I shall feel what a soft
  • Johnnie I have been. I’m not very good at telling a story, Dr.
  • Watson, but it is like this with me:
  • “I used to have a billet at Coxon & Woodhouse, of Drapers’
  • Gardens, but they were let in early in the spring through the
  • Venezuelan loan, as no doubt you remember, and came a nasty
  • cropper. I had been with them five years, and old Coxon gave me a
  • ripping good testimonial when the smash came, but of course we
  • clerks were all turned adrift, the twenty-seven of us. I tried
  • here and tried there, but there were lots of other chaps on the
  • same lay as myself, and it was a perfect frost for a long time. I
  • had been taking three pounds a week at Coxon’s, and I had saved
  • about seventy of them, but I soon worked my way through that and
  • out at the other end. I was fairly at the end of my tether at
  • last, and could hardly find the stamps to answer the
  • advertisements or the envelopes to stick them to. I had worn out
  • my boots paddling up office stairs, and I seemed just as far from
  • getting a billet as ever.
  • “At last I saw a vacancy at Mawson & Williams’, the great
  • stockbroking firm in Lombard Street. I daresay E.C. is not much
  • in your line, but I can tell you that this is about the richest
  • house in London. The advertisement was to be answered by letter
  • only. I sent in my testimonial and application, but without the
  • least hope of getting it. Back came an answer by return, saying
  • that if I would appear next Monday I might take over my new
  • duties at once, provided that my appearance was satisfactory. No
  • one knows how these things are worked. Some people say that the
  • manager just plunges his hand into the heap and takes the first
  • that comes. Anyhow it was my innings that time, and I don’t ever
  • wish to feel better pleased. The screw was a pound a week rise,
  • and the duties just about the same as at Coxon’s.
  • “And now I come to the queer part of the business. I was in
  • diggings out Hampstead way—17, Potter’s Terrace. Well, I was
  • sitting doing a smoke that very evening after I had been promised
  • the appointment, when up came my landlady with a card which had
  • ‘Arthur Pinner, Financial Agent,’ printed upon it. I had never
  • heard the name before and could not imagine what he wanted with
  • me; but, of course, I asked her to show him up. In he walked, a
  • middle-sized, dark-haired, dark-eyed, black-bearded man, with a
  • touch of the Sheeny about his nose. He had a brisk kind of way
  • with him and spoke sharply, like a man who knew the value of
  • time.”
  • “‘Mr. Hall Pycroft, I believe?’” said he.
  • “‘Yes, sir,’ I answered, pushing a chair towards him.
  • “‘Lately engaged at Coxon & Woodhouse’s?’
  • “‘Yes, sir.’
  • “‘And now on the staff of Mawson’s.’
  • “‘Quite so.’
  • “‘Well,’ said he, ‘the fact is that I have heard some really
  • extraordinary stories about your financial ability. You remember
  • Parker, who used to be Coxon’s manager? He can never say enough
  • about it.’
  • “Of course I was pleased to hear this. I had always been pretty
  • sharp in the office, but I had never dreamed that I was talked
  • about in the City in this fashion.
  • “‘You have a good memory?’ said he.
  • “‘Pretty fair,’ I answered, modestly.
  • “‘Have you kept in touch with the market while you have been out
  • of work?’ he asked.
  • “‘Yes; I read the Stock Exchange List every morning.’
  • “‘Now that shows real application!’ he cried. ‘That is the way to
  • prosper! You won’t mind my testing you, will you? Let me see. How
  • are Ayrshires?’
  • “‘A hundred and six and a quarter to a hundred and five and
  • seven-eighths.’
  • “‘And New Zealand Consolidated?’
  • “‘A hundred and four.
  • “‘And British Broken Hills?’
  • “‘Seven to seven-and-six.’
  • “‘Wonderful!’ he cried, with his hands up. ‘This quite fits in
  • with all that I had heard. My boy, my boy, you are very much too
  • good to be a clerk at Mawson’s!’
  • “This outburst rather astonished me, as you can think. ‘Well,’
  • said I, ‘other people don’t think quite so much of me as you seem
  • to do, Mr. Pinner. I had a hard enough fight to get this berth,
  • and I am very glad to have it.’
  • “‘Pooh, man; you should soar above it. You are not in your true
  • sphere. Now, I’ll tell you how it stands with me. What I have to
  • offer is little enough when measured by your ability, but when
  • compared with Mawson’s, it’s light to dark. Let me see. When do
  • you go to Mawson’s?’
  • “‘On Monday.’
  • “‘Ha, ha! I think I would risk a little sporting flutter that you
  • don’t go there at all.’
  • “‘Not go to Mawson’s?’
  • “‘No, sir. By that day you will be the business manager of the
  • Franco-Midland Hardware Company, Limited, with a hundred and
  • thirty-four branches in the towns and villages of France, not
  • counting one in Brussels and one in San Remo.’
  • “This took my breath away. ‘I never heard of it,’ said I.
  • “‘Very likely not. It has been kept very quiet, for the capital
  • was all privately subscribed, and it’s too good a thing to let
  • the public into. My brother, Harry Pinner, is promoter, and joins
  • the board after allotment as managing director. He knew I was in
  • the swim down here, and asked me to pick up a good man cheap. A
  • young, pushing man with plenty of snap about him. Parker spoke of
  • you, and that brought me here to-night. We can only offer you a
  • beggarly five hundred to start with.’
  • “‘Five hundred a year!’ I shouted.
  • “‘Only that at the beginning; but you are to have an overriding
  • commission of one per cent on all business done by your agents,
  • and you may take my word for it that this will come to more than
  • your salary.’
  • “‘But I know nothing about hardware.’
  • “‘Tut, my boy; you know about figures.’
  • “My head buzzed, and I could hardly sit still in my chair. But
  • suddenly a little chill of doubt came upon me.
  • “‘I must be frank with you,’ said I. ‘Mawson only gives me two
  • hundred, but Mawson is safe. Now, really, I know so little about
  • your company that—’
  • “‘Ah, smart, smart!’ he cried, in a kind of ecstasy of delight.
  • ‘You are the very man for us. You are not to be talked over, and
  • quite right, too. Now, here’s a note for a hundred pounds, and if
  • you think that we can do business you may just slip it into your
  • pocket as an advance upon your salary.’
  • “‘That is very handsome,’ said I. ‘When should I take over my new
  • duties?’
  • “‘Be in Birmingham to-morrow at one,’ said he. ‘I have a note in
  • my pocket here which you will take to my brother. You will find
  • him at 126B, Corporation Street, where the temporary offices of
  • the company are situated. Of course he must confirm your
  • engagement, but between ourselves it will be all right.’
  • “‘Really, I hardly know how to express my gratitude, Mr. Pinner,’
  • said I.
  • “‘Not at all, my boy. You have only got your deserts. There are
  • one or two small things—mere formalities—which I must arrange
  • with you. You have a bit of paper beside you there. Kindly write
  • upon it “I am perfectly willing to act as business manager to the
  • Franco-Midland Hardware Company, Limited, at a minimum salary of
  • £500.”’
  • “I did as he asked, and he put the paper in his pocket.
  • “‘There is one other detail,’ said he. ‘What do you intend to do
  • about Mawson’s?’
  • “I had forgotten all about Mawson’s in my joy. ‘I’ll write and
  • resign,’ said I.
  • “‘Precisely what I don’t want you to do. I had a row over you
  • with Mawson’s manager. I had gone up to ask him about you, and he
  • was very offensive; accused me of coaxing you away from the
  • service of the firm, and that sort of thing. At last I fairly
  • lost my temper. “If you want good men you should pay them a good
  • price,” said I.’
  • “‘He would rather have our small price than your big one,’ said
  • he.
  • “‘I’ll lay you a fiver,’ said I, ‘that when he has my offer
  • you’ll never so much as hear from him again.’
  • “‘Done!’ said he. ‘We picked him out of the gutter, and he won’t
  • leave us so easily.’ Those were his very words.”
  • “‘The impudent scoundrel!’ I cried. ‘I’ve never so much as seen
  • him in my life. Why should I consider him in any way? I shall
  • certainly not write if you would rather I didn’t.’
  • “‘Good! That’s a promise,’ said he, rising from his chair. ‘Well,
  • I’m delighted to have got so good a man for my brother. Here’s
  • your advance of a hundred pounds, and here is the letter. Make a
  • note of the address, 126B, Corporation Street, and remember that
  • one o’clock to-morrow is your appointment. Good-night; and may
  • you have all the fortune that you deserve!’
  • “That’s just about all that passed between us, as near as I can
  • remember. You can imagine, Dr. Watson, how pleased I was at such
  • an extraordinary bit of good fortune. I sat up half the night
  • hugging myself over it, and next day I was off to Birmingham in a
  • train that would take me in plenty time for my appointment. I
  • took my things to a hotel in New Street, and then I made my way
  • to the address which had been given me.
  • “It was a quarter of an hour before my time, but I thought that
  • would make no difference. 126B, was a passage between two large
  • shops, which led to a winding stone stair, from which there were
  • many flats, let as offices to companies or professional men. The
  • names of the occupants were painted at the bottom on the wall,
  • but there was no such name as the Franco-Midland Hardware
  • Company, Limited. I stood for a few minutes with my heart in my
  • boots, wondering whether the whole thing was an elaborate hoax or
  • not, when up came a man and addressed me. He was very like the
  • chap I had seen the night before, the same figure and voice, but
  • he was clean shaven and his hair was lighter.
  • “‘Are you Mr. Hall Pycroft?’ he asked.
  • “‘Yes,’ said I.
  • “‘Oh! I was expecting you, but you are a trifle before your time.
  • I had a note from my brother this morning in which he sang your
  • praises very loudly.’
  • “‘I was just looking for the offices when you came.’
  • “‘We have not got our name up yet, for we only secured these
  • temporary premises last week. Come up with me, and we will talk
  • the matter over.’
  • “I followed him to the top of a very lofty stair, and there,
  • right under the slates, were a couple of empty, dusty little
  • rooms, uncarpeted and uncurtained, into which he led me. I had
  • thought of a great office with shining tables and rows of clerks,
  • such as I was used to, and I daresay I stared rather straight at
  • the two deal chairs and one little table, which, with a ledger
  • and a waste paper basket, made up the whole furniture.
  • “‘Don’t be disheartened, Mr. Pycroft,’ said my new acquaintance,
  • seeing the length of my face. ‘Rome was not built in a day, and
  • we have lots of money at our backs, though we don’t cut much dash
  • yet in offices. Pray sit down, and let me have your letter.’
  • “I gave it to him, and he read it over very carefully.
  • “‘You seem to have made a vast impression upon my brother
  • Arthur,’ said he; ‘and I know that he is a pretty shrewd judge.
  • He swears by London, you know; and I by Birmingham; but this time
  • I shall follow his advice. Pray consider yourself definitely
  • engaged.’
  • “‘What are my duties?’ I asked.
  • “‘You will eventually manage the great depôt in Paris, which will
  • pour a flood of English crockery into the shops of a hundred and
  • thirty-four agents in France. The purchase will be completed in a
  • week, and meanwhile you will remain in Birmingham and make
  • yourself useful.’
  • “‘How?’
  • “For answer, he took a big red book out of a drawer.
  • “‘This is a directory of Paris,’ said he, ‘with the trades after
  • the names of the people. I want you to take it home with you, and
  • to mark off all the hardware sellers, with their addresses. It
  • would be of the greatest use to me to have them.’
  • “‘Surely there are classified lists?’ I suggested.
  • “‘Not reliable ones. Their system is different from ours. Stick
  • at it, and let me have the lists by Monday, at twelve. Good-day,
  • Mr. Pycroft. If you continue to show zeal and intelligence you
  • will find the company a good master.’
  • “I went back to the hotel with the big book under my arm, and
  • with very conflicting feelings in my breast. On the one hand, I
  • was definitely engaged and had a hundred pounds in my pocket; on
  • the other, the look of the offices, the absence of name on the
  • wall, and other of the points which would strike a business man
  • had left a bad impression as to the position of my employers.
  • However, come what might, I had my money, so I settled down to my
  • task. All Sunday I was kept hard at work, and yet by Monday I had
  • only got as far as H. I went round to my employer, found him in
  • the same dismantled kind of room, and was told to keep at it
  • until Wednesday, and then come again. On Wednesday it was still
  • unfinished, so I hammered away until Friday—that is, yesterday.
  • Then I brought it round to Mr. Harry Pinner.
  • “‘Thank you very much,’ said he; ‘I fear that I underrated the
  • difficulty of the task. This list will be of very material
  • assistance to me.’
  • “‘It took some time,’ said I.
  • “‘And now,’ said he, ‘I want you to make a list of the furniture
  • shops, for they all sell crockery.’
  • “‘Very good.’
  • “‘And you can come up to-morrow evening, at seven, and let me
  • know how you are getting on. Don’t overwork yourself. A couple of
  • hours at Day’s Music Hall in the evening would do you no harm
  • after your labours.’ He laughed as he spoke, and I saw with a
  • thrill that his second tooth upon the left-hand side had been
  • very badly stuffed with gold.”
  • Sherlock Holmes rubbed his hands with delight, and I stared with
  • astonishment at our client.
  • “You may well look surprised, Dr. Watson; but it is this way,”
  • said he: “When I was speaking to the other chap in London, at the
  • time that he laughed at my not going to Mawson’s, I happened to
  • notice that his tooth was stuffed in this very identical fashion.
  • The glint of the gold in each case caught my eye, you see. When I
  • put that with the voice and figure being the same, and only those
  • things altered which might be changed by a razor or a wig, I
  • could not doubt that it was the same man. Of course you expect
  • two brothers to be alike, but not that they should have the same
  • tooth stuffed in the same way. He bowed me out, and I found
  • myself in the street, hardly knowing whether I was on my head or
  • my heels. Back I went to my hotel, put my head in a basin of cold
  • water, and tried to think it out. Why had he sent me from London
  • to Birmingham? Why had he got there before me? And why had he
  • written a letter from himself to himself? It was altogether too
  • much for me, and I could make no sense of it. And then suddenly
  • it struck me that what was dark to me might be very light to Mr.
  • Sherlock Holmes. I had just time to get up to town by the night
  • train to see him this morning, and to bring you both back with me
  • to Birmingham.”
  • There was a pause after the stockbroker’s clerk had concluded his
  • surprising experience. Then Sherlock Holmes cocked his eye at me,
  • leaning back on the cushions with a pleased and yet critical
  • face, like a connoisseur who has just taken his first sip of a
  • comet vintage.
  • “Rather fine, Watson, is it not?” said he. “There are points in
  • it which please me. I think that you will agree with me that an
  • interview with Mr. Arthur Harry Pinner in the temporary offices
  • of the Franco-Midland Hardware Company, Limited, would be a
  • rather interesting experience for both of us.”
  • “But how can we do it?” I asked.
  • “Oh, easily enough,” said Hall Pycroft, cheerily. “You are two
  • friends of mine who are in want of a billet, and what could be
  • more natural than that I should bring you both round to the
  • managing director?”
  • “Quite so, of course,” said Holmes. “I should like to have a look
  • at the gentleman, and see if I can make anything of his little
  • game. What qualities have you, my friend, which would make your
  • services so valuable? or is it possible that—” He began biting
  • his nails and staring blankly out of the window, and we hardly
  • drew another word from him until we were in New Street.
  • At seven o’clock that evening we were walking, the three of us,
  • down Corporation Street to the company’s offices.
  • “It is no use our being at all before our time,” said our client.
  • “He only comes there to see me, apparently, for the place is
  • deserted up to the very hour he names.”
  • “That is suggestive,” remarked Holmes.
  • “By Jove, I told you so!” cried the clerk. “That’s he walking
  • ahead of us there.”
  • He pointed to a smallish, dark, well-dressed man who was bustling
  • along the other side of the road. As we watched him he looked
  • across at a boy who was bawling out the latest edition of the
  • evening paper, and running over among the cabs and busses, he
  • bought one from him. Then, clutching it in his hand, he vanished
  • through a doorway.
  • “There he goes!” cried Hall Pycroft. “These are the company’s
  • offices into which he has gone. Come with me, and I’ll fix it up
  • as easily as possible.”
  • Following his lead, we ascended five stories, until we found
  • ourselves outside a half-opened door, at which our client tapped.
  • A voice within bade us enter, and we entered a bare, unfurnished
  • room such as Hall Pycroft had described. At the single table sat
  • the man whom we had seen in the street, with his evening paper
  • spread out in front of him, and as he looked up at us it seemed
  • to me that I had never looked upon a face which bore such marks
  • of grief, and of something beyond grief—of a horror such as comes
  • to few men in a lifetime. His brow glistened with perspiration,
  • his cheeks were of the dull, dead white of a fish’s belly, and
  • his eyes were wild and staring. He looked at his clerk as though
  • he failed to recognise him, and I could see by the astonishment
  • depicted upon our conductor’s face that this was by no means the
  • usual appearance of his employer.
  • “You look ill, Mr. Pinner!” he exclaimed.
  • “Yes, I am not very well,” answered the other, making obvious
  • efforts to pull himself together, and licking his dry lips before
  • he spoke. “Who are these gentlemen whom you have brought with
  • you?”
  • “One is Mr. Harris, of Bermondsey, and the other is Mr. Price, of
  • this town,” said our clerk, glibly. “They are friends of mine and
  • gentlemen of experience, but they have been out of a place for
  • some little time, and they hoped that perhaps you might find an
  • opening for them in the company’s employment.”
  • “Very possibly! Very possibly!” cried Mr. Pinner with a ghastly
  • smile. “Yes, I have no doubt that we shall be able to do
  • something for you. What is your particular line, Mr. Harris?”
  • “I am an accountant,” said Holmes.
  • “Ah yes, we shall want something of the sort. And you, Mr.
  • Price?”
  • “A clerk,” said I.
  • “I have every hope that the company may accommodate you. I will
  • let you know about it as soon as we come to any conclusion. And
  • now I beg that you will go. For God’s sake leave me to myself!”
  • These last words were shot out of him, as though the constraint
  • which he was evidently setting upon himself had suddenly and
  • utterly burst asunder. Holmes and I glanced at each other, and
  • Hall Pycroft took a step towards the table.
  • “You forget, Mr. Pinner, that I am here by appointment to receive
  • some directions from you,” said he.
  • “Certainly, Mr. Pycroft, certainly,” the other resumed in a
  • calmer tone. “You may wait here a moment; and there is no reason
  • why your friends should not wait with you. I will be entirely at
  • your service in three minutes, if I might trespass upon your
  • patience so far.” He rose with a very courteous air, and, bowing
  • to us, he passed out through a door at the farther end of the
  • room, which he closed behind him.
  • “What now?” whispered Holmes. “Is he giving us the slip?”
  • “Impossible,” answered Pycroft.
  • “Why so?”
  • “That door leads into an inner room.”
  • “There is no exit?”
  • “None.”
  • “Is it furnished?”
  • “It was empty yesterday.”
  • “Then what on earth can he be doing? There is something which I
  • don’t understand in this manner. If ever a man was three parts
  • mad with terror, that man’s name is Pinner. What can have put the
  • shivers on him?”
  • “He suspects that we are detectives,” I suggested.
  • “That’s it,” cried Pycroft.
  • Holmes shook his head. “He did not turn pale. He was pale when we
  • entered the room,” said he. “It is just possible that—”
  • His words were interrupted by a sharp rat-tat from the direction
  • of the inner door.
  • “What the deuce is he knocking at his own door for?” cried the
  • clerk.
  • Again and much louder came the rat-tat-tat. We all gazed
  • expectantly at the closed door. Glancing at Holmes, I saw his
  • face turn rigid, and he leaned forward in intense excitement.
  • Then suddenly came a low guggling, gargling sound, and a brisk
  • drumming upon woodwork. Holmes sprang frantically across the room
  • and pushed at the door. It was fastened on the inner side.
  • Following his example, we threw ourselves upon it with all our
  • weight. One hinge snapped, then the other, and down came the door
  • with a crash. Rushing over it, we found ourselves in the inner
  • room. It was empty.
  • But it was only for a moment that we were at fault. At one
  • corner, the corner nearest the room which we had left, there was
  • a second door. Holmes sprang to it and pulled it open. A coat and
  • waistcoat were lying on the floor, and from a hook behind the
  • door, with his own braces round his neck, was hanging the
  • managing director of the Franco-Midland Hardware Company. His
  • knees were drawn up, his head hung at a dreadful angle to his
  • body, and the clatter of his heels against the door made the
  • noise which had broken in upon our conversation. In an instant I
  • had caught him round the waist, and held him up while Holmes and
  • Pycroft untied the elastic bands which had disappeared between
  • the livid creases of skin. Then we carried him into the other
  • room, where he lay with a clay-coloured face, puffing his purple
  • lips in and out with every breath—a dreadful wreck of all that he
  • had been but five minutes before.
  • “What do you think of him, Watson?” asked Holmes.
  • I stooped over him and examined him. His pulse was feeble and
  • intermittent, but his breathing grew longer, and there was a
  • little shivering of his eyelids, which showed a thin white slit
  • of ball beneath.
  • “It has been touch and go with him,” said I, “but he’ll live now.
  • Just open that window, and hand me the water carafe.” I undid his
  • collar, poured the cold water over his face, and raised and sank
  • his arms until he drew a long, natural breath. “It’s only a
  • question of time now,” said I, as I turned away from him.
  • Holmes stood by the table, with his hands deep in his trouser’s
  • pockets and his chin upon his breast.
  • “I suppose we ought to call the police in now,” said he. “And yet
  • I confess that I’d like to give them a complete case when they
  • come.”
  • “It’s a blessed mystery to me,” cried Pycroft, scratching his
  • head. “Whatever they wanted to bring me all the way up here for,
  • and then—”
  • “Pooh! All that is clear enough,” said Holmes impatiently. “It is
  • this last sudden move.”
  • “You understand the rest, then?”
  • “I think that it is fairly obvious. What do you say, Watson?”
  • I shrugged my shoulders. “I must confess that I am out of my
  • depths,” said I.
  • “Oh surely if you consider the events at first they can only
  • point to one conclusion.”
  • “What do you make of them?”
  • “Well, the whole thing hinges upon two points. The first is the
  • making of Pycroft write a declaration by which he entered the
  • service of this preposterous company. Do you not see how very
  • suggestive that is?”
  • “I am afraid I miss the point.”
  • “Well, why did they want him to do it? Not as a business matter,
  • for these arrangements are usually verbal, and there was no
  • earthly business reason why this should be an exception. Don’t
  • you see, my young friend, that they were very anxious to obtain a
  • specimen of your handwriting, and had no other way of doing it?”
  • “And why?”
  • “Quite so. Why? When we answer that we have made some progress
  • with our little problem. Why? There can be only one adequate
  • reason. Some one wanted to learn to imitate your writing, and had
  • to procure a specimen of it first. And now if we pass on to the
  • second point we find that each throws light upon the other. That
  • point is the request made by Pinner that you should not resign
  • your place, but should leave the manager of this important
  • business in the full expectation that a Mr. Hall Pycroft, whom he
  • had never seen, was about to enter the office upon the Monday
  • morning.”
  • “My God!” cried our client, “what a blind beetle I have been!”
  • “Now you see the point about the handwriting. Suppose that some
  • one turned up in your place who wrote a completely different hand
  • from that in which you had applied for the vacancy, of course the
  • game would have been up. But in the interval the rogue had
  • learned to imitate you, and his position was therefore secure, as
  • I presume that nobody in the office had ever set eyes upon you.”
  • “Not a soul,” groaned Hall Pycroft.
  • “Very good. Of course it was of the utmost importance to prevent
  • you from thinking better of it, and also to keep you from coming
  • into contact with any one who might tell you that your double was
  • at work in Mawson’s office. Therefore they gave you a handsome
  • advance on your salary, and ran you off to the Midlands, where
  • they gave you enough work to do to prevent your going to London,
  • where you might have burst their little game up. That is all
  • plain enough.”
  • “But why should this man pretend to be his own brother?”
  • “Well, that is pretty clear also. There are evidently only two of
  • them in it. The other is impersonating you at the office. This
  • one acted as your engager, and then found that he could not find
  • you an employer without admitting a third person into his plot.
  • That he was most unwilling to do. He changed his appearance as
  • far as he could, and trusted that the likeness, which you could
  • not fail to observe, would be put down to a family resemblance.
  • But for the happy chance of the gold stuffing, your suspicions
  • would probably never have been aroused.”
  • Hall Pycroft shook his clinched hands in the air. “Good Lord!” he
  • cried, “while I have been fooled in this way, what has this other
  • Hall Pycroft been doing at Mawson’s? What should we do, Mr.
  • Holmes? Tell me what to do.”
  • “We must wire to Mawson’s.”
  • “They shut at twelve on Saturdays.”
  • “Never mind. There may be some door-keeper or attendant—”
  • “Ah yes, they keep a permanent guard there on account of the
  • value of the securities that they hold. I remember hearing it
  • talked of in the City.”
  • “Very good; we shall wire to him, and see if all is well, and if
  • a clerk of your name is working there. That is clear enough; but
  • what is not so clear is why at sight of us one of the rogues
  • should instantly walk out of the room and hang himself.”
  • “The paper!” croaked a voice behind us. The man was sitting up,
  • blanched and ghastly, with returning reason in his eyes, and
  • hands which rubbed nervously at the broad red band which still
  • encircled his throat.
  • “The paper! Of course!” yelled Holmes, in a paroxysm of
  • excitement. “Idiot that I was! I thought so much of our visit
  • that the paper never entered my head for an instant. To be sure,
  • the secret must be there.” He flattened it out upon the table,
  • and a cry of triumph burst from his lips. “Look at this, Watson,”
  • he cried. “It is a London paper, an early edition of the _Evening
  • Standard_. Here is what we want. Look at the headlines: ‘Crime in
  • the City. Murder at Mawson & Williams’. Gigantic Attempted
  • Robbery. Capture of the Criminal.’ Here, Watson, we are all
  • equally anxious to hear it, so kindly read it aloud to us.”
  • It appeared from its position in the paper to have been the one
  • event of importance in town, and the account of it ran in this
  • way:
  • “A desperate attempt at robbery, culminating in the death of one
  • man and the capture of the criminal, occurred this afternoon in
  • the City. For some time back Mawson & Williams, the famous
  • financial house, have been the guardians of securities which
  • amount in the aggregate to a sum of considerably over a million
  • sterling. So conscious was the manager of the responsibility
  • which devolved upon him in consequence of the great interests at
  • stake that safes of the very latest construction have been
  • employed, and an armed watchman has been left day and night in
  • the building. It appears that last week a new clerk named Hall
  • Pycroft was engaged by the firm. This person appears to have been
  • none other than Beddington, the famous forger and cracksman, who,
  • with his brother, had only recently emerged from a five years’
  • spell of penal servitude. By some means, which are not yet clear,
  • he succeeded in winning, under a false name, this official
  • position in the office, which he utilised in order to obtain
  • moulding of various locks, and a thorough knowledge of the
  • position of the strong room and the safes.
  • “It is customary at Mawson’s for the clerks to leave at midday on
  • Saturday. Sergeant Tuson, of the City Police, was somewhat
  • surprised, therefore to see a gentleman with a carpet bag come
  • down the steps at twenty minutes past one. His suspicions being
  • aroused, the sergeant followed the man, and with the aid of
  • Constable Pollock succeeded, after a most desperate resistance,
  • in arresting him. It was at once clear that a daring and gigantic
  • robbery had been committed. Nearly a hundred thousand pounds’
  • worth of American railway bonds, with a large amount of scrip in
  • other mines and companies, was discovered in the bag. On
  • examining the premises the body of the unfortunate watchman was
  • found doubled up and thrust into the largest of the safes, where
  • it would not have been discovered until Monday morning had it not
  • been for the prompt action of Sergeant Tuson. The man’s skull had
  • been shattered by a blow from a poker delivered from behind.
  • There could be no doubt that Beddington had obtained entrance by
  • pretending that he had left something behind him, and having
  • murdered the watchman, rapidly rifled the large safe, and then
  • made off with his booty. His brother, who usually works with him,
  • has not appeared in this job as far as can at present be
  • ascertained, although the police are making energetic inquiries
  • as to his whereabouts.”
  • “Well, we may save the police some little trouble in that
  • direction,” said Holmes, glancing at the haggard figure huddled
  • up by the window. “Human nature is a strange mixture, Watson. You
  • see that even a villain and murderer can inspire such affection
  • that his brother turns to suicide when he learns that his neck is
  • forfeited. However, we have no choice as to our action. The
  • doctor and I will remain on guard, Mr. Pycroft, if you will have
  • the kindness to step out for the police.”
  • V. The “_Gloria Scott_”
  • “I have some papers here,” said my friend Sherlock Holmes, as we
  • sat one winter’s night on either side of the fire, “which I
  • really think, Watson, that it would be worth your while to glance
  • over. These are the documents in the extraordinary case of the
  • _Gloria Scott_, and this is the message which struck Justice of
  • the Peace Trevor dead with horror when he read it.”
  • He had picked from a drawer a little tarnished cylinder, and,
  • undoing the tape, he handed me a short note scrawled upon a
  • half-sheet of slate-grey paper.
  • “The supply of game for London is going steadily up,” it ran.
  • “Head-keeper Hudson, we believe, has been now told to receive all
  • orders for fly-paper and for preservation of your hen-pheasant’s
  • life.”
  • As I glanced up from reading this enigmatical message, I saw
  • Holmes chuckling at the expression upon my face.
  • “You look a little bewildered,” said he.
  • “I cannot see how such a message as this could inspire horror. It
  • seems to me to be rather grotesque than otherwise.”
  • “Very likely. Yet the fact remains that the reader, who was a
  • fine, robust old man, was knocked clean down by it as if it had
  • been the butt end of a pistol.”
  • “You arouse my curiosity,” said I. “But why did you say just now
  • that there were very particular reasons why I should study this
  • case?”
  • “Because it was the first in which I was ever engaged.”
  • I had often endeavoured to elicit from my companion what had
  • first turned his mind in the direction of criminal research, but
  • had never caught him before in a communicative humour. Now he sat
  • forward in this armchair and spread out the documents upon his
  • knees. Then he lit his pipe and sat for some time smoking and
  • turning them over.
  • “You never heard me talk of Victor Trevor?” he asked. “He was the
  • only friend I made during the two years I was at college. I was
  • never a very sociable fellow, Watson, always rather fond of
  • moping in my rooms and working out my own little methods of
  • thought, so that I never mixed much with the men of my year. Bar
  • fencing and boxing I had few athletic tastes, and then my line of
  • study was quite distinct from that of the other fellows, so that
  • we had no points of contact at all. Trevor was the only man I
  • knew, and that only through the accident of his bull terrier
  • freezing on to my ankle one morning as I went down to chapel.
  • “It was a prosaic way of forming a friendship, but it was
  • effective. I was laid by the heels for ten days, but Trevor used
  • to come in to inquire after me. At first it was only a minute’s
  • chat, but soon his visits lengthened, and before the end of the
  • term we were close friends. He was a hearty, full-blooded fellow,
  • full of spirits and energy, the very opposite to me in most
  • respects, but we had some subjects in common, and it was a bond
  • of union when I found that he was as friendless as I. Finally, he
  • invited me down to his father’s place at Donnithorpe, in Norfolk,
  • and I accepted his hospitality for a month of the long vacation.
  • “Old Trevor was evidently a man of some wealth and consideration,
  • a J.P. and a landed proprietor. Donnithorpe is a little hamlet
  • just to the north of Langmere, in the country of the Broads. The
  • house was an old-fashioned, wide-spread, oak-beamed brick
  • building, with a fine lime-lined avenue leading up to it. There
  • was excellent wild-duck shooting in the fens, remarkably good
  • fishing, a small but select library, taken over, as I understood,
  • from a former occupant, and a tolerable cook, so that he would be
  • a fastidious man who could not put in a pleasant month there.
  • “Trevor senior was a widower, and my friend his only son.
  • “There had been a daughter, I heard, but she had died of
  • diphtheria while on a visit to Birmingham. The father interested
  • me extremely. He was a man of little culture, but with a
  • considerable amount of rude strength, both physically and
  • mentally. He knew hardly any books, but he had travelled far, had
  • seen much of the world. And had remembered all that he had
  • learned. In person he was a thick-set, burly man with a shock of
  • grizzled hair, a brown, weather-beaten face, and blue eyes which
  • were keen to the verge of fierceness. Yet he had a reputation for
  • kindness and charity on the country-side, and was noted for the
  • leniency of his sentences from the bench.
  • “One evening, shortly after my arrival, we were sitting over a
  • glass of port after dinner, when young Trevor began to talk about
  • those habits of observation and inference which I had already
  • formed into a system, although I had not yet appreciated the part
  • which they were to play in my life. The old man evidently thought
  • that his son was exaggerating in his description of one or two
  • trivial feats which I had performed.
  • “‘Come, now, Mr. Holmes,’ said he, laughing good-humoredly. ‘I’m
  • an excellent subject, if you can deduce anything from me.’
  • “‘I fear there is not very much,’ I answered; ‘I might suggest
  • that you have gone about in fear of some personal attack within
  • the last twelve months.’
  • “The laugh faded from his lips, and he stared at me in great
  • surprise.
  • “‘Well, that’s true enough,’ said he. ‘You know, Victor,’ turning
  • to his son, ‘when we broke up that poaching gang, they swore to
  • knife us, and Sir Edward Holly has actually been attacked. I’ve
  • always been on my guard since then, though I have no idea how you
  • know it.’
  • “‘You have a very handsome stick,’ I answered. ‘By the
  • inscription I observed that you had not had it more than a year.
  • But you have taken some pains to bore the head of it and pour
  • melted lead into the hole so as to make it a formidable weapon. I
  • argued that you would not take such precautions unless you had
  • some danger to fear.’
  • “‘Anything else?’ he asked, smiling.
  • “‘You have boxed a good deal in your youth.’
  • “‘Right again. How did you know it? Is my nose knocked a little
  • out of the straight?’
  • “‘No,’ said I. ‘It is your ears. They have the peculiar
  • flattening and thickening which marks the boxing man.’
  • “‘Anything else?’
  • “‘You have done a good deal of digging by your callosities.’
  • “‘Made all my money at the gold fields.’
  • “‘You have been in New Zealand.’
  • “‘Right again.’
  • “‘You have visited Japan.’
  • “‘Quite true.’
  • “‘And you have been most intimately associated with some one
  • whose initials were J. A., and whom you afterwards were eager to
  • entirely forget.’
  • “Mr. Trevor stood slowly up, fixed his large blue eyes upon me
  • with a strange wild stare, and then pitched forward, with his
  • face among the nutshells which strewed the cloth, in a dead
  • faint.
  • “You can imagine, Watson, how shocked both his son and I were.
  • His attack did not last long, however, for when we undid his
  • collar, and sprinkled the water from one of the finger-glasses
  • over his face, he gave a gasp or two and sat up.
  • “‘Ah, boys,’ said he, forcing a smile, ‘I hope I haven’t
  • frightened you. Strong as I look, there is a weak place in my
  • heart, and it does not take much to knock me over. I don’t know
  • how you manage this, Mr. Holmes, but it seems to me that all the
  • detectives of fact and of fancy would be children in your hands.
  • That’s your line of life, sir, and you may take the word of a man
  • who has seen something of the world.’
  • “And that recommendation, with the exaggerated estimate of my
  • ability with which he prefaced it, was, if you will believe me,
  • Watson, the very first thing which ever made me feel that a
  • profession might be made out of what had up to that time been the
  • merest hobby. At the moment, however, I was too much concerned at
  • the sudden illness of my host to think of anything else.
  • “‘I hope that I have said nothing to pain you?’ said I.
  • “‘Well, you certainly touched upon rather a tender point. Might I
  • ask how you know, and how much you know?’ He spoke now in a
  • half-jesting fashion, but a look of terror still lurked at the
  • back of his eyes.
  • “‘It is simplicity itself,’ said I. ‘When you bared your arm to
  • draw that fish into the boat I saw that J. A. had been tattooed
  • in the bend of the elbow. The letters were still legible, but it
  • was perfectly clear from their blurred appearance, and from the
  • staining of the skin round them, that efforts had been made to
  • obliterate them. It was obvious, then, that those initials had
  • once been very familiar to you, and that you had afterwards
  • wished to forget them.’
  • “What an eye you have!” he cried, with a sigh of relief. ‘It is
  • just as you say. But we won’t talk of it. Of all ghosts the
  • ghosts of our old lovers are the worst. Come into the
  • billiard-room and have a quiet cigar.’
  • “From that day, amid all his cordiality, there was always a touch
  • of suspicion in Mr. Trevor’s manner towards me. Even his son
  • remarked it. ‘You’ve given the governor such a turn,’ said he,
  • ‘that he’ll never be sure again of what you know and what you
  • don’t know.’ He did not mean to show it, I am sure, but it was so
  • strongly in his mind that it peeped out at every action. At last
  • I became so convinced that I was causing him uneasiness that I
  • drew my visit to a close. On the very day, however, before I
  • left, an incident occurred which proved in the sequel to be of
  • importance.
  • “We were sitting out upon the lawn on garden chairs, the three of
  • us, basking in the sun and admiring the view across the Broads,
  • when a maid came out to say that there was a man at the door who
  • wanted to see Mr. Trevor.
  • “‘What is his name?’ asked my host.
  • “‘He would not give any.’
  • “‘What does he want, then?’
  • “‘He says that you know him, and that he only wants a moment’s
  • conversation.’
  • “‘Show him round here.’ An instant afterwards there appeared a
  • little wizened fellow with a cringing manner and a shambling
  • style of walking. He wore an open jacket, with a splotch of tar
  • on the sleeve, a red-and-black check shirt, dungaree trousers,
  • and heavy boots badly worn. His face was thin and brown and
  • crafty, with a perpetual smile upon it, which showed an irregular
  • line of yellow teeth, and his crinkled hands were half closed in
  • a way that is distinctive of sailors. As he came slouching across
  • the lawn I heard Mr. Trevor make a sort of hiccoughing noise in
  • his throat, and jumping out of his chair, he ran into the house.
  • He was back in a moment, and I smelt a strong reek of brandy as
  • he passed me.
  • “‘Well, my man,’ said he, ‘what can I do for you?’
  • “The sailor stood looking at him with puckered eyes, and with the
  • same loose-lipped smile upon his face.
  • “‘You don’t know me?’ he asked.
  • “‘Why, dear me, it is surely Hudson,’ said Mr. Trevor in a tone
  • of surprise.
  • “‘Hudson it is, sir,’ said the seaman. ‘Why, it’s thirty year and
  • more since I saw you last. Here you are in your house, and me
  • still picking my salt meat out of the harness cask.’
  • “‘Tut, you will find that I have not forgotten old times,’ cried
  • Mr. Trevor, and, walking towards the sailor, he said something in
  • a low voice. ‘Go into the kitchen,’ he continued out loud, ‘and
  • you will get food and drink. I have no doubt that I shall find
  • you a situation.’
  • “‘Thank you, sir,’ said the seaman, touching his forelock. ‘I’m
  • just off a two-yearer in an eight-knot tramp, short-handed at
  • that, and I wants a rest. I thought I’d get it either with Mr.
  • Beddoes or with you.’
  • “‘Ah!’ cried Trevor. ‘You know where Mr. Beddoes is?’
  • “‘Bless you, sir, I know where all my old friends are,’ said the
  • fellow with a sinister smile, and he slouched off after the maid
  • to the kitchen. Mr. Trevor mumbled something to us about having
  • been shipmate with the man when he was going back to the
  • diggings, and then, leaving us on the lawn, he went indoors. An
  • hour later, when we entered the house, we found him stretched
  • dead drunk upon the dining-room sofa. The whole incident left a
  • most ugly impression upon my mind, and I was not sorry next day
  • to leave Donnithorpe behind me, for I felt that my presence must
  • be a source of embarrassment to my friend.
  • “All this occurred during the first month of the long vacation. I
  • went up to my London rooms, where I spent seven weeks working out
  • a few experiments in organic chemistry. One day, however, when
  • the autumn was far advanced and the vacation drawing to a close,
  • I received a telegram from my friend imploring me to return to
  • Donnithorpe, and saying that he was in great need of my advice
  • and assistance. Of course I dropped everything and set out for
  • the North once more.
  • “He met me with the dog-cart at the station, and I saw at a
  • glance that the last two months had been very trying ones for
  • him. He had grown thin and careworn, and had lost the loud,
  • cheery manner for which he had been remarkable.
  • “‘The governor is dying,’ were the first words he said.
  • “‘Impossible!’ I cried. ‘What is the matter?’
  • “‘Apoplexy. Nervous shock, He’s been on the verge all day. I
  • doubt if we shall find him alive.’
  • “I was, as you may think, Watson, horrified at this unexpected
  • news.
  • “‘What has caused it?’ I asked.
  • “‘Ah, that is the point. Jump in and we can talk it over while we
  • drive. You remember that fellow who came upon the evening before
  • you left us?’
  • “‘Perfectly.’
  • “‘Do you know who it was that we let into the house that day?’
  • “‘I have no idea.’
  • “‘It was the devil, Holmes,’ he cried.
  • “I stared at him in astonishment.
  • “‘Yes, it was the devil himself. We have not had a peaceful hour
  • since—not one. The governor has never held up his head from that
  • evening, and now the life has been crushed out of him and his
  • heart broken, all through this accursed Hudson.’
  • “‘What power had he, then?’
  • “‘Ah, that is what I would give so much to know. The kindly,
  • charitable, good old governor—how could he have fallen into the
  • clutches of such a ruffian! But I am so glad that you have come,
  • Holmes. I trust very much to your judgment and discretion, and I
  • know that you will advise me for the best.’
  • “We were dashing along the smooth white country road, with the
  • long stretch of the Broads in front of us glimmering in the red
  • light of the setting sun. From a grove upon our left I could
  • already see the high chimneys and the flag-staff which marked the
  • squire’s dwelling.
  • “‘My father made the fellow gardener,’ said my companion, ‘and
  • then, as that did not satisfy him, he was promoted to be butler.
  • The house seemed to be at his mercy, and he wandered about and
  • did what he chose in it. The maids complained of his drunken
  • habits and his vile language. The dad raised their wages all
  • round to recompense them for the annoyance. The fellow would take
  • the boat and my father’s best gun and treat himself to little
  • shooting trips. And all this with such a sneering, leering,
  • insolent face that I would have knocked him down twenty times
  • over if he had been a man of my own age. I tell you, Holmes, I
  • have had to keep a tight hold upon myself all this time; and now
  • I am asking myself whether, if I had let myself go a little more,
  • I might not have been a wiser man.
  • “‘Well, matters went from bad to worse with us, and this animal
  • Hudson became more and more intrusive, until at last, on making
  • some insolent reply to my father in my presence one day, I took
  • him by the shoulders and turned him out of the room. He slunk
  • away with a livid face and two venomous eyes which uttered more
  • threats than his tongue could do. I don’t know what passed
  • between the poor dad and him after that, but the dad came to me
  • next day and asked me whether I would mind apologising to Hudson.
  • I refused, as you can imagine, and asked my father how he could
  • allow such a wretch to take such liberties with himself and his
  • household.
  • “‘“Ah, my boy,” said he, “it is all very well to talk, but you
  • don’t know how I am placed. But you shall know, Victor. I’ll see
  • that you shall know, come what may. You wouldn’t believe harm of
  • your poor old father, would you, lad?” He was very much moved,
  • and shut himself up in the study all day, where I could see
  • through the window that he was writing busily.
  • “‘That evening there came what seemed to me to be a grand
  • release, for Hudson told us that he was going to leave us. He
  • walked into the dining-room as we sat after dinner, and announced
  • his intention in the thick voice of a half-drunken man.
  • “‘“I’ve had enough of Norfolk,” said he. “I’ll run down to Mr.
  • Beddoes in Hampshire. He’ll be as glad to see me as you were, I
  • daresay.”
  • “‘“You’re not going away in an unkind spirit, Hudson, I hope,”
  • said my father, with a tameness which made my blood boil.
  • “‘“I’ve not had my ’pology,” said he sulkily, glancing in my
  • direction.
  • “‘“Victor, you will acknowledge that you have used this worthy
  • fellow rather roughly,” said the dad, turning to me.
  • “‘“On the contrary, I think that we have both shown extraordinary
  • patience towards him,” I answered.
  • “‘“Oh, you do, do you?” he snarls. “Very good, mate. We’ll see
  • about that!” He slouched out of the room, and half an hour
  • afterwards left the house, leaving my father in a state of
  • pitiable nervousness. Night after night I heard him pacing his
  • room, and it was just as he was recovering his confidence that
  • the blow did at last fall.
  • “‘And how?’ I asked eagerly.
  • “‘In a most extraordinary fashion. A letter arrived for my father
  • yesterday evening, bearing the Fordingbridge postmark. My father
  • read it, clapped both his hands to his head, and began running
  • round the room in little circles like a man who has been driven
  • out of his senses. When I at last drew him down on to the sofa,
  • his mouth and eyelids were all puckered on one side, and I saw
  • that he had a stroke. Dr. Fordham came over at once. We put him
  • to bed; but the paralysis has spread, he has shown no sign of
  • returning consciousness, and I think that we shall hardly find
  • him alive.’
  • “‘You horrify me, Trevor!’ I cried. ‘What then could have been in
  • this letter to cause so dreadful a result?’
  • “‘Nothing. There lies the inexplicable part of it. The message
  • was absurd and trivial. Ah, my God, it is as I feared!’
  • “As he spoke we came round the curve of the avenue, and saw in
  • the fading light that every blind in the house had been drawn
  • down. As we dashed up to the door, my friend’s face convulsed
  • with grief, a gentleman in black emerged from it.
  • “‘When did it happen, doctor?’ asked Trevor.
  • “‘Almost immediately after you left.’
  • “‘Did he recover consciousness?’
  • “‘For an instant before the end.’
  • “‘Any message for me.’
  • “‘Only that the papers were in the back drawer of the Japanese
  • cabinet.’
  • “My friend ascended with the doctor to the chamber of death,
  • while I remained in the study, turning the whole matter over and
  • over in my head, and feeling as sombre as ever I had done in my
  • life. What was the past of this Trevor, pugilist, traveler, and
  • gold-digger, and how had he placed himself in the power of this
  • acid-faced seaman? Why, too, should he faint at an allusion to
  • the half-effaced initials upon his arm, and die of fright when he
  • had a letter from Fordingbridge? Then I remembered that
  • Fordingbridge was in Hampshire, and that this Mr. Beddoes, whom
  • the seaman had gone to visit and presumably to blackmail, had
  • also been mentioned as living in Hampshire. The letter, then,
  • might either come from Hudson, the seaman, saying that he had
  • betrayed the guilty secret which appeared to exist, or it might
  • come from Beddoes, warning an old confederate that such a
  • betrayal was imminent. So far it seemed clear enough. But then
  • how could this letter be trivial and grotesque, as described by
  • the son? He must have misread it. If so, it must have been one of
  • those ingenious secret codes which mean one thing while they seem
  • to mean another. I must see this letter. If there were a hidden
  • meaning in it, I was confident that I could pluck it forth. For
  • an hour I sat pondering over it in the gloom, until at last a
  • weeping maid brought in a lamp, and close at her heels came my
  • friend Trevor, pale but composed, with these very papers which
  • lie upon my knee held in his grasp. He sat down opposite to me,
  • drew the lamp to the edge of the table, and handed me a short
  • note scribbled, as you see, upon a single sheet of grey paper.
  • ‘The supply of game for London is going steadily up,’ it ran.
  • ‘Head-keeper Hudson, we believe, has been now told to receive all
  • orders for fly paper and for preservation of your hen pheasant’s
  • life.’
  • “I daresay my face looked as bewildered as yours did just now
  • when first I read this message. Then I reread it very carefully.
  • It was evidently as I had thought, and some secret meaning must
  • lie buried in this strange combination of words. Or could it be
  • that there was a prearranged significance to such phrases as ‘fly
  • paper’ and ‘hen pheasant’? Such a meaning would be arbitrary and
  • could not be deduced in any way. And yet I was loath to believe
  • that this was the case, and the presence of the word ‘Hudson’
  • seemed to show that the subject of the message was as I had
  • guessed, and that it was from Beddoes rather than the sailor. I
  • tried it backwards, but the combination ‘life pheasant’s hen’ was
  • not encouraging. Then I tried alternate words, but neither ‘The
  • of for’ nor ‘supply game London’ promised to throw any light upon
  • it. And then in an instant the key of the riddle was in my hands,
  • and I saw that every third word, beginning with the first, would
  • give a message which might well drive old Trevor to despair.
  • “It was short and terse, the warning, as I now read it to my
  • companion:
  • “‘The game is up. Hudson has told all. Fly for your life.’
  • “Victor Trevor sank his face into his shaking hands. ‘It must be
  • that, I suppose,’ said he. ‘This is worse than death, for it
  • means disgrace as well. But what is the meaning of these
  • “head-keepers” and “hen pheasants”?’
  • “‘It means nothing to the message, but it might mean a good deal
  • to us if we had no other means of discovering the sender. You see
  • that he has begun by writing “The ... game ... is,” and so on.
  • Afterwards he had, to fulfill the prearranged cipher, to fill in
  • any two words in each space. He would naturally use the first
  • words which came to his mind, and if there were so many which
  • referred to sport among them, you may be tolerably sure that he
  • is either an ardent shot or interested in breeding. Do you know
  • anything of this Beddoes?’
  • “‘Why, now that you mention it,’ said he, ‘I remember that my
  • poor father used to have an invitation from him to shoot over his
  • preserves every autumn.’
  • “‘Then it is undoubtedly from him that the note comes,’ said I.
  • ‘It only remains for us to find out what this secret was which
  • the sailor Hudson seems to have held over the heads of these two
  • wealthy and respected men.’
  • “‘Alas, Holmes, I fear that it is one of sin and shame!’ cried my
  • friend. ‘But from you I shall have no secrets. Here is the
  • statement which was drawn up by my father when he knew that the
  • danger from Hudson had become imminent. I found it in the
  • Japanese cabinet, as he told the doctor. Take it and read it to
  • me, for I have neither the strength nor the courage to do it
  • myself.’
  • “These are the very papers, Watson, which he handed to me, and I
  • will read them to you, as I read them in the old study that night
  • to him. They are endorsed outside, as you see, ‘Some particulars
  • of the voyage of the bark _Gloria Scott_, from her leaving
  • Falmouth on the 8th October, 1855, to her destruction in N. lat.
  • 15º 20’, W. long. 25º 14’ on Nov. 6th.’ It is in the form of a
  • letter, and runs in this way:
  • “‘My dear, dear son,—Now that approaching disgrace begins to
  • darken the closing years of my life, I can write with all truth
  • and honesty that it is not the terror of the law, it is not the
  • loss of my position in the county, nor is it my fall in the eyes
  • of all who have known me, which cuts me to the heart; but it is
  • the thought that you should come to blush for me—you who love me
  • and who have seldom, I hope, had reason to do other than respect
  • me. But if the blow falls which is forever hanging over me, then
  • I should wish you to read this, that you may know straight from
  • me how far I have been to blame. On the other hand, if all should
  • go well (which may kind God Almighty grant!), then if by any
  • chance this paper should be still undestroyed and should fall
  • into your hands, I conjure you, by all you hold sacred, by the
  • memory of your dear mother, and by the love which had been
  • between us, to hurl it into the fire and to never give one
  • thought to it again.
  • “‘If then your eye goes on to read this line, I know that I shall
  • already have been exposed and dragged from my home, or as is more
  • likely, for you know that my heart is weak, by lying with my
  • tongue sealed forever in death. In either case the time for
  • suppression is past, and every word which I tell you is the naked
  • truth, and this I swear as I hope for mercy.
  • “‘My name, dear lad, is not Trevor. I was James Armitage in my
  • younger days, and you can understand now the shock that it was to
  • me a few weeks ago when your college friend addressed me in words
  • which seemed to imply that he had surmised my secret. As Armitage
  • it was that I entered a London banking house, and as Armitage I
  • was convicted of breaking my country’s laws, and was sentenced to
  • transportation. Do not think very harshly of me, laddie. It was a
  • debt of honour, so called, which I had to pay, and I used money
  • which was not my own to do it, in the certainty that I could
  • replace it before there could be any possibility of its being
  • missed. But the most dreadful ill-luck pursued me. The money
  • which I had reckoned upon never came to hand, and a premature
  • examination of accounts exposed my deficit. The case might have
  • been dealt leniently with, but the laws were more harshly
  • administered thirty years ago than now, and on my twenty-third
  • birthday I found myself chained as a felon with thirty-seven
  • other convicts in ’tween-decks of the barque _Gloria Scott_,
  • bound for Australia.
  • “‘It was the year ’55 when the Crimean war was at its height, and
  • the old convict ships had been largely used as transports in the
  • Black Sea. The government was compelled, therefore, to use
  • smaller and less suitable vessels for sending out their
  • prisoners. The _Gloria Scott_ had been in the Chinese tea trade,
  • but she was an old-fashioned, heavy-bowed, broad-beamed craft,
  • and the new clippers had cut her out. She was a five-hundred-ton
  • boat, and besides her thirty-eight gaol-birds, she carried
  • twenty-six of a crew, eighteen soldiers, a captain, three mates,
  • a doctor, a chaplain, and four warders. Nearly a hundred souls
  • were in her, all told, when we set sail from Falmouth.
  • “‘The partitions between the cells of the convicts, instead of
  • being of thick oak, as is usual in convict-ships, were quite thin
  • and frail. The man next to me, upon the aft side, was one whom I
  • had particularly noticed when we were led down the quay. He was a
  • young man with a clear, hairless face, a long, thin nose, and
  • rather nut-cracker jaws. He carried his head very jauntily in the
  • air, had a swaggering style of walking, and was, above all else,
  • remarkable for his extraordinary height. I don’t think any of our
  • heads would have come up to his shoulder, and I am sure that he
  • could not have measured less than six and a half feet. It was
  • strange among so many sad and weary faces to see one which was
  • full of energy and resolution. The sight of it was to me like a
  • fire in a snowstorm. I was glad, then, to find that he was my
  • neighbour, and gladder still when, in the dead of the night, I
  • heard a whisper close to my ear, and found that he had managed to
  • cut an opening in the board which separated us.
  • “‘“Hallao, chummy!” said he, “what’s your name, and what are you
  • here for?”
  • “‘I answered him, and asked in turn who I was talking with.
  • “‘“I’m Jack Prendergast,” said he, “and by God! You’ll learn to
  • bless my name before you’ve done with me.”
  • “‘I remembered hearing of his case, for it was one which had made
  • an immense sensation throughout the country some time before my
  • own arrest. He was a man of good family and of great ability, but
  • of incurably vicious habits, who had by an ingenious system of
  • fraud obtained huge sums of money from the leading London
  • merchants.
  • “‘“Ha, ha! You remember my case!” said he proudly.
  • “‘“Very well, indeed.”
  • “‘“Then maybe you remember something queer about it?”
  • “‘“What was that, then?”
  • “‘“I’d had nearly a quarter of a million, hadn’t I?”
  • “‘“So it was said.”
  • “‘“But none was recovered, eh?”
  • “‘“No.”
  • “‘“Well, where d’ye suppose the balance is?” he asked.
  • “‘“I have no idea,” said I.
  • “‘“Right between my finger and thumb,” he cried. “By God! I’ve
  • got more pounds to my name than you’ve hairs on your head. And if
  • you’ve money, my son, and know how to handle it and spread it,
  • you can do _anything!_ Now, you don’t think it likely that a man
  • who could do anything is going to wear his breeches out sitting
  • in the stinking hold of a rat-gutted, beetle-ridden, mouldy old
  • coffin of a China coaster. No, sir, such a man will look after
  • himself and will look after his chums. You may lay to that! You
  • hold on to him, and you may kiss the book that he’ll haul you
  • through.”
  • “‘That was his style of talk, and at first I thought it meant
  • nothing; but after a while, when he had tested me and sworn me in
  • with all possible solemnity, he let me understand that there
  • really was a plot to gain command of the vessel. A dozen of the
  • prisoners had hatched it before they came aboard, Prendergast was
  • the leader, and his money was the motive power.
  • “‘“I’d a partner,” said he, “a rare good man, as true as a stock
  • to a barrel. He’s got the dibbs, he has, and where do you think
  • he is at this moment? Why, he’s the chaplain of this ship—the
  • chaplain, no less! He came aboard with a black coat, and his
  • papers right, and money enough in his box to buy the thing right
  • up from keel to main-truck. The crew are his, body and soul. He
  • could buy ’em at so much a gross with a cash discount, and he did
  • it before ever they signed on. He’s got two of the warders and
  • Mercer, the second mate, and he’d get the captain himself, if he
  • thought him worth it.”
  • “‘“What are we to do, then?” I asked.
  • “‘“What do you think?” said he. “We’ll make the coats of some of
  • these soldiers redder than ever the tailor did.”
  • “‘“But they are armed,” said I.
  • “‘“And so shall we be, my boy. There’s a brace of pistols for
  • every mother’s son of us, and if we can’t carry this ship, with
  • the crew at our back, it’s time we were all sent to a young
  • misses’ boarding-school. You speak to your mate upon the left
  • to-night, and see if he is to be trusted.”
  • “‘I did so, and found my other neighbour to be a young fellow in
  • much the same position as myself, whose crime had been forgery.
  • His name was Evans, but he afterwards changed it, like myself,
  • and he is now a rich and prosperous man in the south of England.
  • He was ready enough to join the conspiracy, as the only means of
  • saving ourselves, and before we had crossed the Bay there were
  • only two of the prisoners who were not in the secret. One of
  • these was of weak mind, and we did not dare to trust him, and the
  • other was suffering from jaundice, and could not be of any use to
  • us.
  • ““From the beginning there was really nothing to prevent us from
  • taking possession of the ship. The crew were a set of ruffians,
  • specially picked for the job. The sham chaplain came into our
  • cells to exhort us, carrying a black bag, supposed to be full of
  • tracts, and so often did he come that by the third day we had
  • each stowed away at the foot of our beds a file, a brace of
  • pistols, a pound of powder, and twenty slugs. Two of the warders
  • were agents of Prendergast, and the second mate was his
  • right-hand man. The captain, the two mates, two warders,
  • Lieutenant Martin, his eighteen soldiers, and the doctor were all
  • that we had against us. Yet, safe as it was, we determined to
  • neglect no precaution, and to make our attack suddenly by night.
  • It came, however, more quickly than we expected, and in this way.
  • “‘One evening, about the third week after our start, the doctor
  • had come down to see one of the prisoners who was ill, and
  • putting his hand down on the bottom of his bunk he felt the
  • outline of the pistols. If he had been silent he might have blown
  • the whole thing, but he was a nervous little chap, so he gave a
  • cry of surprise and turned so pale that the man knew what was up
  • in an instant and seized him. He was gagged before he could give
  • the alarm, and tied down upon the bed. He had unlocked the door
  • that led to the deck, and we were through it in a rush. The two
  • sentries were shot down, and so was a corporal who came running
  • to see what was the matter. There were two more soldiers at the
  • door of the state-room, and their muskets seemed not to be
  • loaded, for they never fired upon us, and they were shot while
  • trying to fix their bayonets. Then we rushed on into the
  • captain’s cabin, but as we pushed open the door there was an
  • explosion from within, and there he lay with his brains smeared
  • over the chart of the Atlantic which was pinned upon the table,
  • while the chaplain stood with a smoking pistol in his hand at his
  • elbow. The two mates had both been seized by the crew, and the
  • whole business seemed to be settled.
  • “‘The state-room was next the cabin, and we flocked in there and
  • flopped down on the settees, all speaking together, for we were
  • just mad with the feeling that we were free once more. There were
  • lockers all round, and Wilson, the sham chaplain, knocked one of
  • them in, and pulled out a dozen of brown sherry. We cracked off
  • the necks of the bottles, poured the stuff out into tumblers, and
  • were just tossing them off, when in an instant without warning
  • there came the roar of muskets in our ears, and the saloon was so
  • full of smoke that we could not see across the table. When it
  • cleared again the place was a shambles. Wilson and eight others
  • were wriggling on the top of each other on the floor, and the
  • blood and the brown sherry on that table turn me sick now when I
  • think of it. We were so cowed by the sight that I think we should
  • have given the job up if it had not been for Prendergast. He
  • bellowed like a bull and rushed for the door with all that were
  • left alive at his heels. Out we ran, and there on the poop were
  • the lieutenant and ten of his men. The swing skylights above the
  • saloon table had been a bit open, and they had fired on us
  • through the slit. We got on them before they could load, and they
  • stood to it like men; but we had the upper hand of them, and in
  • five minutes it was all over. My God! Was there ever a
  • slaughter-house like that ship! Prendergast was like a raging
  • devil, and he picked the soldiers up as if they had been children
  • and threw them overboard alive or dead. There was one sergeant
  • that was horribly wounded and yet kept on swimming for a
  • surprising time, until some one in mercy blew out his brains.
  • When the fighting was over there was no one left of our enemies
  • except just the warders, the mates, and the doctor.
  • “‘It was over them that the great quarrel arose. There were many
  • of us who were glad enough to win back our freedom, and yet who
  • had no wish to have murder on our souls. It was one thing to
  • knock the soldiers over with their muskets in their hands, and it
  • was another to stand by while men were being killed in cold
  • blood. Eight of us, five convicts and three sailors, said that we
  • would not see it done. But there was no moving Prendergast and
  • those who were with him. Our only chance of safety lay in making
  • a clean job of it, said he, and he would not leave a tongue with
  • power to wag in a witness-box. It nearly came to our sharing the
  • fate of the prisoners, but at last he said that if we wished we
  • might take a boat and go. We jumped at the offer, for we were
  • already sick of these bloodthirsty doings, and we saw that there
  • would be worse before it was done. We were given a suit of
  • sailors’ togs each, a barrel of water, two casks, one of junk and
  • one of biscuits, and a compass. Prendergast threw us over a
  • chart, told us that we were shipwrecked mariners whose ship had
  • foundered in lat. 15º N. and long 25º W., and then cut the
  • painter and let us go.
  • “‘And now I come to the most surprising part of my story, my dear
  • son. The seamen had hauled the foreyard aback during the rising,
  • but now as we left them they brought it square again, and as
  • there was a light wind from the north and east the barque began
  • to draw slowly away from us. Our boat lay, rising and falling,
  • upon the long, smooth rollers, and Evans and I, who were the most
  • educated of the party, were sitting in the sheets working out our
  • position and planning what coast we should make for. It was a
  • nice question, for the Cape de Verds were about five hundred
  • miles to the north of us, and the African coast about seven
  • hundred to the east. On the whole, as the wind was coming round
  • to the north, we thought that Sierra Leone might be best, and
  • turned our head in that direction, the barque being at that time
  • nearly hull down on our starboard quarter. Suddenly as we looked
  • at her we saw a dense black cloud of smoke shoot up from her,
  • which hung like a monstrous tree upon the sky line. A few seconds
  • later a roar like thunder burst upon our ears, and as the smoke
  • thinned away there was no sign left of the _Gloria Scott_. In an
  • instant we swept the boat’s head round again and pulled with all
  • our strength for the place where the haze still trailing over the
  • water marked the scene of this catastrophe.
  • “‘It was a long hour before we reached it, and at first we feared
  • that we had come too late to save any one. A splintered boat and
  • a number of crates and fragments of spars rising and falling on
  • the waves showed us where the vessel had foundered; but there was
  • no sign of life, and we had turned away in despair when we heard
  • a cry for help, and saw at some distance a piece of wreckage with
  • a man lying stretched across it. When we pulled him aboard the
  • boat he proved to be a young seaman of the name of Hudson, who
  • was so burned and exhausted that he could give us no account of
  • what had happened until the following morning.
  • “‘It seemed that after we had left, Prendergast and his gang had
  • proceeded to put to death the five remaining prisoners. The two
  • warders had been shot and thrown overboard, and so also had the
  • third mate. Prendergast then descended into the ’tween-decks and
  • with his own hands cut the throat of the unfortunate surgeon.
  • There only remained the first mate, who was a bold and active
  • man. When he saw the convict approaching him with the bloody
  • knife in his hand he kicked off his bonds, which he had somehow
  • contrived to loosen, and rushing down the deck he plunged into
  • the after-hold.
  • “‘A dozen convicts, who descended with their pistols in search of
  • him, found him with a match-box in his hand seated beside an open
  • powder barrel, which was one of a hundred carried on board, and
  • swearing that he would blow all hands up if he were in any way
  • molested. An instant later the explosion occurred, though Hudson
  • thought it was caused by the misdirected bullet of one of the
  • convicts rather than the mate’s match. Be the cause what it may,
  • it was the end of the _Gloria Scott_ and of the rabble who held
  • command of her.
  • “‘Such, in a few words, my dear boy, is the history of this
  • terrible business in which I was involved. Next day we were
  • picked up by the brig _Hotspur_, bound for Australia, whose
  • captain found no difficulty in believing that we were the
  • survivors of a passenger ship which had foundered. The transport
  • ship _Gloria Scott_ was set down by the Admiralty as being lost
  • at sea, and no word has ever leaked out as to her true fate.
  • After an excellent voyage the _Hotspur_ landed us at Sydney,
  • where Evans and I changed our names and made our way to the
  • diggings, where, among the crowds who were gathered from all
  • nations, we had no difficulty in losing our former identities.
  • “‘The rest I need not relate. We prospered, we travelled, we came
  • back as rich colonials to England, and we bought country estates.
  • For more than twenty years we have led peaceful and useful lives,
  • and we hoped that our past was forever buried. Imagine, then, my
  • feelings when in the seaman who came to us I recognised instantly
  • the man who had been picked off the wreck. He had tracked us down
  • somehow, and had set himself to live upon our fears. You will
  • understand now how it was that I strove to keep the peace with
  • him, and you will in some measure sympathise with me in the fears
  • which fill me, now that he has gone from me to his other victim
  • with threats upon his tongue.’
  • “Underneath is written in a hand so shaky as to be hardly
  • legible, ‘Beddoes writes in cipher to say H. has told all. Sweet
  • Lord, have mercy on our souls!’
  • “That was the narrative which I read that night to young Trevor,
  • and I think, Watson, that under the circumstances it was a
  • dramatic one. The good fellow was heartbroken at it, and went out
  • to the Terai tea planting, where I hear that he is doing well. As
  • to the sailor and Beddoes, neither of them was ever heard of
  • again after that day on which the letter of warning was written.
  • They both disappeared utterly and completely. No complaint had
  • been lodged with the police, so that Beddoes had mistaken a
  • threat for a deed. Hudson had been seen lurking about, and it was
  • believed by the police that he had done away with Beddoes and had
  • fled. For myself I believe that the truth was exactly the
  • opposite. I think that it is most probable that Beddoes, pushed
  • to desperation and believing himself to have been already
  • betrayed, had revenged himself upon Hudson, and had fled from the
  • country with as much money as he could lay his hands on. Those
  • are the facts of the case, Doctor, and if they are of any use to
  • your collection, I am sure that they are very heartily at your
  • service.”
  • VI. The Musgrave Ritual
  • An anomaly which often struck me in the character of my friend
  • Sherlock Holmes was that, although in his methods of thought he
  • was the neatest and most methodical of mankind, and although also
  • he affected a certain quiet primness of dress, he was none the
  • less in his personal habits one of the most untidy men that ever
  • drove a fellow-lodger to distraction. Not that I am in the least
  • conventional in that respect myself. The rough-and-tumble work in
  • Afghanistan, coming on the top of a natural Bohemianism of
  • disposition, has made me rather more lax than befits a medical
  • man. But with me there is a limit, and when I find a man who
  • keeps his cigars in the coal-scuttle, his tobacco in the toe end
  • of a Persian slipper, and his unanswered correspondence
  • transfixed by a jack-knife into the very centre of his wooden
  • mantelpiece, then I begin to give myself virtuous airs. I have
  • always held, too, that pistol practice should be distinctly an
  • open-air pastime; and when Holmes, in one of his queer humours,
  • would sit in an armchair with his hair-trigger and a hundred
  • Boxer cartridges, and proceed to adorn the opposite wall with a
  • patriotic V. R. done in bullet-pocks, I felt strongly that
  • neither the atmosphere nor the appearance of our room was
  • improved by it.
  • Our chambers were always full of chemicals and of criminal relics
  • which had a way of wandering into unlikely positions, and of
  • turning up in the butter-dish or in even less desirable places.
  • But his papers were my great crux. He had a horror of destroying
  • documents, especially those which were connected with his past
  • cases, and yet it was only once in every year or two that he
  • would muster energy to docket and arrange them; for, as I have
  • mentioned somewhere in these incoherent memoirs, the outbursts of
  • passionate energy when he performed the remarkable feats with
  • which his name is associated were followed by reactions of
  • lethargy during which he would lie about with his violin and his
  • books, hardly moving save from the sofa to the table. Thus month
  • after month his papers accumulated, until every corner of the
  • room was stacked with bundles of manuscript which were on no
  • account to be burned, and which could not be put away save by
  • their owner. One winter’s night, as we sat together by the fire,
  • I ventured to suggest to him that, as he had finished pasting
  • extracts into his common-place book, he might employ the next two
  • hours in making our room a little more habitable. He could not
  • deny the justice of my request, so with a rather rueful face he
  • went off to his bedroom, from which he returned presently pulling
  • a large tin box behind him. This he placed in the middle of the
  • floor and, squatting down upon a stool in front of it, he threw
  • back the lid. I could see that it was already a third full of
  • bundles of paper tied up with red tape into separate packages.
  • “There are cases enough here, Watson,” said he, looking at me
  • with mischievous eyes. “I think that if you knew all that I had
  • in this box you would ask me to pull some out instead of putting
  • others in.”
  • “These are the records of your early work, then?” I asked. “I
  • have often wished that I had notes of those cases.”
  • “Yes, my boy, these were all done prematurely before my
  • biographer had come to glorify me.” He lifted bundle after bundle
  • in a tender, caressing sort of way. “They are not all successes,
  • Watson,” said he. “But there are some pretty little problems
  • among them. Here’s the record of the Tarleton murders, and the
  • case of Vamberry, the wine merchant, and the adventure of the old
  • Russian woman, and the singular affair of the aluminium crutch,
  • as well as a full account of Ricoletti of the club-foot, and his
  • abominable wife. And here—ah, now, this really is something a
  • little _recherché_.”
  • He dived his arm down to the bottom of the chest, and brought up
  • a small wooden box with a sliding lid, such as children’s toys
  • are kept in. From within he produced a crumpled piece of paper,
  • an old-fashioned brass key, a peg of wood with a ball of string
  • attached to it, and three rusty old disks of metal.
  • “Well, my boy, what do you make of this lot?” he asked, smiling
  • at my expression.
  • “It is a curious collection.”
  • “Very curious, and the story that hangs round it will strike you
  • as being more curious still.”
  • “These relics have a history then?”
  • “So much so that they _are_ history.”
  • “What do you mean by that?”
  • Sherlock Holmes picked them up one by one, and laid them along
  • the edge of the table. Then he reseated himself in his chair and
  • looked them over with a gleam of satisfaction in his eyes.
  • “These,” said he, “are all that I have left to remind me of the
  • adventure of the Musgrave Ritual.”
  • I had heard him mention the case more than once, though I had
  • never been able to gather the details.
  • “I should be so glad,” said I, “if you would give me an account
  • of it.”
  • “And leave the litter as it is?” he cried, mischievously. “Your
  • tidiness won’t bear much strain after all, Watson. But I should
  • be glad that you should add this case to your annals, for there
  • are points in it which make it quite unique in the criminal
  • records of this or, I believe, of any other country. A collection
  • of my trifling achievements would certainly be incomplete which
  • contained no account of this very singular business.
  • “You may remember how the affair of the _Gloria Scott_, and my
  • conversation with the unhappy man whose fate I told you of, first
  • turned my attention in the direction of the profession which has
  • become my life’s work. You see me now when my name has become
  • known far and wide, and when I am generally recognised both by
  • the public and by the official force as being a final court of
  • appeal in doubtful cases. Even when you knew me first, at the
  • time of the affair which you have commemorated in ‘A Study in
  • Scarlet,’ I had already established a considerable, though not a
  • very lucrative, connection. You can hardly realize, then, how
  • difficult I found it at first, and how long I had to wait before
  • I succeeded in making any headway.
  • “When I first came up to London I had rooms in Montague Street,
  • just round the corner from the British Museum, and there I
  • waited, filling in my too abundant leisure time by studying all
  • those branches of science which might make me more efficient. Now
  • and again cases came in my way, principally through the
  • introduction of old fellow-students, for during my last years at
  • the University there was a good deal of talk there about myself
  • and my methods. The third of these cases was that of the Musgrave
  • Ritual, and it is to the interest which was aroused by that
  • singular chain of events, and the large issues which proved to be
  • at stake, that I trace my first stride towards the position which
  • I now hold.
  • “Reginald Musgrave had been in the same college as myself, and I
  • had some slight acquaintance with him. He was not generally
  • popular among the undergraduates, though it always seemed to me
  • that what was set down as pride was really an attempt to cover
  • extreme natural diffidence. In appearance he was a man of
  • exceedingly aristocratic type, thin, high-nosed, and large-eyed,
  • with languid and yet courtly manners. He was indeed a scion of
  • one of the very oldest families in the kingdom, though his branch
  • was a cadet one which had separated from the northern Musgraves
  • some time in the sixteenth century, and had established itself in
  • western Sussex, where the Manor House of Hurlstone is perhaps the
  • oldest inhabited building in the county. Something of his
  • birthplace seemed to cling to the man, and I never looked at his
  • pale, keen face or the poise of his head without associating him
  • with grey archways and mullioned windows and all the venerable
  • wreckage of a feudal keep. Once or twice we drifted into talk,
  • and I can remember that more than once he expressed a keen
  • interest in my methods of observation and inference.
  • “For four years I had seen nothing of him until one morning he
  • walked into my room in Montague Street. He had changed little,
  • was dressed like a young man of fashion—he was always a bit of a
  • dandy—and preserved the same quiet, suave manner which had
  • formerly distinguished him.
  • “‘How has all gone with you Musgrave?’ I asked, after we had
  • cordially shaken hands.
  • “‘You probably heard of my poor father’s death,’ said he; ‘he was
  • carried off about two years ago. Since then I have of course had
  • the Hurlstone estates to manage, and as I am member for my
  • district as well, my life has been a busy one. But I understand,
  • Holmes, that you are turning to practical ends those powers with
  • which you used to amaze us?’
  • “‘Yes,’ said I, ‘I have taken to living by my wits.’
  • “‘I am delighted to hear it, for your advice at present would be
  • exceedingly valuable to me. We have had some very strange doings
  • at Hurlstone, and the police have been able to throw no light
  • upon the matter. It is really the most extraordinary and
  • inexplicable business.’
  • “You can imagine with what eagerness I listened to him, Watson,
  • for the very chance for which I had been panting during all those
  • months of inaction seemed to have come within my reach. In my
  • inmost heart I believed that I could succeed where others failed,
  • and now I had the opportunity to test myself.
  • “‘Pray, let me have the details,’ I cried.
  • “Reginald Musgrave sat down opposite to me, and lit the cigarette
  • which I had pushed towards him.
  • “‘You must know,’ said he, ‘that though I am a bachelor, I have
  • to keep up a considerable staff of servants at Hurlstone, for it
  • is a rambling old place, and takes a good deal of looking after.
  • I preserve, too, and in the pheasant months I usually have a
  • house-party, so that it would not do to be short-handed.
  • Altogether there are eight maids, the cook, the butler, two
  • footmen, and a boy. The garden and the stables of course have a
  • separate staff.
  • “‘Of these servants the one who had been longest in our service
  • was Brunton the butler. He was a young schoolmaster out of place
  • when he was first taken up by my father, but he was a man of
  • great energy and character, and he soon became quite invaluable
  • in the household. He was a well-grown, handsome man, with a
  • splendid forehead, and though he has been with us for twenty
  • years he cannot be more than forty now. With his personal
  • advantages and his extraordinary gifts—for he can speak several
  • languages and play nearly every musical instrument—it is
  • wonderful that he should have been satisfied so long in such a
  • position, but I suppose that he was comfortable, and lacked
  • energy to make any change. The butler of Hurlstone is always a
  • thing that is remembered by all who visit us.
  • “‘But this paragon has one fault. He is a bit of a Don Juan, and
  • you can imagine that for a man like him it is not a very
  • difficult part to play in a quiet country district. When he was
  • married it was all right, but since he has been a widower we have
  • had no end of trouble with him. A few months ago we were in hopes
  • that he was about to settle down again for he became engaged to
  • Rachel Howells, our second housemaid; but he has thrown her over
  • since then and taken up with Janet Tregellis, the daughter of the
  • head gamekeeper. Rachel—who is a very good girl, but of an
  • excitable Welsh temperament—had a sharp touch of brain-fever, and
  • goes about the house now—or did until yesterday—like a black-eyed
  • shadow of her former self. That was our first drama at Hurlstone;
  • but a second one came to drive it from our minds, and it was
  • prefaced by the disgrace and dismissal of butler Brunton.
  • “‘This was how it came about. I have said that the man was
  • intelligent, and this very intelligence has caused his ruin, for
  • it seems to have led to an insatiable curiosity about things
  • which did not in the least concern him. I had no idea of the
  • lengths to which this would carry him, until the merest accident
  • opened my eyes to it.
  • “‘I have said that the house is a rambling one. One day last
  • week—on Thursday night, to be more exact—I found that I could not
  • sleep, having foolishly taken a cup of strong _café noir_ after
  • my dinner. After struggling against it until two in the morning,
  • I felt that it was quite hopeless, so I rose and lit the candle
  • with the intention of continuing a novel which I was reading. The
  • book, however, had been left in the billiard-room, so I pulled on
  • my dressing-gown and started off to get it.
  • “‘In order to reach the billiard-room I had to descend a flight
  • of stairs and then to cross the head of a passage which led to
  • the library and the gun-room. You can imagine my surprise when,
  • as I looked down this corridor, I saw a glimmer of light coming
  • from the open door of the library. I had myself extinguished the
  • lamp and closed the door before coming to bed. Naturally my first
  • thought was of burglars. The corridors at Hurlstone have their
  • walls largely decorated with trophies of old weapons. From one of
  • these I picked a battle-axe, and then, leaving my candle behind
  • me, I crept on tiptoe down the passage and peeped in at the open
  • door.
  • “‘Brunton, the butler, was in the library. He was sitting, fully
  • dressed, in an easy-chair, with a slip of paper which looked like
  • a map upon his knee, and his forehead sunk forward upon his hand
  • in deep thought. I stood dumb with astonishment, watching him
  • from the darkness. A small taper on the edge of the table shed a
  • feeble light which sufficed to show me that he was fully dressed.
  • Suddenly, as I looked, he rose from his chair, and walking over
  • to a bureau at the side, he unlocked it and drew out one of the
  • drawers. From this he took a paper, and returning to his seat he
  • flattened it out beside the taper on the edge of the table, and
  • began to study it with minute attention. My indignation at this
  • calm examination of our family documents overcame me so far that
  • I took a step forward, and Brunton, looking up, saw me standing
  • in the doorway. He sprang to his feet, his face turned livid with
  • fear, and he thrust into his breast the chart-like paper which he
  • had been originally studying.
  • “‘“So!” said I. “This is how you repay the trust which we have
  • reposed in you. You will leave my service to-morrow.”
  • “‘He bowed with the look of a man who is utterly crushed, and
  • slunk past me without a word. The taper was still on the table,
  • and by its light I glanced to see what the paper was which
  • Brunton had taken from the bureau. To my surprise it was nothing
  • of any importance at all, but simply a copy of the questions and
  • answers in the singular old observance called the Musgrave
  • Ritual. It is a sort of ceremony peculiar to our family, which
  • each Musgrave for centuries past has gone through on his coming
  • of age—a thing of private interest, and perhaps of some little
  • importance to the archaeologist, like our own blazonings and
  • charges, but of no practical use whatever.’
  • “‘We had better come back to the paper afterwards,’ said I.
  • “‘If you think it really necessary,’ he answered, with some
  • hesitation. ‘To continue my statement, however: I relocked the
  • bureau, using the key which Brunton had left, and I had turned to
  • go when I was surprised to find that the butler had returned, and
  • was standing before me.
  • “‘“Mr. Musgrave, sir,” he cried, in a voice which was hoarse with
  • emotion, “I can’t bear disgrace, sir. I’ve always been proud
  • above my station in life, and disgrace would kill me. My blood
  • will be on your head, sir—it will, indeed—if you drive me to
  • despair. If you cannot keep me after what has passed, then for
  • God’s sake let me give you notice and leave in a month, as if of
  • my own free will. I could stand that, Mr. Musgrave, but not to be
  • cast out before all the folk that I know so well.”
  • “‘“You don’t deserve much consideration, Brunton,” I answered.
  • “Your conduct has been most infamous. However, as you have been a
  • long time in the family, I have no wish to bring public disgrace
  • upon you. A month, however is too long. Take yourself away in a
  • week, and give what reason you like for going.”
  • “‘“Only a week, sir?” he cried, in a despairing voice. “A
  • fortnight—say at least a fortnight!”
  • “‘“A week,” I repeated, “and you may consider yourself to have
  • been very leniently dealt with.”
  • “‘He crept away, his face sunk upon his breast, like a broken
  • man, while I put out the light and returned to my room.
  • “‘For two days after this Brunton was most assiduous in his
  • attention to his duties. I made no allusion to what had passed,
  • and waited with some curiosity to see how he would cover his
  • disgrace. On the third morning, however he did not appear, as was
  • his custom, after breakfast to receive my instructions for the
  • day. As I left the dining-room I happened to meet Rachel Howells,
  • the maid. I have told you that she had only recently recovered
  • from an illness, and was looking so wretchedly pale and wan that
  • I remonstrated with her for being at work.
  • “‘“You should be in bed,” I said. “Come back to your duties when
  • you are stronger.”
  • “‘She looked at me with so strange an expression that I began to
  • suspect that her brain was affected.
  • “‘“I am strong enough, Mr. Musgrave,” said she.
  • “‘“We will see what the doctor says,” I answered. “You must stop
  • work now, and when you go downstairs just say that I wish to see
  • Brunton.”
  • “‘“The butler is gone,” said she.
  • “‘“Gone! Gone where?”
  • “‘“He is gone. No one has seen him. He is not in his room. Oh,
  • yes, he is gone, he is gone!” She fell back against the wall with
  • shriek after shriek of laughter, while I, horrified at this
  • sudden hysterical attack, rushed to the bell to summon help. The
  • girl was taken to her room, still screaming and sobbing, while I
  • made inquiries about Brunton. There was no doubt about it that he
  • had disappeared. His bed had not been slept in, he had been seen
  • by no one since he had retired to his room the night before, and
  • yet it was difficult to see how he could have left the house, as
  • both windows and doors were found to be fastened in the morning.
  • His clothes, his watch, and even his money were in his room, but
  • the black suit which he usually wore was missing. His slippers,
  • too, were gone, but his boots were left behind. Where then could
  • butler Brunton have gone in the night, and what could have become
  • of him now?
  • “‘Of course we searched the house from cellar to garret, but
  • there was no trace of him. It is, as I have said, a labyrinth of
  • an old house, especially the original wing, which is now
  • practically uninhabited; but we ransacked every room and cellar
  • without discovering the least sign of the missing man. It was
  • incredible to me that he could have gone away leaving all his
  • property behind him, and yet where could he be? I called in the
  • local police, but without success. Rain had fallen on the night
  • before and we examined the lawn and the paths all round the
  • house, but in vain. Matters were in this state, when a new
  • development quite drew our attention away from the original
  • mystery.
  • “‘For two days Rachel Howells had been so ill, sometimes
  • delirious, sometimes hysterical, that a nurse had been employed
  • to sit up with her at night. On the third night after Brunton’s
  • disappearance, the nurse, finding her patient sleeping nicely,
  • had dropped into a nap in the armchair, when she woke in the
  • early morning to find the bed empty, the window open, and no
  • signs of the invalid. I was instantly aroused, and, with the two
  • footmen, started off at once in search of the missing girl. It
  • was not difficult to tell the direction which she had taken, for,
  • starting from under her window, we could follow her footmarks
  • easily across the lawn to the edge of the mere, where they
  • vanished close to the gravel path which leads out of the grounds.
  • The lake there is eight feet deep, and you can imagine our
  • feelings when we saw that the trail of the poor demented girl
  • came to an end at the edge of it.
  • “‘Of course, we had the drags at once, and set to work to recover
  • the remains, but no trace of the body could we find. On the other
  • hand, we brought to the surface an object of a most unexpected
  • kind. It was a linen bag which contained within it a mass of old
  • rusted and discoloured metal and several dull-coloured pieces of
  • pebble or glass. This strange find was all that we could get from
  • the mere, and, although we made every possible search and inquiry
  • yesterday, we know nothing of the fate either of Rachel Howells
  • or of Richard Brunton. The county police are at their wits’ end,
  • and I have come up to you as a last resource.’
  • “You can imagine, Watson, with what eagerness I listened to this
  • extraordinary sequence of events, and endeavoured to piece them
  • together, and to devise some common thread upon which they might
  • all hang. The butler was gone. The maid was gone. The maid had
  • loved the butler, but had afterwards had cause to hate him. She
  • was of Welsh blood, fiery and passionate. She had been terribly
  • excited immediately after his disappearance. She had flung into
  • the lake a bag containing some curious contents. These were all
  • factors which had to be taken into consideration, and yet none of
  • them got quite to the heart of the matter. What was the
  • starting-point of this chain of events? There lay the end of this
  • tangled line.
  • “‘I must see that paper, Musgrave,’ said I, ‘which this butler of
  • yours thought it worth his while to consult, even at the risk of
  • the loss of his place.’
  • “‘It is rather an absurd business, this ritual of ours,’ he
  • answered. ‘But it has at least the saving grace of antiquity to
  • excuse it. I have a copy of the questions and answers here if you
  • care to run your eye over them.’
  • “He handed me the very paper which I have here, Watson, and this
  • is the strange catechism to which each Musgrave had to submit
  • when he came to man’s estate. I will read you the questions and
  • answers as they stand.
  • “‘Whose was it?’
  • “‘His who is gone.’
  • “‘Who shall have it?’
  • “‘He who will come.’
  • “‘Where was the sun?’
  • “‘Over the oak.’
  • “‘Where was the shadow?’
  • “‘Under the elm.’
  • “How was it stepped?’
  • “‘North by ten and by ten, east by five and by five, south by two
  • and by two, west by one and by one, and so under.’
  • “‘What shall we give for it?’
  • “‘All that is ours.’
  • “‘Why should we give it?’
  • “‘For the sake of the trust.’
  • “‘The original has no date, but is in the spelling of the middle
  • of the seventeenth century,’ remarked Musgrave. ‘I am afraid,
  • however, that it can be of little help to you in solving this
  • mystery.’
  • “‘At least,’ said I, ‘it gives us another mystery, and one which
  • is even more interesting than the first. It may be that the
  • solution of the one may prove to be the solution of the other.
  • You will excuse me, Musgrave, if I say that your butler appears
  • to me to have been a very clever man, and to have had a clearer
  • insight than ten generations of his masters.’
  • “‘I hardly follow you,’ said Musgrave. ‘The paper seems to me to
  • be of no practical importance.’
  • “‘But to me it seems immensely practical, and I fancy that
  • Brunton took the same view. He had probably seen it before that
  • night on which you caught him.’
  • “‘It is very possible. We took no pains to hide it.’
  • “‘He simply wished, I should imagine, to refresh his memory upon
  • that last occasion. He had, as I understand, some sort of map or
  • chart which he was comparing with the manuscript, and which he
  • thrust into his pocket when you appeared.’
  • “‘That is true. But what could he have to do with this old family
  • custom of ours, and what does this rigmarole mean?’
  • “‘I don’t think that we should have much difficulty in
  • determining that,’ said I; ‘with your permission we will take the
  • first train down to Sussex, and go a little more deeply into the
  • matter upon the spot.’
  • “The same afternoon saw us both at Hurlstone. Possibly you have
  • seen pictures and read descriptions of the famous old building,
  • so I will confine my account of it to saying that it is built in
  • the shape of an L, the long arm being the more modern portion,
  • and the shorter the ancient nucleus, from which the other had
  • developed. Over the low, heavily-lintelled door, in the centre of
  • this old part, is chiseled the date, 1607, but experts are agreed
  • that the beams and stonework are really much older than this. The
  • enormously thick walls and tiny windows of this part had in the
  • last century driven the family into building the new wing, and
  • the old one was used now as a storehouse and a cellar, when it
  • was used at all. A splendid park with fine old timber surrounds
  • the house, and the lake, to which my client had referred, lay
  • close to the avenue, about two hundred yards from the building.
  • “I was already firmly convinced, Watson, that there were not
  • three separate mysteries here, but one only, and that if I could
  • read the Musgrave Ritual aright I should hold in my hand the clue
  • which would lead me to the truth concerning both the butler
  • Brunton and the maid Howells. To that then I turned all my
  • energies. Why should this servant be so anxious to master this
  • old formula? Evidently because he saw something in it which had
  • escaped all those generations of country squires, and from which
  • he expected some personal advantage. What was it then, and how
  • had it affected his fate?
  • “It was perfectly obvious to me, on reading the Ritual, that the
  • measurements must refer to some spot to which the rest of the
  • document alluded, and that if we could find that spot, we should
  • be in a fair way towards finding what the secret was which the
  • old Musgraves had thought it necessary to embalm in so curious a
  • fashion. There were two guides given us to start with, an oak and
  • an elm. As to the oak there could be no question at all. Right in
  • front of the house, upon the left-hand side of the drive, there
  • stood a patriarch among oaks, one of the most magnificent trees
  • that I have ever seen.
  • “‘That was there when your Ritual was drawn up,’ said I, as we
  • drove past it.
  • “‘It was there at the Norman Conquest in all probability,’ he
  • answered. ‘It has a girth of twenty-three feet.’
  • “‘Have you any old elms?’ I asked.
  • “‘There used to be a very old one over yonder but it was struck
  • by lightning ten years ago, and we cut down the stump.’
  • “‘You can see where it used to be?’
  • “‘Oh, yes.’
  • “‘There are no other elms?’
  • “‘No old ones, but plenty of beeches.’
  • “‘I should like to see where it grew.’
  • “We had driven up in a dog-cart, and my client led me away at
  • once, without our entering the house, to the scar on the lawn
  • where the elm had stood. It was nearly midway between the oak and
  • the house. My investigation seemed to be progressing.
  • “‘I suppose it is impossible to find out how high the elm was?’ I
  • asked.
  • “‘I can give you it at once. It was sixty-four feet.’
  • “‘How do you come to know it?’ I asked, in surprise.
  • “‘When my old tutor used to give me an exercise in trigonometry,
  • it always took the shape of measuring heights. When I was a lad I
  • worked out every tree and building in the estate.’
  • “This was an unexpected piece of luck. My data were coming more
  • quickly than I could have reasonably hoped.
  • “‘Tell me,’ I asked, ‘did your butler ever ask you such a
  • question?’
  • “Reginald Musgrave looked at me in astonishment. ‘Now that you
  • call it to my mind,’ he answered, ‘Brunton _did_ ask me about the
  • height of the tree some months ago, in connection with some
  • little argument with the groom.’
  • “This was excellent news, Watson, for it showed me that I was on
  • the right road. I looked up at the sun. It was low in the
  • heavens, and I calculated that in less than an hour it would lie
  • just above the topmost branches of the old oak. One condition
  • mentioned in the Ritual would then be fulfilled. And the shadow
  • of the elm must mean the farther end of the shadow, otherwise the
  • trunk would have been chosen as the guide. I had, then, to find
  • where the far end of the shadow would fall when the sun was just
  • clear of the oak.”
  • “That must have been difficult, Holmes, when the elm was no
  • longer there.”
  • “Well, at least I knew that if Brunton could do it, I could also.
  • Besides, there was no real difficulty. I went with Musgrave to
  • his study and whittled myself this peg, to which I tied this long
  • string with a knot at each yard. Then I took two lengths of a
  • fishing-rod, which came to just six feet, and I went back with my
  • client to where the elm had been. The sun was just grazing the
  • top of the oak. I fastened the rod on end, marked out the
  • direction of the shadow, and measured it. It was nine feet in
  • length.
  • “Of course the calculation now was a simple one. If a rod of six
  • feet threw a shadow of nine, a tree of sixty-four feet would
  • throw one of ninety-six, and the line of the one would of course
  • be the line of the other. I measured out the distance, which
  • brought me almost to the wall of the house, and I thrust a peg
  • into the spot. You can imagine my exultation, Watson, when within
  • two inches of my peg I saw a conical depression in the ground. I
  • knew that it was the mark made by Brunton in his measurements,
  • and that I was still upon his trail.
  • “From this starting-point I proceeded to step, having first taken
  • the cardinal points by my pocket-compass. Ten steps with each
  • foot took me along parallel with the wall of the house, and again
  • I marked my spot with a peg. Then I carefully paced off five to
  • the east and two to the south. It brought me to the very
  • threshold of the old door. Two steps to the west meant now that I
  • was to go two paces down the stone-flagged passage, and this was
  • the place indicated by the Ritual.
  • “Never have I felt such a cold chill of disappointment, Watson.
  • For a moment it seemed to me that there must be some radical
  • mistake in my calculations. The setting sun shone full upon the
  • passage floor, and I could see that the old, foot-worn grey
  • stones with which it was paved were firmly cemented together, and
  • had certainly not been moved for many a long year. Brunton had
  • not been at work here. I tapped upon the floor, but it sounded
  • the same all over, and there was no sign of any crack or crevice.
  • But, fortunately, Musgrave, who had begun to appreciate the
  • meaning of my proceedings, and who was now as excited as myself,
  • took out his manuscript to check my calculation.
  • “‘And under,’ he cried. ‘You have omitted the “and under.”’
  • “I had thought that it meant that we were to dig, but now, of
  • course, I saw at once that I was wrong. ‘There is a cellar under
  • this then?’ I cried.
  • “‘Yes, and as old as the house. Down here, through this door.’
  • “We went down a winding stone stair, and my companion, striking a
  • match, lit a large lantern which stood on a barrel in the corner.
  • In an instant it was obvious that we had at last come upon the
  • true place, and that we had not been the only people to visit the
  • spot recently.
  • “It had been used for the storage of wood, but the billets, which
  • had evidently been littered over the floor, were now piled at the
  • sides, so as to leave a clear space in the middle. In this space
  • lay a large and heavy flagstone with a rusted iron ring in the
  • centre to which a thick shepherd’s-check muffler was attached.
  • “‘By Jove!’ cried my client. ‘That’s Brunton’s muffler. I have
  • seen it on him, and could swear to it. What has the villain been
  • doing here?’
  • “At my suggestion a couple of the county police were summoned to
  • be present, and I then endeavoured to raise the stone by pulling
  • on the cravat. I could only move it slightly, and it was with the
  • aid of one of the constables that I succeeded at last in carrying
  • it to one side. A black hole yawned beneath into which we all
  • peered, while Musgrave, kneeling at the side, pushed down the
  • lantern.
  • “A small chamber about seven feet deep and four feet square lay
  • open to us. At one side of this was a squat, brass-bound wooden
  • box, the lid of which was hinged upwards, with this curious
  • old-fashioned key projecting from the lock. It was furred outside
  • by a thick layer of dust, and damp and worms had eaten through
  • the wood, so that a crop of livid fungi was growing on the inside
  • of it. Several discs of metal, old coins apparently, such as I
  • hold here, were scattered over the bottom of the box, but it
  • contained nothing else.
  • “At the moment, however, we had no thought for the old chest, for
  • our eyes were riveted upon that which crouched beside it. It was
  • the figure of a man, clad in a suit of black, who squatted down
  • upon his hams with his forehead sunk upon the edge of the box and
  • his two arms thrown out on each side of it. The attitude had
  • drawn all the stagnant blood to the face, and no man could have
  • recognised that distorted liver-coloured countenance; but his
  • height, his dress, and his hair were all sufficient to show my
  • client, when we had drawn the body up, that it was indeed his
  • missing butler. He had been dead some days, but there was no
  • wound or bruise upon his person to show how he had met his
  • dreadful end. When his body had been carried from the cellar we
  • found ourselves still confronted with a problem which was almost
  • as formidable as that with which we had started.
  • “I confess that so far, Watson, I had been disappointed in my
  • investigation. I had reckoned upon solving the matter when once I
  • had found the place referred to in the Ritual; but now I was
  • there, and was apparently as far as ever from knowing what it was
  • which the family had concealed with such elaborate precautions.
  • It is true that I had thrown a light upon the fate of Brunton,
  • but now I had to ascertain how that fate had come upon him, and
  • what part had been played in the matter by the woman who had
  • disappeared. I sat down upon a keg in the corner and thought the
  • whole matter carefully over.
  • “You know my methods in such cases, Watson. I put myself in the
  • man’s place and, having first gauged his intelligence, I try to
  • imagine how I should myself have proceeded under the same
  • circumstances. In this case the matter was simplified by
  • Brunton’s intelligence being quite first-rate, so that it was
  • unnecessary to make any allowance for the personal equation, as
  • the astronomers have dubbed it. He knew that something valuable
  • was concealed. He had spotted the place. He found that the stone
  • which covered it was just too heavy for a man to move unaided.
  • What would he do next? He could not get help from outside, even
  • if he had some one whom he could trust, without the unbarring of
  • doors and considerable risk of detection. It was better, if he
  • could, to have his helpmate inside the house. But whom could he
  • ask? This girl had been devoted to him. A man always finds it
  • hard to realize that he may have finally lost a woman’s love,
  • however badly he may have treated her. He would try by a few
  • attentions to make his peace with the girl Howells, and then
  • would engage her as his accomplice. Together they would come at
  • night to the cellar, and their united force would suffice to
  • raise the stone. So far I could follow their actions as if I had
  • actually seen them.
  • “But for two of them, and one a woman, it must have been heavy
  • work the raising of that stone. A burly Sussex policeman and I
  • had found it no light job. What would they do to assist them?
  • Probably what I should have done myself. I rose and examined
  • carefully the different billets of wood which were scattered
  • round the floor. Almost at once I came upon what I expected. One
  • piece, about three feet in length, had a very marked indentation
  • at one end, while several were flattened at the sides as if they
  • had been compressed by some considerable weight. Evidently, as
  • they had dragged the stone up they had thrust the chunks of wood
  • into the chink, until at last, when the opening was large enough
  • to crawl through, they would hold it open by a billet placed
  • lengthwise, which might very well become indented at the lower
  • end, since the whole weight of the stone would press it down on
  • to the edge of this other slab. So far I was still on safe
  • ground.
  • “And now how was I to proceed to reconstruct this midnight drama?
  • Clearly, only one could fit into the hole, and that one was
  • Brunton. The girl must have waited above. Brunton then unlocked
  • the box, handed up the contents presumably—since they were not to
  • be found—and then—and then what happened?
  • “What smouldering fire of vengeance had suddenly sprung into
  • flame in this passionate Celtic woman’s soul when she saw the man
  • who had wronged her—wronged her, perhaps, far more than we
  • suspected—in her power? Was it a chance that the wood had
  • slipped, and that the stone had shut Brunton into what had become
  • his sepulchre? Had she only been guilty of silence as to his
  • fate? Or had some sudden blow from her hand dashed the support
  • away and sent the slab crashing down into its place? Be that as
  • it might, I seemed to see that woman’s figure still clutching at
  • her treasure trove and flying wildly up the winding stair, with
  • her ears ringing perhaps with the muffled screams from behind her
  • and with the drumming of frenzied hands against the slab of stone
  • which was choking her faithless lover’s life out.
  • “Here was the secret of her blanched face, her shaken nerves, her
  • peals of hysterical laughter on the next morning. But what had
  • been in the box? What had she done with that? Of course, it must
  • have been the old metal and pebbles which my client had dragged
  • from the mere. She had thrown them in there at the first
  • opportunity to remove the last trace of her crime.
  • “For twenty minutes I had sat motionless, thinking the matter
  • out. Musgrave still stood with a very pale face, swinging his
  • lantern and peering down into the hole.
  • “‘These are coins of Charles the First,’ said he, holding out the
  • few which had been in the box; ‘you see we were right in fixing
  • our date for the Ritual.’
  • “‘We may find something else of Charles the First,’ I cried, as
  • the probable meaning of the first two questions of the Ritual
  • broke suddenly upon me. ‘Let me see the contents of the bag which
  • you fished from the mere.’
  • “We ascended to his study, and he laid the _débris_ before me. I
  • could understand his regarding it as of small importance when I
  • looked at it, for the metal was almost black and the stones
  • lustreless and dull. I rubbed one of them on my sleeve, however,
  • and it glowed afterwards like a spark in the dark hollow of my
  • hand. The metal work was in the form of a double ring, but it had
  • been bent and twisted out of its original shape.
  • “‘You must bear in mind,’ said I, ‘that the Royal party made head
  • in England even after the death of the King, and that when they
  • at last fled they probably left many of their most precious
  • possessions buried behind them, with the intention of returning
  • for them in more peaceful times.’
  • “‘My ancestor, Sir Ralph Musgrave, was a prominent Cavalier and
  • the right-hand man of Charles the Second in his wanderings,’ said
  • my friend.
  • “‘Ah, indeed!’ I answered. ‘Well now, I think that really should
  • give us the last link that we wanted. I must congratulate you on
  • coming into the possession, though in rather a tragic manner of a
  • relic which is of great intrinsic value, but of even greater
  • importance as an historical curiosity.’
  • “‘What is it, then?’ he gasped in astonishment.
  • “‘It is nothing less than the ancient crown of the Kings of
  • England.’
  • “‘The crown!’
  • “‘Precisely. Consider what the Ritual says: How does it run?
  • “Whose was it?” “His who is gone.” That was after the execution
  • of Charles. Then, “Who shall have it?” “He who will come.” That
  • was Charles the Second, whose advent was already foreseen. There
  • can, I think, be no doubt that this battered and shapeless diadem
  • once encircled the brows of the royal Stuarts.’
  • “‘And how came it in the pond?’
  • “‘Ah, that is a question that will take some time to answer.’ And
  • with that I sketched out to him the whole long chain of surmise
  • and of proof which I had constructed. The twilight had closed in
  • and the moon was shining brightly in the sky before my narrative
  • was finished.
  • “‘And how was it then that Charles did not get his crown when he
  • returned?’ asked Musgrave, pushing back the relic into its linen
  • bag.
  • “‘Ah, there you lay your finger upon the one point which we shall
  • probably never be able to clear up. It is likely that the
  • Musgrave who held the secret died in the interval, and by some
  • oversight left this guide to his descendant without explaining
  • the meaning of it. From that day to this it has been handed down
  • from father to son, until at last it came within reach of a man
  • who tore its secret out of it and lost his life in the venture.’
  • “And that’s the story of the Musgrave Ritual, Watson. They have
  • the crown down at Hurlstone—though they had some legal bother and
  • a considerable sum to pay before they were allowed to retain it.
  • I am sure that if you mentioned my name they would be happy to
  • show it to you. Of the woman nothing was ever heard, and the
  • probability is that she got away out of England and carried
  • herself and the memory of her crime to some land beyond the
  • seas.”
  • VII. The Reigate Squires
  • It was some time before the health of my friend Mr. Sherlock
  • Holmes recovered from the strain caused by his immense exertions
  • in the spring of ’87. The whole question of the
  • Netherland-Sumatra Company and of the colossal schemes of Baron
  • Maupertuis are too recent in the minds of the public, and are too
  • intimately concerned with politics and finance to be fitting
  • subjects for this series of sketches. They led, however, in an
  • indirect fashion to a singular and complex problem which gave my
  • friend an opportunity of demonstrating the value of a fresh
  • weapon among the many with which he waged his life-long battle
  • against crime.
  • On referring to my notes I see that it was upon the 14th of April
  • that I received a telegram from Lyons which informed me that
  • Holmes was lying ill in the Hotel Dulong. Within twenty-four
  • hours I was in his sick-room, and was relieved to find that there
  • was nothing formidable in his symptoms. Even his iron
  • constitution, however, had broken down under the strain of an
  • investigation which had extended over two months, during which
  • period he had never worked less than fifteen hours a day, and had
  • more than once, as he assured me, kept to his task for five days
  • at a stretch. Even the triumphant issue of his labours could not
  • save him from reaction after so terrible an exertion, and at a
  • time when Europe was ringing with his name and when his room was
  • literally ankle-deep with congratulatory telegrams I found him a
  • prey to the blackest depression. Even the knowledge that he had
  • succeeded where the police of three countries had failed, and
  • that he had outmanœuvred at every point the most accomplished
  • swindler in Europe, was insufficient to rouse him from his
  • nervous prostration.
  • Three days later we were back in Baker Street together; but it
  • was evident that my friend would be much the better for a change,
  • and the thought of a week of spring time in the country was full
  • of attractions to me also. My old friend, Colonel Hayter, who had
  • come under my professional care in Afghanistan, had now taken a
  • house near Reigate in Surrey, and had frequently asked me to come
  • down to him upon a visit. On the last occasion he had remarked
  • that if my friend would only come with me he would be glad to
  • extend his hospitality to him also. A little diplomacy was
  • needed, but when Holmes understood that the establishment was a
  • bachelor one, and that he would be allowed the fullest freedom,
  • he fell in with my plans and a week after our return from Lyons
  • we were under the Colonel’s roof. Hayter was a fine old soldier
  • who had seen much of the world, and he soon found, as I had
  • expected, that Holmes and he had much in common.
  • On the evening of our arrival we were sitting in the Colonel’s
  • gun-room after dinner, Holmes stretched upon the sofa, while
  • Hayter and I looked over his little armoury of fire-arms.
  • “By the way,” said he suddenly, “I think I’ll take one of these
  • pistols upstairs with me in case we have an alarm.”
  • “An alarm!” said I.
  • “Yes, we’ve had a scare in this part lately. Old Acton, who is
  • one of our county magnates, had his house broken into last
  • Monday. No great damage done, but the fellows are still at
  • large.”
  • “No clue?” asked Holmes, cocking his eye at the Colonel.
  • “None as yet. But the affair is a petty one, one of our little
  • country crimes, which must seem too small for your attention, Mr.
  • Holmes, after this great international affair.”
  • Holmes waved away the compliment, though his smile showed that it
  • had pleased him.
  • “Was there any feature of interest?”
  • “I fancy not. The thieves ransacked the library and got very
  • little for their pains. The whole place was turned upside down,
  • drawers burst open, and presses ransacked, with the result that
  • an odd volume of Pope’s ‘Homer,’ two plated candlesticks, an
  • ivory letter-weight, a small oak barometer, and a ball of twine
  • are all that have vanished.”
  • “What an extraordinary assortment!” I exclaimed.
  • “Oh, the fellows evidently grabbed hold of everything they could
  • get.”
  • Holmes grunted from the sofa.
  • “The county police ought to make something of that,” said he;
  • “why, it is surely obvious that—”
  • But I held up a warning finger.
  • “You are here for a rest, my dear fellow. For Heaven’s sake don’t
  • get started on a new problem when your nerves are all in shreds.”
  • Holmes shrugged his shoulders with a glance of comic resignation
  • towards the Colonel, and the talk drifted away into less
  • dangerous channels.
  • It was destined, however, that all my professional caution should
  • be wasted, for next morning the problem obtruded itself upon us
  • in such a way that it was impossible to ignore it, and our
  • country visit took a turn which neither of us could have
  • anticipated. We were at breakfast when the Colonel’s butler
  • rushed in with all his propriety shaken out of him.
  • “Have you heard the news, sir?” he gasped. “At the Cunningham’s
  • sir!”
  • “Burglary!” cried the Colonel, with his coffee-cup in mid-air.
  • “Murder!”
  • The Colonel whistled. “By Jove!” said he. “Who’s killed, then?
  • The J.P. or his son?”
  • “Neither, sir. It was William the coachman. Shot through the
  • heart, sir, and never spoke again.”
  • “Who shot him, then?”
  • “The burglar, sir. He was off like a shot and got clean away.
  • He’d just broke in at the pantry window when William came on him
  • and met his end in saving his master’s property.”
  • “What time?”
  • “It was last night, sir, somewhere about twelve.”
  • “Ah, then, we’ll step over afterwards,” said the Colonel, coolly
  • settling down to his breakfast again. “It’s a baddish business,”
  • he added when the butler had gone; “he’s our leading man about
  • here, is old Cunningham, and a very decent fellow too. He’ll be
  • cut up over this, for the man has been in his service for years
  • and was a good servant. It’s evidently the same villains who
  • broke into Acton’s.”
  • “And stole that very singular collection,” said Holmes,
  • thoughtfully.
  • “Precisely.”
  • “Hum! It may prove the simplest matter in the world, but all the
  • same at first glance this is just a little curious, is it not? A
  • gang of burglars acting in the country might be expected to vary
  • the scene of their operations, and not to crack two cribs in the
  • same district within a few days. When you spoke last night of
  • taking precautions I remember that it passed through my mind that
  • this was probably the last parish in England to which the thief
  • or thieves would be likely to turn their attention—which shows
  • that I have still much to learn.”
  • “I fancy it’s some local practitioner,” said the Colonel. “In
  • that case, of course, Acton’s and Cunningham’s are just the
  • places he would go for, since they are far the largest about
  • here.”
  • “And richest?”
  • “Well, they ought to be, but they’ve had a lawsuit for some years
  • which has sucked the blood out of both of them, I fancy. Old
  • Acton has some claim on half Cunningham’s estate, and the lawyers
  • have been at it with both hands.”
  • “If it’s a local villain there should not be much difficulty in
  • running him down,” said Holmes with a yawn. “All right, Watson, I
  • don’t intend to meddle.”
  • “Inspector Forrester, sir,” said the butler, throwing open the
  • door.
  • The official, a smart, keen-faced young fellow, stepped into the
  • room. “Good-morning, Colonel,” said he; “I hope I don’t intrude,
  • but we hear that Mr. Holmes of Baker Street is here.”
  • The Colonel waved his hand towards my friend, and the Inspector
  • bowed.
  • “We thought that perhaps you would care to step across, Mr.
  • Holmes.”
  • “The fates are against you, Watson,” said he, laughing. “We were
  • chatting about the matter when you came in, Inspector. Perhaps
  • you can let us have a few details.” As he leaned back in his
  • chair in the familiar attitude I knew that the case was hopeless.
  • “We had no clue in the Acton affair. But here we have plenty to
  • go on, and there’s no doubt it is the same party in each case.
  • The man was seen.”
  • “Ah!”
  • “Yes, sir. But he was off like a deer after the shot that killed
  • poor William Kirwan was fired. Mr. Cunningham saw him from the
  • bedroom window, and Mr. Alec Cunningham saw him from the back
  • passage. It was quarter to twelve when the alarm broke out. Mr.
  • Cunningham had just got into bed, and Mr. Alec was smoking a pipe
  • in his dressing-gown. They both heard William the coachman
  • calling for help, and Mr. Alec ran down to see what was the
  • matter. The back door was open, and as he came to the foot of the
  • stairs he saw two men wrestling together outside. One of them
  • fired a shot, the other dropped, and the murderer rushed across
  • the garden and over the hedge. Mr. Cunningham, looking out of his
  • bedroom, saw the fellow as he gained the road, but lost sight of
  • him at once. Mr. Alec stopped to see if he could help the dying
  • man, and so the villain got clean away. Beyond the fact that he
  • was a middle-sized man and dressed in some dark stuff, we have no
  • personal clue; but we are making energetic inquiries, and if he
  • is a stranger we shall soon find him out.”
  • “What was this William doing there? Did he say anything before he
  • died?”
  • “Not a word. He lives at the lodge with his mother, and as he was
  • a very faithful fellow we imagine that he walked up to the house
  • with the intention of seeing that all was right there. Of course
  • this Acton business has put every one on their guard. The robber
  • must have just burst open the door—the lock has been forced—when
  • William came upon him.”
  • “Did William say anything to his mother before going out?”
  • “She is very old and deaf, and we can get no information from
  • her. The shock has made her half-witted, but I understand that
  • she was never very bright. There is one very important
  • circumstance, however. Look at this!”
  • He took a small piece of torn paper from a note-book and spread
  • it out upon his knee.
  • “This was found between the finger and thumb of the dead man. It
  • appears to be a fragment torn from a larger sheet. You will
  • observe that the hour mentioned upon it is the very time at which
  • the poor fellow met his fate. You see that his murderer might
  • have torn the rest of the sheet from him or he might have taken
  • this fragment from the murderer. It reads almost as though it
  • were an appointment.”
  • Holmes took up the scrap of paper, a facsimile of which is here
  • reproduced.
  • scrap of paper
  • “Presuming that it is an appointment,” continued the Inspector,
  • “it is of course a conceivable theory that this William
  • Kirwan—though he had the reputation of being an honest man, may
  • have been in league with the thief. He may have met him there,
  • may even have helped him to break in the door, and then they may
  • have fallen out between themselves.”
  • “This writing is of extraordinary interest,” said Holmes, who had
  • been examining it with intense concentration. “These are much
  • deeper waters than I had thought.” He sank his head upon his
  • hands, while the Inspector smiled at the effect which his case
  • had had upon the famous London specialist.
  • “Your last remark,” said Holmes, presently, “as to the
  • possibility of there being an understanding between the burglar
  • and the servant, and this being a note of appointment from one to
  • the other, is an ingenious and not entirely impossible
  • supposition. But this writing opens up—” He sank his head into
  • his hands again and remained for some minutes in the deepest
  • thought. When he raised his face again, I was surprised to see
  • that his cheek was tinged with colour, and his eyes as bright as
  • before his illness. He sprang to his feet with all his old
  • energy.
  • “I’ll tell you what,” said he, “I should like to have a quiet
  • little glance into the details of this case. There is something
  • in it which fascinates me extremely. If you will permit me,
  • Colonel, I will leave my friend Watson and you, and I will step
  • round with the Inspector to test the truth of one or two little
  • fancies of mine. I will be with you again in half an hour.”
  • An hour and half had elapsed before the Inspector returned alone.
  • “Mr. Holmes is walking up and down in the field outside,” said
  • he. “He wants us all four to go up to the house together.”
  • “To Mr. Cunningham’s?”
  • “Yes, sir.”
  • “What for?”
  • The Inspector shrugged his shoulders. “I don’t quite know, sir.
  • Between ourselves, I think Mr. Holmes had not quite got over his
  • illness yet. He’s been behaving very queerly, and he is very much
  • excited.”
  • “I don’t think you need alarm yourself,” said I. “I have usually
  • found that there was method in his madness.”
  • “Some folks might say there was madness in his method,” muttered
  • the Inspector. “But he’s all on fire to start, Colonel, so we had
  • best go out if you are ready.”
  • We found Holmes pacing up and down in the field, his chin sunk
  • upon his breast, and his hands thrust into his trousers pockets.
  • “The matter grows in interest,” said he. “Watson, your
  • country-trip has been a distinct success. I have had a charming
  • morning.”
  • “You have been up to the scene of the crime, I understand,” said
  • the Colonel.
  • “Yes; the Inspector and I have made quite a little reconnaissance
  • together.”
  • “Any success?”
  • “Well, we have seen some very interesting things. I’ll tell you
  • what we did as we walk. First of all, we saw the body of this
  • unfortunate man. He certainly died from a revolver wound as
  • reported.”
  • “Had you doubted it, then?”
  • “Oh, it is as well to test everything. Our inspection was not
  • wasted. We then had an interview with Mr. Cunningham and his son,
  • who were able to point out the exact spot where the murderer had
  • broken through the garden-hedge in his flight. That was of great
  • interest.”
  • “Naturally.”
  • “Then we had a look at this poor fellow’s mother. We could get no
  • information from her, however, as she is very old and feeble.”
  • “And what is the result of your investigations?”
  • “The conviction that the crime is a very peculiar one. Perhaps
  • our visit now may do something to make it less obscure. I think
  • that we are both agreed, Inspector that the fragment of paper in
  • the dead man’s hand, bearing, as it does, the very hour of his
  • death written upon it, is of extreme importance.”
  • “It should give a clue, Mr. Holmes.”
  • “It _does_ give a clue. Whoever wrote that note was the man who
  • brought William Kirwan out of his bed at that hour. But where is
  • the rest of that sheet of paper?”
  • “I examined the ground carefully in the hope of finding it,” said
  • the Inspector.
  • “It was torn out of the dead man’s hand. Why was some one so
  • anxious to get possession of it? Because it incriminated him. And
  • what would he do with it? Thrust it into his pocket, most likely,
  • never noticing that a corner of it had been left in the grip of
  • the corpse. If we could get the rest of that sheet it is obvious
  • that we should have gone a long way towards solving the mystery.”
  • “Yes, but how can we get at the criminal’s pocket before we catch
  • the criminal?”
  • “Well, well, it was worth thinking over. Then there is another
  • obvious point. The note was sent to William. The man who wrote it
  • could not have taken it; otherwise, of course, he might have
  • delivered his own message by word of mouth. Who brought the note,
  • then? Or did it come through the post?”
  • “I have made inquiries,” said the Inspector. “William received a
  • letter by the afternoon post yesterday. The envelope was
  • destroyed by him.”
  • “Excellent!” cried Holmes, clapping the Inspector on the back.
  • “You’ve seen the postman. It is a pleasure to work with you.
  • Well, here is the lodge, and if you will come up, Colonel, I will
  • show you the scene of the crime.”
  • We passed the pretty cottage where the murdered man had lived,
  • and walked up an oak-lined avenue to the fine old Queen Anne
  • house, which bears the date of Malplaquet upon the lintel of the
  • door. Holmes and the Inspector led us round it until we came to
  • the side gate, which is separated by a stretch of garden from the
  • hedge which lines the road. A constable was standing at the
  • kitchen door.
  • “Throw the door open, officer,” said Holmes. “Now, it was on
  • those stairs that young Mr. Cunningham stood and saw the two men
  • struggling just where we are. Old Mr. Cunningham was at that
  • window—the second on the left—and he saw the fellow get away just
  • to the left of that bush. Then Mr. Alec ran out and knelt beside
  • the wounded man. The ground is very hard, you see, and there are
  • no marks to guide us.” As he spoke two men came down the garden
  • path, from round the angle of the house. The one was an elderly
  • man, with a strong, deep-lined, heavy-eyed face; the other a
  • dashing young fellow, whose bright, smiling expression and showy
  • dress were in strange contrast with the business which had
  • brought us there.
  • “Still at it, then?” said he to Holmes. “I thought you Londoners
  • were never at fault. You don’t seem to be so very quick, after
  • all.”
  • “Ah, you must give us a little time,” said Holmes good-humoredly.
  • “You’ll want it,” said young Alec Cunningham. “Why, I don’t see
  • that we have any clue at all.”
  • “There’s only one,” answered the Inspector. “We thought that if
  • we could only find—Good heavens, Mr. Holmes! What is the matter?”
  • My poor friend’s face had suddenly assumed the most dreadful
  • expression. His eyes rolled upwards, his features writhed in
  • agony, and with a suppressed groan he dropped on his face upon
  • the ground. Horrified at the suddenness and severity of the
  • attack, we carried him into the kitchen, where he lay back in a
  • large chair, and breathed heavily for some minutes. Finally, with
  • a shamefaced apology for his weakness, he rose once more.
  • “Watson would tell you that I have only just recovered from a
  • severe illness,” he explained. “I am liable to these sudden
  • nervous attacks.”
  • “Shall I send you home in my trap?” asked old Cunningham.
  • “Well, since I am here, there is one point on which I should like
  • to feel sure. We can very easily verify it.”
  • “What was it?”
  • “Well, it seems to me that it is just possible that the arrival
  • of this poor fellow William was not before, but after, the
  • entrance of the burglar into the house. You appear to take it for
  • granted that, although the door was forced, the robber never got
  • in.”
  • “I fancy that is quite obvious,” said Mr. Cunningham, gravely.
  • “Why, my son Alec had not yet gone to bed, and he would certainly
  • have heard any one moving about.”
  • “Where was he sitting?”
  • “I was smoking in my dressing-room.”
  • “Which window is that?”
  • “The last on the left next my father’s.”
  • “Both of your lamps were lit, of course?”
  • “Undoubtedly.”
  • “There are some very singular points here,” said Holmes, smiling.
  • “Is it not extraordinary that a burglar—and a burglar who had had
  • some previous experience—should deliberately break into a house
  • at a time when he could see from the lights that two of the
  • family were still afoot?”
  • “He must have been a cool hand.”
  • “Well, of course, if the case were not an odd one we should not
  • have been driven to ask you for an explanation,” said young Mr.
  • Alec. “But as to your ideas that the man had robbed the house
  • before William tackled him, I think it a most absurd notion.
  • Wouldn’t we have found the place disarranged, and missed the
  • things which he had taken?”
  • “It depends on what the things were,” said Holmes. “You must
  • remember that we are dealing with a burglar who is a very
  • peculiar fellow, and who appears to work on lines of his own.
  • Look, for example, at the queer lot of things which he took from
  • Acton’s—what was it?—a ball of string, a letter-weight, and I
  • don’t know what other odds and ends.”
  • “Well, we are quite in your hands, Mr. Holmes,” said old
  • Cunningham. “Anything which you or the Inspector may suggest will
  • most certainly be done.”
  • “In the first place,” said Holmes, “I should like you to offer a
  • reward—coming from yourself, for the officials may take a little
  • time before they would agree upon the sum, and these things
  • cannot be done too promptly. I have jotted down the form here, if
  • you would not mind signing it. Fifty pounds was quite enough, I
  • thought.”
  • “I would willingly give five hundred,” said the J.P., taking the
  • slip of paper and the pencil which Holmes handed to him. “This is
  • not quite correct, however,” he added, glancing over the
  • document.
  • “I wrote it rather hurriedly.”
  • “You see you begin, ‘Whereas, at about a quarter to one on
  • Tuesday morning an attempt was made,’ and so on. It was at a
  • quarter to twelve, as a matter of fact.”
  • I was pained at the mistake, for I knew how keenly Holmes would
  • feel any slip of the kind. It was his specialty to be accurate as
  • to fact, but his recent illness had shaken him, and this one
  • little incident was enough to show me that he was still far from
  • being himself. He was obviously embarrassed for an instant, while
  • the Inspector raised his eyebrows, and Alec Cunningham burst into
  • a laugh. The old gentleman corrected the mistake, however, and
  • handed the paper back to Holmes.
  • “Get it printed as soon as possible,” he said; “I think your idea
  • is an excellent one.”
  • Holmes put the slip of paper carefully away into his pocket-book.
  • “And now,” said he, “it really would be a good thing that we
  • should all go over the house together and make certain that this
  • rather erratic burglar did not, after all, carry anything away
  • with him.”
  • Before entering, Holmes made an examination of the door which had
  • been forced. It was evident that a chisel or strong knife had
  • been thrust in, and the lock forced back with it. We could see
  • the marks in the wood where it had been pushed in.
  • “You don’t use bars, then?” he asked.
  • “We have never found it necessary.”
  • “You don’t keep a dog?”
  • “Yes, but he is chained on the other side of the house.”
  • “When do the servants go to bed?”
  • “About ten.”
  • “I understand that William was usually in bed also at that hour.”
  • “Yes.”
  • “It is singular that on this particular night he should have been
  • up. Now, I should be very glad if you would have the kindness to
  • show us over the house, Mr. Cunningham.”
  • A stone-flagged passage, with the kitchens branching away from
  • it, led by a wooden staircase directly to the first floor of the
  • house. It came out upon the landing opposite to a second more
  • ornamental stair which came up from the front hall. Out of this
  • landing opened the drawing-room and several bedrooms, including
  • those of Mr. Cunningham and his son. Holmes walked slowly, taking
  • keen note of the architecture of the house. I could tell from his
  • expression that he was on a hot scent, and yet I could not in the
  • least imagine in what direction his inferences were leading him.
  • “My good sir,” said Mr. Cunningham with some impatience, “this is
  • surely very unnecessary. That is my room at the end of the
  • stairs, and my son’s is the one beyond it. I leave it to your
  • judgment whether it was possible for the thief to have come up
  • here without disturbing us.”
  • “You must try round and get on a fresh scent, I fancy,” said the
  • son with a rather malicious smile.
  • “Still, I must ask you to humour me a little further. I should
  • like, for example, to see how far the windows of the bedrooms
  • command the front. This, I understand is your son’s room”—he
  • pushed open the door—“and that, I presume, is the dressing-room
  • in which he sat smoking when the alarm was given. Where does the
  • window of that look out to?” He stepped across the bedroom,
  • pushed open the door, and glanced round the other chamber.
  • “I hope that you are satisfied now?” said Mr. Cunningham, tartly.
  • “Thank you, I think I have seen all that I wished.”
  • “Then if it is really necessary we can go into my room.”
  • “If it is not too much trouble.”
  • The J.P. shrugged his shoulders, and led the way into his own
  • chamber, which was a plainly furnished and commonplace room. As
  • we moved across it in the direction of the window, Holmes fell
  • back until he and I were the last of the group. Near the foot of
  • the bed stood a dish of oranges and a carafe of water. As we
  • passed it Holmes, to my unutterable astonishment, leaned over in
  • front of me and deliberately knocked the whole thing over. The
  • glass smashed into a thousand pieces and the fruit rolled about
  • into every corner of the room.
  • “You’ve done it now, Watson,” said he, coolly. “A pretty mess
  • you’ve made of the carpet.”
  • I stooped in some confusion and began to pick up the fruit,
  • understanding for some reason my companion desired me to take the
  • blame upon myself. The others did the same, and set the table on
  • its legs again.
  • “Halloa!” cried the Inspector, “where’s he got to?”
  • Holmes had disappeared.
  • “Wait here an instant,” said young Alec Cunningham. “The fellow
  • is off his head, in my opinion. Come with me, father, and see
  • where he has got to!”
  • They rushed out of the room, leaving the Inspector, the Colonel,
  • and me staring at each other.
  • “’Pon my word, I am inclined to agree with Master Alec,” said the
  • official. “It may be the effect of this illness, but it seems to
  • me that—”
  • His words were cut short by a sudden scream of “Help! Help!
  • Murder!” With a thrill I recognised the voice of that of my
  • friend. I rushed madly from the room on to the landing. The
  • cries, which had sunk down into a hoarse, inarticulate shouting,
  • came from the room which we had first visited. I dashed in, and
  • on into the dressing-room beyond. The two Cunninghams were
  • bending over the prostrate figure of Sherlock Holmes, the younger
  • clutching his throat with both hands, while the elder seemed to
  • be twisting one of his wrists. In an instant the three of us had
  • torn them away from him, and Holmes staggered to his feet, very
  • pale and evidently greatly exhausted.
  • “Arrest these men, Inspector!” he gasped.
  • “On what charge?”
  • “That of murdering their coachman, William Kirwan!”
  • The Inspector stared about him in bewilderment. “Oh, come now,
  • Mr. Holmes,” said he at last, “I’m sure you don’t really mean
  • to—”
  • “Tut, man, look at their faces!” cried Holmes, curtly.
  • Never, certainly, have I seen a plainer confession of guilt upon
  • human countenances. The older man seemed numbed and dazed with a
  • heavy, sullen expression upon his strongly-marked face. The son,
  • on the other hand, had dropped all that jaunty, dashing style
  • which had characterized him, and the ferocity of a dangerous wild
  • beast gleamed in his dark eyes and distorted his handsome
  • features. The Inspector said nothing, but, stepping to the door,
  • he blew his whistle. Two of his constables came at the call.
  • “I have no alternative, Mr. Cunningham,” said he. “I trust that
  • this may all prove to be an absurd mistake, but you can see
  • that—Ah, would you? Drop it!” He struck out with his hand, and a
  • revolver which the younger man was in the act of cocking
  • clattered down upon the floor.
  • “Keep that,” said Holmes, quietly putting his foot upon it; “you
  • will find it useful at the trial. But this is what we really
  • wanted.” He held up a little crumpled piece of paper.
  • “The remainder of the sheet!” cried the Inspector.
  • “Precisely.”
  • “And where was it?”
  • “Where I was sure it must be. I’ll make the whole matter clear to
  • you presently. I think, Colonel, that you and Watson might return
  • now, and I will be with you again in an hour at the furthest. The
  • Inspector and I must have a word with the prisoners, but you will
  • certainly see me back at luncheon time.”
  • Sherlock Holmes was as good as his word, for about one o’clock he
  • rejoined us in the Colonel’s smoking-room. He was accompanied by
  • a little elderly gentleman, who was introduced to me as the Mr.
  • Acton whose house had been the scene of the original burglary.
  • “I wished Mr. Acton to be present while I demonstrated this small
  • matter to you,” said Holmes, “for it is natural that he should
  • take a keen interest in the details. I am afraid, my dear
  • Colonel, that you must regret the hour that you took in such a
  • stormy petrel as I am.”
  • “On the contrary,” answered the Colonel, warmly, “I consider it
  • the greatest privilege to have been permitted to study your
  • methods of working. I confess that they quite surpass my
  • expectations, and that I am utterly unable to account for your
  • result. I have not yet seen the vestige of a clue.”
  • “I am afraid that my explanation may disillusionize you but it
  • has always been my habit to hide none of my methods, either from
  • my friend Watson or from any one who might take an intelligent
  • interest in them. But, first, as I am rather shaken by the
  • knocking about which I had in the dressing-room, I think that I
  • shall help myself to a dash of your brandy, Colonel. My strength
  • has been rather tried of late.”
  • “I trust that you had no more of those nervous attacks.”
  • Sherlock Holmes laughed heartily. “We will come to that in its
  • turn,” said he. “I will lay an account of the case before you in
  • its due order, showing you the various points which guided me in
  • my decision. Pray interrupt me if there is any inference which is
  • not perfectly clear to you.
  • “It is of the highest importance in the art of detection to be
  • able to recognise, out of a number of facts, which are incidental
  • and which vital. Otherwise your energy and attention must be
  • dissipated instead of being concentrated. Now, in this case there
  • was not the slightest doubt in my mind from the first that the
  • key of the whole matter must be looked for in the scrap of paper
  • in the dead man’s hand.
  • “Before going into this, I would draw your attention to the fact
  • that, if Alec Cunningham’s narrative was correct, and if the
  • assailant, after shooting William Kirwan, had _instantly_ fled,
  • then it obviously could not be he who tore the paper from the
  • dead man’s hand. But if it was not he, it must have been Alec
  • Cunningham himself, for by the time that the old man had
  • descended several servants were upon the scene. The point is a
  • simple one, but the Inspector had overlooked it because he had
  • started with the supposition that these county magnates had had
  • nothing to do with the matter. Now, I make a point of never
  • having any prejudices, and of following docilely wherever fact
  • may lead me, and so, in the very first stage of the
  • investigation, I found myself looking a little askance at the
  • part which had been played by Mr. Alec Cunningham.
  • “And now I made a very careful examination of the corner of paper
  • which the Inspector had submitted to us. It was at once clear to
  • me that it formed part of a very remarkable document. Here it is.
  • Do you not now observe something very suggestive about it?”
  • “It has a very irregular look,” said the Colonel.
  • “My dear sir,” cried Holmes, “there cannot be the least doubt in
  • the world that it has been written by two persons doing alternate
  • words. When I draw your attention to the strong t’s of ‘at’ and
  • ‘to’, and ask you to compare them with the weak ones of ‘quarter’
  • and ‘twelve,’ you will instantly recognise the fact. A very brief
  • analysis of these four words would enable you to say with the
  • utmost confidence that the ‘learn’ and the ‘maybe’ are written in
  • the stronger hand, and the ‘what’ in the weaker.”
  • “By Jove, it’s as clear as day!” cried the Colonel. “Why on earth
  • should two men write a letter in such a fashion?”
  • “Obviously the business was a bad one, and one of the men who
  • distrusted the other was determined that, whatever was done, each
  • should have an equal hand in it. Now, of the two men, it is clear
  • that the one who wrote the ‘at’ and ‘to’ was the ringleader.”
  • “How do you get at that?”
  • “We might deduce it from the mere character of the one hand as
  • compared with the other. But we have more assured reasons than
  • that for supposing it. If you examine this scrap with attention
  • you will come to the conclusion that the man with the stronger
  • hand wrote all his words first, leaving blanks for the other to
  • fill up. These blanks were not always sufficient, and you can see
  • that the second man had a squeeze to fit his ‘quarter’ in between
  • the ‘at’ and the ‘to,’ showing that the latter were already
  • written. The man who wrote all his words first is undoubtedly the
  • man who planned the affair.”
  • “Excellent!” cried Mr. Acton.
  • “But very superficial,” said Holmes. “We come now, however, to a
  • point which is of importance. You may not be aware that the
  • deduction of a man’s age from his writing is one which has been
  • brought to considerable accuracy by experts. In normal cases one
  • can place a man in his true decade with tolerable confidence. I
  • say normal cases, because ill-health and physical weakness
  • reproduce the signs of old age, even when the invalid is a youth.
  • In this case, looking at the bold, strong hand of the one, and
  • the rather broken-backed appearance of the other, which still
  • retains its legibility although the t’s have begun to lose their
  • crossing, we can say that the one was a young man and the other
  • was advanced in years without being positively decrepit.”
  • “Excellent!” cried Mr. Acton again.
  • “There is a further point, however, which is subtler and of
  • greater interest. There is something in common between these
  • hands. They belong to men who are blood-relatives. It may be most
  • obvious to you in the Greek e’s, but to me there are many small
  • points which indicate the same thing. I have no doubt at all that
  • a family mannerism can be traced in these two specimens of
  • writing. I am only, of course, giving you the leading results now
  • of my examination of the paper. There were twenty-three other
  • deductions which would be of more interest to experts than to
  • you. They all tend to deepen the impression upon my mind that the
  • Cunninghams, father and son, had written this letter.
  • “Having got so far, my next step was, of course, to examine into
  • the details of the crime, and to see how far they would help us.
  • I went up to the house with the Inspector, and saw all that was
  • to be seen. The wound upon the dead man was, as I was able to
  • determine with absolute confidence, fired from a revolver at the
  • distance of something over four yards. There was no
  • powder-blackening on the clothes. Evidently, therefore, Alec
  • Cunningham had lied when he said that the two men were struggling
  • when the shot was fired. Again, both father and son agreed as to
  • the place where the man escaped into the road. At that point,
  • however, as it happens, there is a broadish ditch, moist at the
  • bottom. As there were no indications of bootmarks about this
  • ditch, I was absolutely sure not only that the Cunninghams had
  • again lied, but that there had never been any unknown man upon
  • the scene at all.
  • “And now I have to consider the motive of this singular crime. To
  • get at this, I endeavoured first of all to solve the reason of
  • the original burglary at Mr. Acton’s. I understood, from
  • something which the Colonel told us, that a lawsuit had been
  • going on between you, Mr. Acton, and the Cunninghams. Of course,
  • it instantly occurred to me that they had broken into your
  • library with the intention of getting at some document which
  • might be of importance in the case.”
  • “Precisely so,” said Mr. Acton. “There can be no possible doubt
  • as to their intentions. I have the clearest claim upon half of
  • their present estate, and if they could have found a single
  • paper—which, fortunately, was in the strong-box of my
  • solicitors—they would undoubtedly have crippled our case.”
  • “There you are,” said Holmes, smiling. “It was a dangerous,
  • reckless attempt, in which I seem to trace the influence of young
  • Alec. Having found nothing they tried to divert suspicion by
  • making it appear to be an ordinary burglary, to which end they
  • carried off whatever they could lay their hands upon. That is all
  • clear enough, but there was much that was still obscure. What I
  • wanted above all was to get the missing part of that note. I was
  • certain that Alec had torn it out of the dead man’s hand, and
  • almost certain that he must have thrust it into the pocket of his
  • dressing-gown. Where else could he have put it? The only question
  • was whether it was still there. It was worth an effort to find
  • out, and for that object we all went up to the house.
  • “The Cunninghams joined us, as you doubtless remember, outside
  • the kitchen door. It was, of course, of the very first importance
  • that they should not be reminded of the existence of this paper,
  • otherwise they would naturally destroy it without delay. The
  • Inspector was about to tell them the importance which we attached
  • to it when, by the luckiest chance in the world, I tumbled down
  • in a sort of fit and so changed the conversation.
  • “Good heavens!” cried the Colonel, laughing, “do you mean to say
  • all our sympathy was wasted and your fit an imposture?”
  • “Speaking professionally, it was admirably done,” cried I,
  • looking in amazement at this man who was forever confounding me
  • with some new phase of his astuteness.
  • “It is an art which is often useful,” said he. “When I recovered
  • I managed, by a device which had perhaps some little merit of
  • ingenuity, to get old Cunningham to write the word ‘twelve,’ so
  • that I might compare it with the ‘twelve’ upon the paper.”
  • “Oh, what an ass I have been!” I exclaimed.
  • “I could see that you were commiserating me over my weakness,”
  • said Holmes, laughing. “I was sorry to cause you the sympathetic
  • pain which I know that you felt. We then went upstairs together,
  • and having entered the room and seen the dressing-gown hanging up
  • behind the door, I contrived, by upsetting a table, to engage
  • their attention for the moment, and slipped back to examine the
  • pockets. I had hardly got the paper, however—which was, as I had
  • expected, in one of them—when the two Cunninghams were on me, and
  • would, I verily believe, have murdered me then and there but for
  • your prompt and friendly aid. As it is, I feel that young man’s
  • grip on my throat now, and the father has twisted my wrist round
  • in the effort to get the paper out of my hand. They saw that I
  • must know all about it, you see, and the sudden change from
  • absolute security to complete despair made them perfectly
  • desperate.
  • “I had a little talk with old Cunningham afterwards as to the
  • motive of the crime. He was tractable enough, though his son was
  • a perfect demon, ready to blow out his own or anybody else’s
  • brains if he could have got to his revolver. When Cunningham saw
  • that the case against him was so strong he lost all heart and
  • made a clean breast of everything. It seems that William had
  • secretly followed his two masters on the night when they made
  • their raid upon Mr. Acton’s, and having thus got them into his
  • power, proceeded, under threats of exposure, to levy blackmail
  • upon them. Mr. Alec, however, was a dangerous man to play games
  • of that sort with. It was a stroke of positive genius on his part
  • to see in the burglary scare which was convulsing the country
  • side an opportunity of plausibly getting rid of the man whom he
  • feared. William was decoyed up and shot, and had they only got
  • the whole of the note and paid a little more attention to detail
  • in the accessories, it is very possible that suspicion might
  • never have been aroused.”
  • “And the note?” I asked.
  • Sherlock Holmes placed the subjoined paper before us.
  • piece of paper
  • If you will only come round at quarter to twelve
  • to the east gate you will learn what
  • will very much surprise you and maybe
  • be of the greatest service to you and also
  • to Annie Morrison. But say nothing to anyone
  • upon the matter
  • “It is very much the sort of thing that I expected,” said he. “Of
  • course, we do not yet know what the relations may have been
  • between Alec Cunningham, William Kirwan, and Annie Morrison. The
  • results shows that the trap was skillfully baited. I am sure that
  • you cannot fail to be delighted with the traces of heredity shown
  • in the p’s and in the tails of the g’s. The absence of the i-dots
  • in the old man’s writing is also most characteristic. Watson, I
  • think our quiet rest in the country has been a distinct success,
  • and I shall certainly return much invigorated to Baker Street
  • to-morrow.”
  • VIII. The Crooked Man
  • One summer night, a few months after my marriage, I was seated by
  • my own hearth smoking a last pipe and nodding over a novel, for
  • my day’s work had been an exhausting one. My wife had already
  • gone upstairs, and the sound of the locking of the hall door some
  • time before told me that the servants had also retired. I had
  • risen from my seat and was knocking out the ashes of my pipe when
  • I suddenly heard the clang of the bell.
  • I looked at the clock. It was a quarter to twelve. This could not
  • be a visitor at so late an hour. A patient, evidently, and
  • possibly an all-night sitting. With a wry face I went out into
  • the hall and opened the door. To my astonishment it was Sherlock
  • Holmes who stood upon my step.
  • “Ah, Watson,” said he, “I hoped that I might not be too late to
  • catch you.”
  • “My dear fellow, pray come in.”
  • “You look surprised, and no wonder! Relieved, too, I fancy! Hum!
  • You still smoke the Arcadia mixture of your bachelor days then!
  • There’s no mistaking that fluffy ash upon your coat. It’s easy to
  • tell that you have been accustomed to wear a uniform, Watson.
  • You’ll never pass as a pure-bred civilian as long as you keep
  • that habit of carrying your handkerchief in your sleeve. Could
  • you put me up to-night?”
  • “With pleasure.”
  • “You told me that you had bachelor quarters for one, and I see
  • that you have no gentleman visitor at present. Your hat-stand
  • proclaims as much.”
  • “I shall be delighted if you will stay.”
  • “Thank you. I’ll fill the vacant peg then. Sorry to see that
  • you’ve had the British workman in the house. He’s a token of
  • evil. Not the drains, I hope?”
  • “No, the gas.”
  • “Ah! He has left two nail-marks from his boot upon your linoleum
  • just where the light strikes it. No, thank you, I had some supper
  • at Waterloo, but I’ll smoke a pipe with you with pleasure.”
  • I handed him my pouch, and he seated himself opposite to me and
  • smoked for some time in silence. I was well aware that nothing
  • but business of importance would have brought him to me at such
  • an hour, so I waited patiently until he should come round to it.
  • “I see that you are professionally rather busy just now,” said
  • he, glancing very keenly across at me.
  • “Yes, I’ve had a busy day,” I answered. “It may seem very foolish
  • in your eyes,” I added, “but really I don’t know how you deduced
  • it.”
  • Holmes chuckled to himself.
  • “I have the advantage of knowing your habits, my dear Watson,”
  • said he. “When your round is a short one you walk, and when it is
  • a long one you use a hansom. As I perceive that your boots,
  • although used, are by no means dirty, I cannot doubt that you are
  • at present busy enough to justify the hansom.”
  • “Excellent!” I cried.
  • “Elementary,” said he. “It is one of those instances where the
  • reasoner can produce an effect which seems remarkable to his
  • neighbour, because the latter has missed the one little point
  • which is the basis of the deduction. The same may be said, my
  • dear fellow, for the effect of some of these little sketches of
  • yours, which is entirely meretricious, depending as it does upon
  • your retaining in your own hands some factors in the problem
  • which are never imparted to the reader. Now, at present I am in
  • the position of these same readers, for I hold in this hand
  • several threads of one of the strangest cases which ever
  • perplexed a man’s brain, and yet I lack the one or two which are
  • needful to complete my theory. But I’ll have them, Watson, I’ll
  • have them!” His eyes kindled and a slight flush sprang into his
  • thin cheeks. For an instant only. When I glanced again his face
  • had resumed that red-Indian composure which had made so many
  • regard him as a machine rather than a man.
  • “The problem presents features of interest,” said he. “I may even
  • say exceptional features of interest. I have already looked into
  • the matter, and have come, as I think, within sight of my
  • solution. If you could accompany me in that last step you might
  • be of considerable service to me.”
  • “I should be delighted.”
  • “Could you go as far as Aldershot to-morrow?”
  • “I have no doubt Jackson would take my practice.”
  • “Very good. I want to start by the 11.10 from Waterloo.”
  • “That would give me time.”
  • “Then, if you are not too sleepy, I will give you a sketch of
  • what has happened, and of what remains to be done.”
  • “I was sleepy before you came. I am quite wakeful now.”
  • “I will compress the story as far as may be done without omitting
  • anything vital to the case. It is conceivable that you may even
  • have read some account of the matter. It is the supposed murder
  • of Colonel Barclay, of the Royal Mallows, at Aldershot, which I
  • am investigating.”
  • “I have heard nothing of it.”
  • “It has not excited much attention yet, except locally. The facts
  • are only two days old. Briefly they are these:
  • “The Royal Mallows is, as you know, one of the most famous Irish
  • regiments in the British army. It did wonders both in the Crimea
  • and the Mutiny, and has since that time distinguished itself upon
  • every possible occasion. It was commanded up to Monday night by
  • James Barclay, a gallant veteran, who started as a full private,
  • was raised to commissioned rank for his bravery at the time of
  • the Mutiny, and so lived to command the regiment in which he had
  • once carried a musket.
  • “Colonel Barclay had married at the time when he was a sergeant,
  • and his wife, whose maiden name was Miss Nancy Devoy, was the
  • daughter of a former colour-sergeant in the same corps. There
  • was, therefore, as can be imagined, some little social friction
  • when the young couple (for they were still young) found
  • themselves in their new surroundings. They appear, however, to
  • have quickly adapted themselves, and Mrs. Barclay has always, I
  • understand, been as popular with the ladies of the regiment as
  • her husband was with his brother officers. I may add that she was
  • a woman of great beauty, and that even now, when she has been
  • married for upwards of thirty years, she is still of a striking
  • and queenly appearance.
  • “Colonel Barclay’s family life appears to have been a uniformly
  • happy one. Major Murphy, to whom I owe most of my facts, assures
  • me that he has never heard of any misunderstanding between the
  • pair. On the whole, he thinks that Barclay’s devotion to his wife
  • was greater than his wife’s to Barclay. He was acutely uneasy if
  • he were absent from her for a day. She, on the other hand, though
  • devoted and faithful, was less obtrusively affectionate. But they
  • were regarded in the regiment as the very model of a middle-aged
  • couple. There was absolutely nothing in their mutual relations to
  • prepare people for the tragedy which was to follow.
  • “Colonel Barclay himself seems to have had some singular traits
  • in his character. He was a dashing, jovial old soldier in his
  • usual mood, but there were occasions on which he seemed to show
  • himself capable of considerable violence and vindictiveness. This
  • side of his nature, however, appears never to have been turned
  • towards his wife. Another fact, which had struck Major Murphy and
  • three out of five of the other officers with whom I conversed,
  • was the singular sort of depression which came upon him at times.
  • As the major expressed it, the smile had often been struck from
  • his mouth, as if by some invisible hand, when he has been joining
  • the gayeties and chaff of the mess-table. For days on end, when
  • the mood was on him, he has been sunk in the deepest gloom. This
  • and a certain tinge of superstition were the only unusual traits
  • in his character which his brother officers had observed. The
  • latter peculiarity took the form of a dislike to being left
  • alone, especially after dark. This puerile feature in a nature
  • which was conspicuously manly had often given rise to comment and
  • conjecture.
  • “The first battalion of the Royal Mallows (which is the old
  • 117th) has been stationed at Aldershot for some years. The
  • married officers live out of barracks, and the Colonel has during
  • all this time occupied a villa called Lachine, about half a mile
  • from the north camp. The house stands in its own grounds, but the
  • west side of it is not more than thirty yards from the high-road.
  • A coachman and two maids form the staff of servants. These with
  • their master and mistress were the sole occupants of Lachine, for
  • the Barclays had no children, nor was it usual for them to have
  • resident visitors.
  • “Now for the events at Lachine between nine and ten on the
  • evening of last Monday.”
  • “Mrs. Barclay was, it appears, a member of the Roman Catholic
  • Church, and had interested herself very much in the establishment
  • of the Guild of St. George, which was formed in connection with
  • the Watt Street Chapel for the purpose of supplying the poor with
  • cast-off clothing. A meeting of the Guild had been held that
  • evening at eight, and Mrs. Barclay had hurried over her dinner in
  • order to be present at it. When leaving the house she was heard
  • by the coachman to make some commonplace remark to her husband,
  • and to assure him that she would be back before very long. She
  • then called for Miss Morrison, a young lady who lives in the next
  • villa, and the two went off together to their meeting. It lasted
  • forty minutes, and at a quarter-past nine Mrs. Barclay returned
  • home, having left Miss Morrison at her door as she passed.
  • “There is a room which is used as a morning-room at Lachine. This
  • faces the road and opens by a large glass folding-door on to the
  • lawn. The lawn is thirty yards across, and is only divided from
  • the highway by a low wall with an iron rail above it. It was into
  • this room that Mrs. Barclay went upon her return. The blinds were
  • not down, for the room was seldom used in the evening, but Mrs.
  • Barclay herself lit the lamp and then rang the bell, asking Jane
  • Stewart, the housemaid, to bring her a cup of tea, which was
  • quite contrary to her usual habits. The Colonel had been sitting
  • in the dining-room, but hearing that his wife had returned he
  • joined her in the morning-room. The coachman saw him cross the
  • hall and enter it. He was never seen again alive.
  • “The tea which had been ordered was brought up at the end of ten
  • minutes; but the maid, as she approached the door, was surprised
  • to hear the voices of her master and mistress in furious
  • altercation. She knocked without receiving any answer, and even
  • turned the handle, but only to find that the door was locked upon
  • the inside. Naturally enough she ran down to tell the cook, and
  • the two women with the coachman came up into the hall and
  • listened to the dispute which was still raging. They all agreed
  • that only two voices were to be heard, those of Barclay and of
  • his wife. Barclay’s remarks were subdued and abrupt, so that none
  • of them were audible to the listeners. The lady’s, on the other
  • hand, were most bitter, and when she raised her voice could be
  • plainly heard. ‘You coward!’ she repeated over and over again.
  • ‘What can be done now? What can be done now? Give me back my
  • life. I will never so much as breathe the same air with you
  • again! You coward! You coward!’ Those were scraps of her
  • conversation, ending in a sudden dreadful cry in the man’s voice,
  • with a crash, and a piercing scream from the woman. Convinced
  • that some tragedy had occurred, the coachman rushed to the door
  • and strove to force it, while scream after scream issued from
  • within. He was unable, however, to make his way in, and the maids
  • were too distracted with fear to be of any assistance to him. A
  • sudden thought struck him, however, and he ran through the hall
  • door and round to the lawn upon which the long French windows
  • open. One side of the window was open, which I understand was
  • quite usual in the summer-time, and he passed without difficulty
  • into the room. His mistress had ceased to scream and was
  • stretched insensible upon a couch, while with his feet tilted
  • over the side of an armchair, and his head upon the ground near
  • the corner of the fender, was lying the unfortunate soldier stone
  • dead in a pool of his own blood.
  • “Naturally, the coachman’s first thought, on finding that he
  • could do nothing for his master, was to open the door. But here
  • an unexpected and singular difficulty presented itself. The key
  • was not in the inner side of the door, nor could he find it
  • anywhere in the room. He went out again, therefore, through the
  • window, and having obtained the help of a policeman and of a
  • medical man, he returned. The lady, against whom naturally the
  • strongest suspicion rested, was removed to her room, still in a
  • state of insensibility. The Colonel’s body was then placed upon
  • the sofa, and a careful examination made of the scene of the
  • tragedy.
  • “The injury from which the unfortunate veteran was suffering was
  • found to be a jagged cut some two inches long at the back part of
  • his head, which had evidently been caused by a violent blow from
  • a blunt weapon. Nor was it difficult to guess what that weapon
  • may have been. Upon the floor, close to the body, was lying a
  • singular club of hard carved wood with a bone handle. The Colonel
  • possessed a varied collection of weapons brought from the
  • different countries in which he had fought, and it is conjectured
  • by the police that his club was among his trophies. The servants
  • deny having seen it before, but among the numerous curiosities in
  • the house it is possible that it may have been overlooked.
  • Nothing else of importance was discovered in the room by the
  • police, save the inexplicable fact that neither upon Mrs.
  • Barclay’s person nor upon that of the victim nor in any part of
  • the room was the missing key to be found. The door had eventually
  • to be opened by a locksmith from Aldershot.
  • “That was the state of things, Watson, when upon the Tuesday
  • morning I, at the request of Major Murphy, went down to Aldershot
  • to supplement the efforts of the police. I think that you will
  • acknowledge that the problem was already one of interest, but my
  • observations soon made me realize that it was in truth much more
  • extraordinary than would at first sight appear.
  • “Before examining the room I cross-questioned the servants, but
  • only succeeded in eliciting the facts which I have already
  • stated. One other detail of interest was remembered by Jane
  • Stewart, the housemaid. You will remember that on hearing the
  • sound of the quarrel she descended and returned with the other
  • servants. On that first occasion, when she was alone, she says
  • that the voices of her master and mistress were sunk so low that
  • she could hear hardly anything, and judged by their tones rather
  • than their words that they had fallen out. On my pressing her,
  • however, she remembered that she heard the word ‘David’ uttered
  • twice by the lady. The point is of the utmost importance as
  • guiding us towards the reason of the sudden quarrel. The
  • Colonel’s name, you remember, was James.
  • “There was one thing in the case which had made the deepest
  • impression both upon the servants and the police. This was the
  • contortion of the Colonel’s face. It had set, according to their
  • account, into the most dreadful expression of fear and horror
  • which a human countenance is capable of assuming. More than one
  • person fainted at the mere sight of him, so terrible was the
  • effect. It was quite certain that he had foreseen his fate, and
  • that it had caused him the utmost horror. This, of course, fitted
  • in well enough with the police theory, if the Colonel could have
  • seen his wife making a murderous attack upon him. Nor was the
  • fact of the wound being on the back of his head a fatal objection
  • to this, as he might have turned to avoid the blow. No
  • information could be got from the lady herself, who was
  • temporarily insane from an acute attack of brain-fever.
  • “From the police I learned that Miss Morrison, who you remember
  • went out that evening with Mrs. Barclay, denied having any
  • knowledge of what it was which had caused the ill-humour in which
  • her companion had returned.
  • “Having gathered these facts, Watson, I smoked several pipes over
  • them, trying to separate those which were crucial from others
  • which were merely incidental. There could be no question that the
  • most distinctive and suggestive point in the case was the
  • singular disappearance of the door-key. A most careful search had
  • failed to discover it in the room. Therefore it must have been
  • taken from it. But neither the Colonel nor the Colonel’s wife
  • could have taken it. That was perfectly clear. Therefore a third
  • person must have entered the room. And that third person could
  • only have come in through the window. It seemed to me that a
  • careful examination of the room and the lawn might possibly
  • reveal some traces of this mysterious individual. You know my
  • methods, Watson. There was not one of them which I did not apply
  • to the inquiry. And it ended by my discovering traces, but very
  • different ones from those which I had expected. There had been a
  • man in the room, and he had crossed the lawn coming from the
  • road. I was able to obtain five very clear impressions of his
  • footmarks: one in the roadway itself, at the point where he had
  • climbed the low wall, two on the lawn, and two very faint ones
  • upon the stained boards near the window where he had entered. He
  • had apparently rushed across the lawn, for his toe-marks were
  • much deeper than his heels. But it was not the man who surprised
  • me. It was his companion.”
  • “His companion!”
  • Holmes pulled a large sheet of tissue-paper out of his pocket and
  • carefully unfolded it upon his knee.
  • “What do you make of that?” he asked.
  • The paper was covered with the tracings of the footmarks of some
  • small animal. It had five well-marked footpads, an indication of
  • long nails, and the whole print might be nearly as large as a
  • dessert-spoon.
  • “It’s a dog,” said I.
  • “Did you ever hear of a dog running up a curtain? I found
  • distinct traces that this creature had done so.”
  • “A monkey, then?”
  • “But it is not the print of a monkey.”
  • “What can it be, then?”
  • “Neither dog nor cat nor monkey nor any creature that we are
  • familiar with. I have tried to reconstruct it from the
  • measurements. Here are four prints where the beast has been
  • standing motionless. You see that it is no less than fifteen
  • inches from fore-foot to hind. Add to that the length of neck and
  • head, and you get a creature not much less than two feet
  • long—probably more if there is any tail. But now observe this
  • other measurement. The animal has been moving, and we have the
  • length of its stride. In each case it is only about three inches.
  • You have an indication, you see, of a long body with very short
  • legs attached to it. It has not been considerate enough to leave
  • any of its hair behind it. But its general shape must be what I
  • have indicated, and it can run up a curtain, and it is
  • carnivorous.”
  • “How do you deduce that?”
  • “Because it ran up the curtain. A canary’s cage was hanging in
  • the window, and its aim seems to have been to get at the bird.”
  • “Then what was the beast?”
  • “Ah, if I could give it a name it might go a long way towards
  • solving the case. On the whole, it was probably some creature of
  • the weasel and stoat tribe—and yet it is larger than any of these
  • that I have seen.”
  • “But what had it to do with the crime?”
  • “That, also, is still obscure. But we have learned a good deal,
  • you perceive. We know that a man stood in the road looking at the
  • quarrel between the Barclays—the blinds were up and the room
  • lighted. We know, also, that he ran across the lawn, entered the
  • room, accompanied by a strange animal, and that he either struck
  • the Colonel or, as is equally possible, that the Colonel fell
  • down from sheer fright at the sight of him, and cut his head on
  • the corner of the fender. Finally, we have the curious fact that
  • the intruder carried away the key with him when he left.”
  • “Your discoveries seem to have left the business more obscure
  • that it was before,” said I.
  • “Quite so. They undoubtedly showed that the affair was much
  • deeper than was at first conjectured. I thought the matter over,
  • and I came to the conclusion that I must approach the case from
  • another aspect. But really, Watson, I am keeping you up, and I
  • might just as well tell you all this on our way to Aldershot
  • to-morrow.”
  • “Thank you, you have gone rather too far to stop.”
  • “It is quite certain that when Mrs. Barclay left the house at
  • half-past seven she was on good terms with her husband. She was
  • never, as I think I have said, ostentatiously affectionate, but
  • she was heard by the coachman chatting with the Colonel in a
  • friendly fashion. Now, it was equally certain that, immediately
  • on her return, she had gone to the room in which she was least
  • likely to see her husband, had flown to tea as an agitated woman
  • will, and finally, on his coming in to her, had broken into
  • violent recriminations. Therefore something had occurred between
  • seven-thirty and nine o’clock which had completely altered her
  • feelings towards him. But Miss Morrison had been with her during
  • the whole of that hour and a half. It was absolutely certain,
  • therefore, in spite of her denial, that she must know something
  • of the matter.
  • “My first conjecture was, that possibly there had been some
  • passages between this young lady and the old soldier, which the
  • former had now confessed to the wife. That would account for the
  • angry return, and also for the girl’s denial that anything had
  • occurred. Nor would it be entirely incompatible with most of the
  • words overheard. But there was the reference to David, and there
  • was the known affection of the Colonel for his wife, to weigh
  • against it, to say nothing of the tragic intrusion of this other
  • man, which might, of course, be entirely disconnected with what
  • had gone before. It was not easy to pick one’s steps, but, on the
  • whole, I was inclined to dismiss the idea that there had been
  • anything between the Colonel and Miss Morrison, but more than
  • ever convinced that the young lady held the clue as to what it
  • was which had turned Mrs. Barclay to hatred of her husband. I
  • took the obvious course, therefore, of calling upon Miss
  • Morrison, of explaining to her that I was perfectly certain that
  • she held the facts in her possession, and of assuring her that
  • her friend, Mrs. Barclay, might find herself in the dock upon a
  • capital charge unless the matter were cleared up.
  • “Miss Morrison is a little, ethereal slip of a girl, with timid
  • eyes and blonde hair, but I found her by no means wanting in
  • shrewdness and common sense. She sat thinking for some time after
  • I had spoken, and then, turning to me with a brisk air of
  • resolution, she broke into a remarkable statement which I will
  • condense for your benefit.
  • “‘I promised my friend that I would say nothing of the matter,
  • and a promise is a promise,’ said she; ‘but if I can really help
  • her when so serious a charge is laid against her, and when her
  • own mouth, poor darling, is closed by illness, then I think I am
  • absolved from my promise. I will tell you exactly what happened
  • upon Monday evening.
  • “‘We were returning from the Watt Street Mission about a quarter
  • to nine o’clock. On our way we had to pass through Hudson Street,
  • which is a very quiet thoroughfare. There is only one lamp in it,
  • upon the left-hand side, and as we approached this lamp I saw a
  • man coming towards us with his back very bent, and something like
  • a box slung over one of his shoulders. He appeared to be
  • deformed, for he carried his head low and walked with his knees
  • bent. We were passing him when he raised his face to look at us
  • in the circle of light thrown by the lamp, and as he did so he
  • stopped and screamed out in a dreadful voice, “My God, it’s
  • Nancy!” Mrs. Barclay turned as white as death, and would have
  • fallen down had the dreadful-looking creature not caught hold of
  • her. I was going to call for the police, but she, to my surprise,
  • spoke quite civilly to the fellow.
  • “‘“I thought you had been dead this thirty years, Henry,” said
  • she, in a shaking voice.
  • “‘“So I have,” said he, and it was awful to hear the tones that
  • he said it in. He had a very dark, fearsome face, and a gleam in
  • his eyes that comes back to me in my dreams. His hair and
  • whiskers were shot with grey, and his face was all crinkled and
  • puckered like a withered apple.
  • “‘“Just walk on a little way, dear,” said Mrs. Barclay; “I want
  • to have a word with this man. There is nothing to be afraid of.”
  • She tried to speak boldly, but she was still deadly pale and
  • could hardly get her words out for the trembling of her lips.
  • “‘I did as she asked me, and they talked together for a few
  • minutes. Then she came down the street with her eyes blazing, and
  • I saw the crippled wretch standing by the lamp-post and shaking
  • his clenched fists in the air as if he were mad with rage. She
  • never said a word until we were at the door here, when she took
  • me by the hand and begged me to tell no one what had happened.
  • “‘“It’s an old acquaintance of mine who has come down in the
  • world,” said she. When I promised her I would say nothing she
  • kissed me, and I have never seen her since. I have told you now
  • the whole truth, and if I withheld it from the police it is
  • because I did not realize then the danger in which my dear friend
  • stood. I know that it can only be to her advantage that
  • everything should be known.’
  • “There was her statement, Watson, and to me, as you can imagine,
  • it was like a light on a dark night. Everything which had been
  • disconnected before began at once to assume its true place, and I
  • had a shadowy presentiment of the whole sequence of events. My
  • next step obviously was to find the man who had produced such a
  • remarkable impression upon Mrs. Barclay. If he were still in
  • Aldershot it should not be a very difficult matter. There are not
  • such a very great number of civilians, and a deformed man was
  • sure to have attracted attention. I spent a day in the search,
  • and by evening—this very evening, Watson—I had run him down. The
  • man’s name is Henry Wood, and he lives in lodgings in this same
  • street in which the ladies met him. He has only been five days in
  • the place. In the character of a registration-agent I had a most
  • interesting gossip with his landlady. The man is by trade a
  • conjurer and performer, going round the canteens after nightfall,
  • and giving a little entertainment at each. He carries some
  • creature about with him in that box; about which the landlady
  • seemed to be in considerable trepidation, for she had never seen
  • an animal like it. He uses it in some of his tricks according to
  • her account. So much the woman was able to tell me, and also that
  • it was a wonder the man lived, seeing how twisted he was, and
  • that he spoke in a strange tongue sometimes, and that for the
  • last two nights she had heard him groaning and weeping in his
  • bedroom. He was all right, as far as money went, but in his
  • deposit he had given her what looked like a bad florin. She
  • showed it to me, Watson, and it was an Indian rupee.
  • “So now, my dear fellow, you see exactly how we stand and why it
  • is I want you. It is perfectly plain that after the ladies parted
  • from this man he followed them at a distance, that he saw the
  • quarrel between husband and wife through the window, that he
  • rushed in, and that the creature which he carried in his box got
  • loose. That is all very certain. But he is the only person in
  • this world who can tell us exactly what happened in that room.”
  • “And you intend to ask him?”
  • “Most certainly—but in the presence of a witness.”
  • “And I am the witness?”
  • “If you will be so good. If he can clear the matter up, well and
  • good. If he refuses, we have no alternative but to apply for a
  • warrant.”
  • “But how do you know he’ll be there when we return?”
  • “You may be sure that I took some precautions. I have one of my
  • Baker Street boys mounting guard over him who would stick to him
  • like a burr, go where he might. We shall find him in Hudson
  • Street to-morrow, Watson, and meanwhile I should be the criminal
  • myself if I kept you out of bed any longer.”
  • It was midday when we found ourselves at the scene of the
  • tragedy, and, under my companion’s guidance, we made our way at
  • once to Hudson Street. In spite of his capacity for concealing
  • his emotions, I could easily see that Holmes was in a state of
  • suppressed excitement, while I was myself tingling with that
  • half-sporting, half-intellectual pleasure which I invariably
  • experienced when I associated myself with him in his
  • investigations.
  • “This is the street,” said he, as we turned into a short
  • thoroughfare lined with plain two-storied brick houses. “Ah, here
  • is Simpson to report.”
  • “He’s in all right, Mr. Holmes,” cried a small street Arab,
  • running up to us.
  • “Good, Simpson!” said Holmes, patting him on the head. “Come
  • along, Watson. This is the house.” He sent in his card with a
  • message that he had come on important business, and a moment
  • later we were face to face with the man whom we had come to see.
  • In spite of the warm weather he was crouching over a fire, and
  • the little room was like an oven. The man sat all twisted and
  • huddled in his chair in a way which gave an indescribable
  • impression of deformity; but the face which he turned towards us,
  • though worn and swarthy, must at some time have been remarkable
  • for its beauty. He looked suspiciously at us now out of
  • yellow-shot, bilious eyes, and, without speaking or rising, he
  • waved towards two chairs.
  • “Mr. Henry Wood, late of India, I believe,” said Holmes, affably.
  • “I’ve come over this little matter of Colonel Barclay’s death.”
  • “What should I know about that?”
  • “That’s what I want to ascertain. You know, I suppose, that
  • unless the matter is cleared up, Mrs. Barclay, who is an old
  • friend of yours, will in all probability be tried for murder.”
  • The man gave a violent start.
  • “I don’t know who you are,” he cried, “nor how you come to know
  • what you do know, but will you swear that this is true that you
  • tell me?”
  • “Why, they are only waiting for her to come to her senses to
  • arrest her.”
  • “My God! Are you in the police yourself?”
  • “No.”
  • “What business is it of yours, then?”
  • “It’s every man’s business to see justice done.”
  • “You can take my word that she is innocent.”
  • “Then you are guilty.”
  • “No, I am not.”
  • “Who killed Colonel James Barclay, then?”
  • “It was a just providence that killed him. But, mind you this,
  • that if I had knocked his brains out, as it was in my heart to
  • do, he would have had no more than his due from my hands. If his
  • own guilty conscience had not struck him down it is likely enough
  • that I might have had his blood upon my soul. You want me to tell
  • the story. Well, I don’t know why I shouldn’t, for there’s no
  • cause for me to be ashamed of it.
  • “It was in this way, sir. You see me now with my back like a
  • camel and my ribs all awry, but there was a time when Corporal
  • Henry Wood was the smartest man in the 117th Foot. We were in
  • India then, in cantonments, at a place we’ll call Bhurtee.
  • Barclay, who died the other day, was sergeant in the same company
  • as myself, and the belle of the regiment, ay, and the finest girl
  • that ever had the breath of life between her lips, was Nancy
  • Devoy, the daughter of the colour-sergeant. There were two men
  • that loved her, and one that she loved, and you’ll smile when you
  • look at this poor thing huddled before the fire, and hear me say
  • that it was for my good looks that she loved me.
  • “Well, though I had her heart, her father was set upon her
  • marrying Barclay. I was a harum-scarum, reckless lad, and he had
  • had an education, and was already marked for the sword-belt. But
  • the girl held true to me, and it seemed that I would have had her
  • when the Mutiny broke out, and all hell was loose in the country.
  • “We were shut up in Bhurtee, the regiment of us with half a
  • battery of artillery, a company of Sikhs, and a lot of civilians
  • and women-folk. There were ten thousand rebels round us, and they
  • were as keen as a set of terriers round a rat-cage. About the
  • second week of it our water gave out, and it was a question
  • whether we could communicate with General Neill’s column, which
  • was moving up country. It was our only chance, for we could not
  • hope to fight our way out with all the women and children, so I
  • volunteered to go out and to warn General Neill of our danger. My
  • offer was accepted, and I talked it over with Sergeant Barclay,
  • who was supposed to know the ground better than any other man,
  • and who drew up a route by which I might get through the rebel
  • lines. At ten o’clock the same night I started off upon my
  • journey. There were a thousand lives to save, but it was of only
  • one that I was thinking when I dropped over the wall that night.
  • “My way ran down a dried-up watercourse, which we hoped would
  • screen me from the enemy’s sentries; but as I crept round the
  • corner of it I walked right into six of them, who were crouching
  • down in the dark waiting for me. In an instant I was stunned with
  • a blow and bound hand and foot. But the real blow was to my heart
  • and not to my head, for as I came to and listened to as much as I
  • could understand of their talk, I heard enough to tell me that my
  • comrade, the very man who had arranged the way that I was to
  • take, had betrayed me by means of a native servant into the hands
  • of the enemy.
  • “Well, there’s no need for me to dwell on that part of it. You
  • know now what James Barclay was capable of. Bhurtee was relieved
  • by Neill next day, but the rebels took me away with them in their
  • retreat, and it was many a long year before ever I saw a white
  • face again. I was tortured and tried to get away, and was
  • captured and tortured again. You can see for yourselves the state
  • in which I was left. Some of them that fled into Nepaul took me
  • with them, and then afterwards I was up past Darjeeling. The
  • hill-folk up there murdered the rebels who had me, and I became
  • their slave for a time until I escaped; but instead of going
  • south I had to go north, until I found myself among the Afghans.
  • There I wandered about for many a year, and at last came back to
  • the Punjab, where I lived mostly among the natives and picked up
  • a living by the conjuring tricks that I had learned. What use was
  • it for me, a wretched cripple, to go back to England or to make
  • myself known to my old comrades? Even my wish for revenge would
  • not make me do that. I had rather that Nancy and my old pals
  • should think of Harry Wood as having died with a straight back,
  • than see him living and crawling with a stick like a chimpanzee.
  • They never doubted that I was dead, and I meant that they never
  • should. I heard that Barclay had married Nancy, and that he was
  • rising rapidly in the regiment, but even that did not make me
  • speak.
  • “But when one gets old one has a longing for home. For years I’ve
  • been dreaming of the bright green fields and the hedges of
  • England. At last I determined to see them before I died. I saved
  • enough to bring me across, and then I came here where the
  • soldiers are, for I know their ways and how to amuse them and so
  • earn enough to keep me.”
  • “Your narrative is most interesting,” said Sherlock Holmes. “I
  • have already heard of your meeting with Mrs. Barclay, and your
  • mutual recognition. You then, as I understand, followed her home
  • and saw through the window an altercation between her husband and
  • her, in which she doubtless cast his conduct to you in his teeth.
  • Your own feelings overcame you, and you ran across the lawn and
  • broke in upon them.”
  • “I did, sir, and at the sight of me he looked as I have never
  • seen a man look before, and over he went with his head on the
  • fender. But he was dead before he fell. I read death on his face
  • as plain as I can read that text over the fire. The bare sight of
  • me was like a bullet through his guilty heart.”
  • “And then?”
  • “Then Nancy fainted, and I caught up the key of the door from her
  • hand, intending to unlock it and get help. But as I was doing it
  • it seemed to me better to leave it alone and get away, for the
  • thing might look black against me, and any way my secret would be
  • out if I were taken. In my haste I thrust the key into my pocket,
  • and dropped my stick while I was chasing Teddy, who had run up
  • the curtain. When I got him into his box, from which he had
  • slipped, I was off as fast as I could run.”
  • “Who’s Teddy?” asked Holmes.
  • The man leaned over and pulled up the front of a kind of hutch in
  • the corner. In an instant out there slipped a beautiful
  • reddish-brown creature, thin and lithe, with the legs of a stoat,
  • a long, thin nose, and a pair of the finest red eyes that ever I
  • saw in an animal’s head.
  • “It’s a mongoose,” I cried.
  • “Well, some call them that, and some call them ichneumon,” said
  • the man. “Snake-catcher is what I call them, and Teddy is amazing
  • quick on cobras. I have one here without the fangs, and Teddy
  • catches it every night to please the folk in the canteen.
  • “Any other point, sir?”
  • “Well, we may have to apply to you again if Mrs. Barclay should
  • prove to be in serious trouble.”
  • “In that case, of course, I’d come forward.”
  • “But if not, there is no object in raking up this scandal against
  • a dead man, foully as he has acted. You have at least the
  • satisfaction of knowing that for thirty years of his life his
  • conscience bitterly reproached him for this wicked deed. Ah,
  • there goes Major Murphy on the other side of the street. Good-by,
  • Wood. I want to learn if anything has happened since yesterday.”
  • We were in time to overtake the major before he reached the
  • corner.
  • “Ah, Holmes,” he said: “I suppose you have heard that all this
  • fuss has come to nothing?”
  • “What then?”
  • “The inquest is just over. The medical evidence showed
  • conclusively that death was due to apoplexy. You see it was quite
  • a simple case after all.”
  • “Oh, remarkably superficial,” said Holmes, smiling. “Come,
  • Watson, I don’t think we shall be wanted in Aldershot any more.”
  • “There’s one thing,” said I, as we walked down to the station.
  • “If the husband’s name was James, and the other was Henry, what
  • was this talk about David?”
  • “That one word, my dear Watson, should have told me the whole
  • story had I been the ideal reasoner which you are so fond of
  • depicting. It was evidently a term of reproach.”
  • “Of reproach?”
  • “Yes; David strayed a little occasionally, you know, and on one
  • occasion in the same direction as Sergeant James Barclay. You
  • remember the small affair of Uriah and Bathsheba? My biblical
  • knowledge is a trifle rusty, I fear, but you will find the story
  • in the first or second of Samuel.”
  • IX. The Resident Patient
  • In glancing over the somewhat incoherent series of memoirs with
  • which I have endeavoured to illustrate a few of the mental
  • peculiarities of my friend Mr. Sherlock Holmes, I have been
  • struck by the difficulty which I have experienced in picking out
  • examples which shall in every way answer my purpose. For in those
  • cases in which Holmes has performed some _tour-de-force_ of
  • analytical reasoning, and has demonstrated the value of his
  • peculiar methods of investigation, the facts themselves have
  • often been so slight or so commonplace that I could not feel
  • justified in laying them before the public. On the other hand, it
  • has frequently happened that he has been concerned in some
  • research where the facts have been of the most remarkable and
  • dramatic character, but where the share which he has himself
  • taken in determining their causes has been less pronounced than
  • I, as his biographer, could wish. The small matter which I have
  • chronicled under the heading of “A Study in Scarlet,” and that
  • other later one connected with the loss of the _Gloria Scott_,
  • may serve as examples of this Scylla and Charybdis which are
  • forever threatening the historian. It may be that in the business
  • of which I am now about to write the part which my friend played
  • is not sufficiently accentuated; and yet the whole train of
  • circumstances is so remarkable that I cannot bring myself to omit
  • it entirely from this series.
  • I cannot be sure of the exact date, for some of my memoranda upon
  • the matter have been mislaid, but it must have been towards the
  • end of the first year during which Holmes and I shared chambers
  • in Baker Street. It was boisterous October weather, and we had
  • both remained indoors all day, I because I feared with my shaken
  • health to face the keen autumn wind, while he was deep in some of
  • those abstruse chemical investigations which absorbed him utterly
  • as long as he was engaged upon them. Towards evening, however,
  • the breaking of a test-tube brought his research to a premature
  • ending, and he sprang up from his chair with an exclamation of
  • impatience and a clouded brow.
  • “A day’s work ruined, Watson,” said he, striding across to the
  • window. “Ha! the stars are out and the wind has fallen. What do
  • you say to a ramble through London?”
  • I was weary of our little sitting-room and gladly acquiesced. For
  • three hours we strolled about together, watching the
  • ever-changing kaleidoscope of life as it ebbs and flows through
  • Fleet Street and the Strand. Holmes had shaken off his temporary
  • ill-humour, and his characteristic talk, with its keen observance
  • of detail and subtle power of inference held me amused and
  • enthralled. It was ten o’clock before we reached Baker Street
  • again. A brougham was waiting at our door.
  • “Hum! A doctor’s—general practitioner, I perceive,” said Holmes.
  • “Not been long in practice, but has had a good deal to do. Come
  • to consult us, I fancy! Lucky we came back!”
  • I was sufficiently conversant with Holmes’s methods to be able to
  • follow his reasoning, and to see that the nature and state of the
  • various medical instruments in the wicker basket which hung in
  • the lamplight inside the brougham had given him the data for his
  • swift deduction. The light in our window above showed that this
  • late visit was indeed intended for us. With some curiosity as to
  • what could have sent a brother medico to us at such an hour, I
  • followed Holmes into our sanctum.
  • A pale, taper-faced man with sandy whiskers rose up from a chair
  • by the fire as we entered. His age may not have been more than
  • three or four and thirty, but his haggard expression and
  • unhealthy hue told of a life which has sapped his strength and
  • robbed him of his youth. His manner was nervous and shy, like
  • that of a sensitive gentleman, and the thin white hand which he
  • laid on the mantelpiece as he rose was that of an artist rather
  • than of a surgeon. His dress was quiet and sombre—a black
  • frock-coat, dark trousers, and a touch of colour about his
  • necktie.
  • “Good-evening, doctor,” said Holmes, cheerily. “I am glad to see
  • that you have only been waiting a very few minutes.”
  • “You spoke to my coachman, then?”
  • “No, it was the candle on the side-table that told me. Pray
  • resume your seat and let me know how I can serve you.”
  • “My name is Doctor Percy Trevelyan,” said our visitor, “and I
  • live at 403, Brook Street.”
  • “Are you not the author of a monograph upon obscure nervous
  • lesions?” I asked.
  • His pale cheeks flushed with pleasure at hearing that his work
  • was known to me.
  • “I so seldom hear of the work that I thought it was quite dead,”
  • said he. “My publishers gave me a most discouraging account of
  • its sale. You are yourself, I presume, a medical man?”
  • “A retired Army surgeon.”
  • “My own hobby has always been nervous disease. I should wish to
  • make it an absolute specialty, but, of course, a man must take
  • what he can get at first. This, however, is beside the question,
  • Mr. Sherlock Holmes, and I quite appreciate how valuable your
  • time is. The fact is that a very singular train of events has
  • occurred recently at my house in Brook Street, and to-night they
  • came to such a head that I felt it was quite impossible for me to
  • wait another hour before asking for your advice and assistance.”
  • Sherlock Holmes sat down and lit his pipe. “You are very welcome
  • to both,” said he. “Pray let me have a detailed account of what
  • the circumstances are which have disturbed you.”
  • “One or two of them are so trivial,” said Dr. Trevelyan, “that
  • really I am almost ashamed to mention them. But the matter is so
  • inexplicable, and the recent turn which it has taken is so
  • elaborate, that I shall lay it all before you, and you shall
  • judge what is essential and what is not.
  • “I am compelled, to begin with, to say something of my own
  • college career. I am a London University man, you know, and I am
  • sure that you will not think that I am unduly singing my own
  • praises if I say that my student career was considered by my
  • professors to be a very promising one. After I had graduated I
  • continued to devote myself to research, occupying a minor
  • position in King’s College Hospital, and I was fortunate enough
  • to excite considerable interest by my research into the pathology
  • of catalepsy, and finally to win the Bruce Pinkerton prize and
  • medal by the monograph on nervous lesions to which your friend
  • has just alluded. I should not go too far if I were to say that
  • there was a general impression at that time that a distinguished
  • career lay before me.
  • “But the one great stumbling-block lay in my want of capital. As
  • you will readily understand, a specialist who aims high is
  • compelled to start in one of a dozen streets in the Cavendish
  • Square quarter, all of which entail enormous rents and furnishing
  • expenses. Besides this preliminary outlay, he must be prepared to
  • keep himself for some years, and to hire a presentable carriage
  • and horse. To do this was quite beyond my power, and I could only
  • hope that by economy I might in ten years’ time save enough to
  • enable me to put up my plate. Suddenly, however, an unexpected
  • incident opened up quite a new prospect to me.
  • “This was a visit from a gentleman of the name of Blessington,
  • who was a complete stranger to me. He came up to my room one
  • morning, and plunged into business in an instant.
  • “‘You are the same Percy Trevelyan who has had so distinguished a
  • career and won a great prize lately?’ said he.
  • “I bowed.
  • “‘Answer me frankly,’ he continued, ‘for you will find it to your
  • interest to do so. You have all the cleverness which makes a
  • successful man. Have you the tact?’
  • “I could not help smiling at the abruptness of the question.
  • “‘I trust that I have my share,’ I said.
  • “‘Any bad habits? Not drawn towards drink, eh?’
  • “‘Really, sir!’ I cried.
  • “‘Quite right! That’s all right! But I was bound to ask. With all
  • these qualities, why are you not in practice?’
  • “I shrugged my shoulders.
  • “‘Come, come!’ said he, in his bustling way. ‘It’s the old story.
  • More in your brains than in your pocket, eh? What would you say
  • if I were to start you in Brook Street?’
  • “I stared at him in astonishment.
  • “‘Oh, it’s for my sake, not for yours,’ he cried. ‘I’ll be
  • perfectly frank with you, and if it suits you it will suit me
  • very well. I have a few thousands to invest, d’ye see, and I
  • think I’ll sink them in you.’
  • “‘But why?’ I gasped.
  • “‘Well, it’s just like any other speculation, and safer than
  • most.’
  • “‘What am I to do, then?’
  • “‘I’ll tell you. I’ll take the house, furnish it, pay the maids,
  • and run the whole place. All you have to do is just to wear out
  • your chair in the consulting-room. I’ll let you have pocket-money
  • and everything. Then you hand over to me three quarters of what
  • you earn, and you keep the other quarter for yourself.’
  • “This was the strange proposal, Mr. Holmes, with which the man
  • Blessington approached me. I won’t weary you with the account of
  • how we bargained and negotiated. It ended in my moving into the
  • house next Lady Day, and starting in practice on very much the
  • same conditions as he had suggested. He came himself to live with
  • me in the character of a resident patient. His heart was weak, it
  • appears, and he needed constant medical supervision. He turned
  • the two best rooms of the first floor into a sitting-room and
  • bedroom for himself. He was a man of singular habits, shunning
  • company and very seldom going out. His life was irregular, but in
  • one respect he was regularity itself. Every evening, at the same
  • hour, he walked into the consulting-room, examined the books, put
  • down five and three-pence for every guinea that I had earned, and
  • carried the rest off to the strong-box in his own room.
  • “I may say with confidence that he never had occasion to regret
  • his speculation. From the first it was a success. A few good
  • cases and the reputation which I had won in the hospital brought
  • me rapidly to the front, and during the last few years I have
  • made him a rich man.
  • “So much, Mr. Holmes, for my past history and my relations with
  • Mr. Blessington. It only remains for me now to tell you what has
  • occurred to bring me here to-night.
  • “Some weeks ago Mr. Blessington came down to me in, as it seemed
  • to me, a state of considerable agitation. He spoke of some
  • burglary which, he said, had been committed in the West End, and
  • he appeared, I remember, to be quite unnecessarily excited about
  • it, declaring that a day should not pass before we should add
  • stronger bolts to our windows and doors. For a week he continued
  • to be in a peculiar state of restlessness, peering continually
  • out of the windows, and ceasing to take the short walk which had
  • usually been the prelude to his dinner. From his manner it struck
  • me that he was in mortal dread of something or somebody, but when
  • I questioned him upon the point he became so offensive that I was
  • compelled to drop the subject. Gradually, as time passed, his
  • fears appeared to die away, and he had renewed his former habits,
  • when a fresh event reduced him to the pitiable state of
  • prostration in which he now lies.
  • “What happened was this. Two days ago I received the letter which
  • I now read to you. Neither address nor date is attached to it.
  • “‘A Russian nobleman who is now resident in England,’ it runs,
  • ‘would be glad to avail himself of the professional assistance of
  • Dr. Percy Trevelyan. He has been for some years a victim to
  • cataleptic attacks, on which, as is well known, Dr. Trevelyan is
  • an authority. He proposes to call at about quarter past six
  • to-morrow evening, if Dr. Trevelyan will make it convenient to be
  • at home.’
  • “This letter interested me deeply, because the chief difficulty
  • in the study of catalepsy is the rareness of the disease. You may
  • believe, then, that I was in my consulting-room when, at the
  • appointed hour, the page showed in the patient.
  • “He was an elderly man, thin, demure, and commonplace—by no means
  • the conception one forms of a Russian nobleman. I was much more
  • struck by the appearance of his companion. This was a tall young
  • man, surprisingly handsome, with a dark, fierce face, and the
  • limbs and chest of a Hercules. He had his hand under the other’s
  • arm as they entered, and helped him to a chair with a tenderness
  • which one would hardly have expected from his appearance.
  • “‘You will excuse my coming in, doctor,’ said he to me, speaking
  • English with a slight lisp. ‘This is my father, and his health is
  • a matter of the most overwhelming importance to me.’
  • “I was touched by this filial anxiety. ‘You would, perhaps, care
  • to remain during the consultation?’ said I.
  • “‘Not for the world,’ he cried with a gesture of horror. ‘It is
  • more painful to me than I can express. If I were to see my father
  • in one of these dreadful seizures I am convinced that I should
  • never survive it. My own nervous system is an exceptionally
  • sensitive one. With your permission, I will remain in the
  • waiting-room while you go into my father’s case.’
  • “To this, of course, I assented, and the young man withdrew. The
  • patient and I then plunged into a discussion of his case, of
  • which I took exhaustive notes. He was not remarkable for
  • intelligence, and his answers were frequently obscure, which I
  • attributed to his limited acquaintance with our language.
  • Suddenly, however, as I sat writing, he ceased to give any answer
  • at all to my inquiries, and on my turning towards him I was
  • shocked to see that he was sitting bolt upright in his chair,
  • staring at me with a perfectly blank and rigid face. He was again
  • in the grip of his mysterious malady.
  • “My first feeling, as I have just said, was one of pity and
  • horror. My second, I fear, was rather one of professional
  • satisfaction. I made notes of my patient’s pulse and temperature,
  • tested the rigidity of his muscles, and examined his reflexes.
  • There was nothing markedly abnormal in any of these conditions,
  • which harmonised with my former experiences. I had obtained good
  • results in such cases by the inhalation of nitrite of amyl, and
  • the present seemed an admirable opportunity of testing its
  • virtues. The bottle was downstairs in my laboratory, so leaving
  • my patient seated in his chair, I ran down to get it. There was
  • some little delay in finding it—five minutes, let us say—and then
  • I returned. Imagine my amazement to find the room empty and the
  • patient gone.
  • “Of course, my first act was to run into the waiting-room. The
  • son had gone also. The hall door had been closed, but not shut.
  • My page who admits patients is a new boy and by no means quick.
  • He waits downstairs, and runs up to show patients out when I ring
  • the consulting-room bell. He had heard nothing, and the affair
  • remained a complete mystery. Mr. Blessington came in from his
  • walk shortly afterwards, but I did not say anything to him upon
  • the subject, for, to tell the truth, I have got in the way of
  • late of holding as little communication with him as possible.
  • “Well, I never thought that I should see anything more of the
  • Russian and his son, so you can imagine my amazement when, at the
  • very same hour this evening, they both came marching into my
  • consulting-room, just as they had done before.
  • “‘I feel that I owe you a great many apologies for my abrupt
  • departure yesterday, doctor,’ said my patient.
  • “‘I confess that I was very much surprised at it,’ said I.
  • “‘Well, the fact is,’ he remarked, ‘that when I recover from
  • these attacks my mind is always very clouded as to all that has
  • gone before. I woke up in a strange room, as it seemed to me, and
  • made my way out into the street in a sort of dazed way when you
  • were absent.’
  • “‘And I,’ said the son, ‘seeing my father pass the door of the
  • waiting-room, naturally thought that the consultation had come to
  • an end. It was not until we had reached home that I began to
  • realize the true state of affairs.’
  • “‘Well,’ said I, laughing, ‘there is no harm done except that you
  • puzzled me terribly; so if you, sir, would kindly step into the
  • waiting-room I shall be happy to continue our consultation which
  • was brought to so abrupt an ending.’
  • “‘For half an hour or so I discussed that old gentleman’s
  • symptoms with him, and then, having prescribed for him, I saw him
  • go off upon the arm of his son.
  • “I have told you that Mr. Blessington generally chose this hour
  • of the day for his exercise. He came in shortly afterwards and
  • passed upstairs. An instant later I heard him running down, and
  • he burst into my consulting-room like a man who is mad with
  • panic.
  • “‘Who has been in my room?’ he cried.
  • “‘No one,’ said I.
  • “‘It’s a lie! He yelled. ‘Come up and look!’
  • “I passed over the grossness of his language, as he seemed half
  • out of his mind with fear. When I went upstairs with him he
  • pointed to several footprints upon the light carpet.
  • “‘D’you mean to say those are mine?’ he cried.
  • “They were certainly very much larger than any which he could
  • have made, and were evidently quite fresh. It rained hard this
  • afternoon, as you know, and my patients were the only people who
  • called. It must have been the case, then, that the man in the
  • waiting-room had, for some unknown reason, while I was busy with
  • the other, ascended to the room of my resident patient. Nothing
  • had been touched or taken, but there were the footprints to prove
  • that the intrusion was an undoubted fact.
  • “Mr. Blessington seemed more excited over the matter than I
  • should have thought possible, though of course it was enough to
  • disturb anybody’s peace of mind. He actually sat crying in an
  • armchair, and I could hardly get him to speak coherently. It was
  • his suggestion that I should come round to you, and of course I
  • at once saw the propriety of it, for certainly the incident is a
  • very singular one, though he appears to completely overrate its
  • importance. If you would only come back with me in my brougham,
  • you would at least be able to soothe him, though I can hardly
  • hope that you will be able to explain this remarkable
  • occurrence.”
  • Sherlock Holmes had listened to this long narrative with an
  • intentness which showed me that his interest was keenly aroused.
  • His face was as impassive as ever, but his lids had drooped more
  • heavily over his eyes, and his smoke had curled up more thickly
  • from his pipe to emphasize each curious episode in the doctor’s
  • tale. As our visitor concluded, Holmes sprang up without a word,
  • handed me my hat, picked his own from the table, and followed Dr.
  • Trevelyan to the door. Within a quarter of an hour we had been
  • dropped at the door of the physician’s residence in Brook Street,
  • one of those sombre, flat-faced houses which one associates with
  • a West-End practice. A small page admitted us, and we began at
  • once to ascend the broad, well-carpeted stair.
  • But a singular interruption brought us to a standstill. The light
  • at the top was suddenly whisked out, and from the darkness came a
  • reedy, quivering voice.
  • “I have a pistol,” it cried. “I give you my word that I’ll fire
  • if you come any nearer.”
  • “This really grows outrageous, Mr. Blessington,” cried Dr.
  • Trevelyan.
  • “Oh, then it is you, doctor,” said the voice, with a great heave
  • of relief. “But those other gentlemen, are they what they pretend
  • to be?”
  • We were conscious of a long scrutiny out of the darkness.
  • “Yes, yes, it’s all right,” said the voice at last. “You can come
  • up, and I am sorry if my precautions have annoyed you.”
  • He relit the stair gas as he spoke, and we saw before us a
  • singular-looking man, whose appearance, as well as his voice,
  • testified to his jangled nerves. He was very fat, but had
  • apparently at some time been much fatter, so that the skin hung
  • about his face in loose pouches, like the cheeks of a
  • blood-hound. He was of a sickly colour, and his thin, sandy hair
  • seemed to bristle up with the intensity of his emotion. In his
  • hand he held a pistol, but he thrust it into his pocket as we
  • advanced.
  • “Good-evening, Mr. Holmes,” said he. “I am sure I am very much
  • obliged to you for coming round. No one ever needed your advice
  • more than I do. I suppose that Dr. Trevelyan has told you of this
  • most unwarrantable intrusion into my rooms.”
  • “Quite so,” said Holmes. “Who are these two men Mr. Blessington,
  • and why do they wish to molest you?”
  • “Well, well,” said the resident patient, in a nervous fashion,
  • “of course it is hard to say that. You can hardly expect me to
  • answer that, Mr. Holmes.”
  • “Do you mean that you don’t know?”
  • “Come in here, if you please. Just have the kindness to step in
  • here.”
  • He led the way into his bedroom, which was large and comfortably
  • furnished.
  • “You see that,” said he, pointing to a big black box at the end
  • of his bed. “I have never been a very rich man, Mr. Holmes—never
  • made but one investment in my life, as Dr. Trevelyan would tell
  • you. But I don’t believe in bankers. I would never trust a
  • banker, Mr. Holmes. Between ourselves, what little I have is in
  • that box, so you can understand what it means to me when unknown
  • people force themselves into my rooms.”
  • Holmes looked at Blessington in his questioning way and shook his
  • head.
  • “I cannot possibly advise you if you try to deceive me,” said he.
  • “But I have told you everything.”
  • Holmes turned on his heel with a gesture of disgust. “Good-night,
  • Dr. Trevelyan,” said he.
  • “And no advice for me?” cried Blessington, in a breaking voice.
  • “My advice to you, sir, is to speak the truth.”
  • A minute later we were in the street and walking for home. We had
  • crossed Oxford Street and were half way down Harley Street before
  • I could get a word from my companion.
  • “Sorry to bring you out on such a fool’s errand, Watson,” he said
  • at last. “It is an interesting case, too, at the bottom of it.”
  • “I can make little of it,” I confessed.
  • “Well, it is quite evident that there are two men—more, perhaps,
  • but at least two—who are determined for some reason to get at
  • this fellow Blessington. I have no doubt in my mind that both on
  • the first and on the second occasion that young man penetrated to
  • Blessington’s room, while his confederate, by an ingenious
  • device, kept the doctor from interfering.”
  • “And the catalepsy?”
  • “A fraudulent imitation, Watson, though I should hardly dare to
  • hint as much to our specialist. It is a very easy complaint to
  • imitate. I have done it myself.”
  • “And then?”
  • “By the purest chance Blessington was out on each occasion. Their
  • reason for choosing so unusual an hour for a consultation was
  • obviously to insure that there should be no other patient in the
  • waiting-room. It just happened, however, that this hour coincided
  • with Blessington’s constitutional, which seems to show that they
  • were not very well acquainted with his daily routine. Of course,
  • if they had been merely after plunder they would at least have
  • made some attempt to search for it. Besides, I can read in a
  • man’s eye when it is his own skin that he is frightened for. It
  • is inconceivable that this fellow could have made two such
  • vindictive enemies as these appear to be without knowing of it. I
  • hold it, therefore, to be certain that he does know who these men
  • are, and that for reasons of his own he suppresses it. It is just
  • possible that to-morrow may find him in a more communicative
  • mood.”
  • “Is there not one alternative,” I suggested, “grotesquely
  • improbable, no doubt, but still just conceivable? Might the whole
  • story of the cataleptic Russian and his son be a concoction of
  • Dr. Trevelyan’s, who has, for his own purposes, been in
  • Blessington’s rooms?”
  • I saw in the gaslight that Holmes wore an amused smile at this
  • brilliant departure of mine.
  • “My dear fellow,” said he, “it was one of the first solutions
  • which occurred to me, but I was soon able to corroborate the
  • doctor’s tale. This young man has left prints upon the
  • stair-carpet which made it quite superfluous for me to ask to see
  • those which he had made in the room. When I tell you that his
  • shoes were square-toed instead of being pointed like
  • Blessington’s, and were quite an inch and a third longer than the
  • doctor’s, you will acknowledge that there can be no doubt as to
  • his individuality. But we may sleep on it now, for I shall be
  • surprised if we do not hear something further from Brook Street
  • in the morning.”
  • Sherlock Holmes’s prophecy was soon fulfilled, and in a dramatic
  • fashion. At half-past seven next morning, in the first glimmer of
  • daylight, I found him standing by my bedside in his
  • dressing-gown.
  • “There’s a brougham waiting for us, Watson,” said he.
  • “What’s the matter, then?”
  • “The Brook Street business.”
  • “Any fresh news?”
  • “Tragic, but ambiguous,” said he, pulling up the blind. “Look at
  • this—a sheet from a note-book, with ‘For God’s sake come at
  • once—P.T.,’ scrawled upon it in pencil. Our friend, the doctor,
  • was hard put to it when he wrote this. Come along, my dear
  • fellow, for it’s an urgent call.”
  • In a quarter of an hour or so we were back at the physician’s
  • house. He came running out to meet us with a face of horror.
  • “Oh, such a business!” he cried, with his hands to his temples.
  • “What then?”
  • “Blessington has committed suicide!”
  • Holmes whistled.
  • “Yes, he hanged himself during the night.”
  • We had entered, and the doctor had preceded us into what was
  • evidently his waiting-room.
  • “I really hardly know what I am doing,” he cried. “The police are
  • already upstairs. It has shaken me most dreadfully.”
  • “When did you find it out?”
  • “He has a cup of tea taken in to him early every morning. When
  • the maid entered, about seven, there the unfortunate fellow was
  • hanging in the middle of the room. He had tied his cord to the
  • hook on which the heavy lamp used to hang, and he had jumped off
  • from the top of the very box that he showed us yesterday.”
  • Holmes stood for a moment in deep thought.
  • “With your permission,” said he at last, “I should like to go
  • upstairs and look into the matter.”
  • We both ascended, followed by the doctor.
  • It was a dreadful sight which met us as we entered the bedroom
  • door. I have spoken of the impression of flabbiness which this
  • man Blessington conveyed. As he dangled from the hook it was
  • exaggerated and intensified until he was scarce human in his
  • appearance. The neck was drawn out like a plucked chicken’s,
  • making the rest of him seem the more obese and unnatural by the
  • contrast. He was clad only in his long night-dress, and his
  • swollen ankles and ungainly feet protruded starkly from beneath
  • it. Beside him stood a smart-looking police-inspector, who was
  • taking notes in a pocket-book.
  • “Ah, Mr. Holmes,” said he, heartily, as my friend entered, “I am
  • delighted to see you.”
  • “Good-morning, Lanner,” answered Holmes; “you won’t think me an
  • intruder, I am sure. Have you heard of the events which led up to
  • this affair?”
  • “Yes, I heard something of them.”
  • “Have you formed any opinion?”
  • “As far as I can see, the man has been driven out of his senses
  • by fright. The bed has been well slept in, you see. There’s his
  • impression deep enough. It’s about five in the morning, you know,
  • that suicides are most common. That would be about his time for
  • hanging himself. It seems to have been a very deliberate affair.”
  • “I should say that he has been dead about three hours, judging by
  • the rigidity of the muscles,” said I.
  • “Noticed anything peculiar about the room?” asked Holmes.
  • “Found a screw-driver and some screws on the wash-hand stand.
  • Seems to have smoked heavily during the night, too. Here are four
  • cigar-ends that I picked out of the fireplace.”
  • “Hum!” said Holmes, “have you got his cigar-holder?”
  • “No, I have seen none.”
  • “His cigar-case, then?”
  • “Yes, it was in his coat-pocket.”
  • Holmes opened it and smelled the single cigar which it contained.
  • “Oh, this is a Havana, and these others are cigars of the
  • peculiar sort which are imported by the Dutch from their East
  • Indian colonies. They are usually wrapped in straw, you know, and
  • are thinner for their length than any other brand.” He picked up
  • the four ends and examined them with his pocket-lens.
  • “Two of these have been smoked from a holder and two without,”
  • said he. “Two have been cut by a not very sharp knife, and two
  • have had the ends bitten off by a set of excellent teeth. This is
  • no suicide, Mr. Lanner. It is a very deeply planned and
  • cold-blooded murder.”
  • “Impossible!” cried the inspector.
  • “And why?”
  • “Why should any one murder a man in so clumsy a fashion as by
  • hanging him?”
  • “That is what we have to find out.”
  • “How could they get in?”
  • “Through the front door.”
  • “It was barred in the morning.”
  • “Then it was barred after them.”
  • “How do you know?”
  • “I saw their traces. Excuse me a moment, and I may be able to
  • give you some further information about it.”
  • He went over to the door, and turning the lock he examined it in
  • his methodical way. Then he took out the key, which was on the
  • inside, and inspected that also. The bed, the carpet, the chairs
  • the mantelpiece, the dead body, and the rope were each in turn
  • examined, until at last he professed himself satisfied, and with
  • my aid and that of the inspector cut down the wretched object and
  • laid it reverently under a sheet.
  • “How about this rope?” he asked.
  • “It is cut off this,” said Dr. Trevelyan, drawing a large coil
  • from under the bed. “He was morbidly nervous of fire, and always
  • kept this beside him, so that he might escape by the window in
  • case the stairs were burning.”
  • “That must have saved them trouble,” said Holmes, thoughtfully.
  • “Yes, the actual facts are very plain, and I shall be surprised
  • if by the afternoon I cannot give you the reasons for them as
  • well. I will take this photograph of Blessington, which I see
  • upon the mantelpiece, as it may help me in my inquiries.”
  • “But you have told us nothing!” cried the doctor.
  • “Oh, there can be no doubt as to the sequence of events,” said
  • Holmes. “There were three of them in it: the young man, the old
  • man, and a third, to whose identity I have no clue. The first
  • two, I need hardly remark, are the same who masqueraded as the
  • Russian count and his son, so we can give a very full description
  • of them. They were admitted by a confederate inside the house. If
  • I might offer you a word of advice, Inspector, it would be to
  • arrest the page, who, as I understand, has only recently come
  • into your service, Doctor.”
  • “The young imp cannot be found,” said Dr. Trevelyan; “the maid
  • and the cook have just been searching for him.”
  • Holmes shrugged his shoulders.
  • “He has played a not unimportant part in this drama,” said he.
  • “The three men having ascended the stairs, which they did on
  • tiptoe, the elder man first, the younger man second, and the
  • unknown man in the rear—”
  • “My dear Holmes!” I ejaculated.
  • “Oh, there could be no question as to the superimposing of the
  • footmarks. I had the advantage of learning which was which last
  • night. They ascended, then, to Mr. Blessington’s room, the door
  • of which they found to be locked. With the help of a wire,
  • however, they forced round the key. Even without the lens you
  • will perceive, by the scratches on this ward, where the pressure
  • was applied.
  • “On entering the room their first proceeding must have been to
  • gag Mr. Blessington. He may have been asleep, or he may have been
  • so paralyzed with terror as to have been unable to cry out. These
  • walls are thick, and it is conceivable that his shriek, if he had
  • time to utter one, was unheard.
  • “Having secured him, it is evident to me that a consultation of
  • some sort was held. Probably it was something in the nature of a
  • judicial proceeding. It must have lasted for some time, for it
  • was then that these cigars were smoked. The older man sat in that
  • wicker chair; it was he who used the cigar-holder. The younger
  • man sat over yonder; he knocked his ash off against the chest of
  • drawers. The third fellow paced up and down. Blessington, I
  • think, sat upright in the bed, but of that I cannot be absolutely
  • certain.
  • “Well, it ended by their taking Blessington and hanging him. The
  • matter was so prearranged that it is my belief that they brought
  • with them some sort of block or pulley which might serve as a
  • gallows. That screw-driver and those screws were, as I conceive,
  • for fixing it up. Seeing the hook, however they naturally saved
  • themselves the trouble. Having finished their work they made off,
  • and the door was barred behind them by their confederate.”
  • We had all listened with the deepest interest to this sketch of
  • the night’s doings, which Holmes had deduced from signs so subtle
  • and minute that, even when he had pointed them out to us, we
  • could scarcely follow him in his reasoning. The inspector hurried
  • away on the instant to make inquiries about the page, while
  • Holmes and I returned to Baker Street for breakfast.
  • “I’ll be back by three,” said he, when we had finished our meal.
  • “Both the inspector and the doctor will meet me here at that
  • hour, and I hope by that time to have cleared up any little
  • obscurity which the case may still present.”
  • Our visitors arrived at the appointed time, but it was a quarter
  • to four before my friend put in an appearance. From his
  • expression as he entered, however, I could see that all had gone
  • well with him.
  • “Any news, Inspector?”
  • “We have got the boy, sir.”
  • “Excellent, and I have got the men.”
  • “You have got them!” we cried, all three.
  • “Well, at least I have got their identity. This so-called
  • Blessington is, as I expected, well known at headquarters, and so
  • are his assailants. Their names are Biddle, Hayward, and Moffat.”
  • “The Worthingdon bank gang,” cried the inspector.
  • “Precisely,” said Holmes.
  • “Then Blessington must have been Sutton.”
  • “Exactly,” said Holmes.
  • “Why, that makes it as clear as crystal,” said the inspector.
  • But Trevelyan and I looked at each other in bewilderment.
  • “You must surely remember the great Worthingdon bank business,”
  • said Holmes. “Five men were in it—these four and a fifth called
  • Cartwright. Tobin, the caretaker, was murdered, and the thieves
  • got away with seven thousand pounds. This was in 1875. They were
  • all five arrested, but the evidence against them was by no means
  • conclusive. This Blessington or Sutton, who was the worst of the
  • gang, turned informer. On his evidence Cartwright was hanged and
  • the other three got fifteen years apiece. When they got out the
  • other day, which was some years before their full term, they set
  • themselves, as you perceive, to hunt down the traitor and to
  • avenge the death of their comrade upon him. Twice they tried to
  • get at him and failed; a third time, you see, it came off. Is
  • there anything further which I can explain, Dr. Trevelyan?”
  • “I think you have made it all remarkably clear,” said the doctor.
  • “No doubt the day on which he was perturbed was the day when he
  • had seen of their release in the newspapers.”
  • “Quite so. His talk about a burglary was the merest blind.”
  • “But why could he not tell you this?”
  • “Well, my dear sir, knowing the vindictive character of his old
  • associates, he was trying to hide his own identity from everybody
  • as long as he could. His secret was a shameful one, and he could
  • not bring himself to divulge it. However, wretch as he was, he
  • was still living under the shield of British law, and I have no
  • doubt, Inspector, that you will see that, though that shield may
  • fail to guard, the sword of justice is still there to avenge.”
  • Such were the singular circumstances in connection with the
  • Resident Patient and the Brook Street Doctor. From that night
  • nothing has been seen of the three murderers by the police, and
  • it is surmised at Scotland Yard that they were among the
  • passengers of the ill-fated steamer _Norah Creina_, which was
  • lost some years ago with all hands upon the Portuguese coast,
  • some leagues to the north of Oporto. The proceedings against the
  • page broke down for want of evidence, and the Brook Street
  • Mystery, as it was called, has never until now been fully dealt
  • with in any public print.
  • X. The Greek Interpreter
  • During my long and intimate acquaintance with Mr. Sherlock Holmes
  • I had never heard him refer to his relations, and hardly ever to
  • his own early life. This reticence upon his part had increased
  • the somewhat inhuman effect which he produced upon me, until
  • sometimes I found myself regarding him as an isolated phenomenon,
  • a brain without a heart, as deficient in human sympathy as he was
  • pre-eminent in intelligence. His aversion to women and his
  • disinclination to form new friendships were both typical of his
  • unemotional character, but not more so than his complete
  • suppression of every reference to his own people. I had come to
  • believe that he was an orphan with no relatives living, but one
  • day, to my very great surprise, he began to talk to me about his
  • brother.
  • It was after tea on a summer evening, and the conversation, which
  • had roamed in a desultory, spasmodic fashion from golf clubs to
  • the causes of the change in the obliquity of the ecliptic, came
  • round at last to the question of atavism and hereditary
  • aptitudes. The point under discussion was, how far any singular
  • gift in an individual was due to his ancestry and how far to his
  • own early training.
  • “In your own case,” said I, “from all that you have told me, it
  • seems obvious that your faculty of observation and your peculiar
  • facility for deduction are due to your own systematic training.”
  • “To some extent,” he answered, thoughtfully. “My ancestors were
  • country squires, who appear to have led much the same life as is
  • natural to their class. But, none the less, my turn that way is
  • in my veins, and may have come with my grandmother, who was the
  • sister of Vernet, the French artist. Art in the blood is liable
  • to take the strangest forms.”
  • “But how do you know that it is hereditary?”
  • “Because my brother Mycroft possesses it in a larger degree than
  • I do.”
  • This was news to me indeed. If there were another man with such
  • singular powers in England, how was it that neither police nor
  • public had heard of him? I put the question, with a hint that it
  • was my companion’s modesty which made him acknowledge his brother
  • as his superior. Holmes laughed at my suggestion.
  • “My dear Watson,” said he, “I cannot agree with those who rank
  • modesty among the virtues. To the logician all things should be
  • seen exactly as they are, and to underestimate one’s self is as
  • much a departure from truth as to exaggerate one’s own powers.
  • When I say, therefore, that Mycroft has better powers of
  • observation than I, you may take it that I am speaking the exact
  • and literal truth.”
  • “Is he your junior?”
  • “Seven years my senior.”
  • “How comes it that he is unknown?”
  • “Oh, he is very well known in his own circle.”
  • “Where, then?”
  • “Well, in the Diogenes Club, for example.”
  • I had never heard of the institution, and my face must have
  • proclaimed as much, for Sherlock Holmes pulled out his watch.
  • “The Diogenes Club is the queerest club in London, and Mycroft
  • one of the queerest men. He’s always there from quarter to five
  • to twenty to eight. It’s six now, so if you care for a stroll
  • this beautiful evening I shall be very happy to introduce you to
  • two curiosities.”
  • Five minutes later we were in the street, walking towards
  • Regent’s Circus.
  • “You wonder,” said my companion, “why it is that Mycroft does not
  • use his powers for detective work. He is incapable of it.”
  • “But I thought you said—”
  • “I said that he was my superior in observation and deduction. If
  • the art of the detective began and ended in reasoning from an
  • armchair, my brother would be the greatest criminal agent that
  • ever lived. But he has no ambition and no energy. He will not
  • even go out of his way to verify his own solutions, and would
  • rather be considered wrong than take the trouble to prove himself
  • right. Again and again I have taken a problem to him, and have
  • received an explanation which has afterwards proved to be the
  • correct one. And yet he was absolutely incapable of working out
  • the practical points which must be gone into before a case could
  • be laid before a judge or jury.”
  • “It is not his profession, then?”
  • “By no means. What is to me a means of livelihood is to him the
  • merest hobby of a dilettante. He has an extraordinary faculty for
  • figures, and audits the books in some of the government
  • departments. Mycroft lodges in Pall Mall, and he walks round the
  • corner into Whitehall every morning and back every evening. From
  • year’s end to year’s end he takes no other exercise, and is seen
  • nowhere else, except only in the Diogenes Club, which is just
  • opposite his rooms.”
  • “I cannot recall the name.”
  • “Very likely not. There are many men in London, you know, who,
  • some from shyness, some from misanthropy, have no wish for the
  • company of their fellows. Yet they are not averse to comfortable
  • chairs and the latest periodicals. It is for the convenience of
  • these that the Diogenes Club was started, and it now contains the
  • most unsociable and unclubable men in town. No member is
  • permitted to take the least notice of any other one. Save in the
  • Stranger’s Room, no talking is, under any circumstances, allowed,
  • and three offences, if brought to the notice of the committee,
  • render the talker liable to expulsion. My brother was one of the
  • founders, and I have myself found it a very soothing atmosphere.”
  • We had reached Pall Mall as we talked, and were walking down it
  • from the St. James’s end. Sherlock Holmes stopped at a door some
  • little distance from the Carlton, and, cautioning me not to
  • speak, he led the way into the hall. Through the glass paneling I
  • caught a glimpse of a large and luxurious room, in which a
  • considerable number of men were sitting about and reading papers,
  • each in his own little nook. Holmes showed me into a small
  • chamber which looked out into Pall Mall, and then, leaving me for
  • a minute, he came back with a companion whom I knew could only be
  • his brother.
  • Mycroft Holmes was a much larger and stouter man than Sherlock.
  • His body was absolutely corpulent, but his face, though massive,
  • had preserved something of the sharpness of expression which was
  • so remarkable in that of his brother. His eyes, which were of a
  • peculiarly light, watery grey, seemed to always retain that
  • far-away, introspective look which I had only observed in
  • Sherlock’s when he was exerting his full powers.
  • “I am glad to meet you, sir,” said he, putting out a broad, fat
  • hand like the flipper of a seal. “I hear of Sherlock everywhere
  • since you became his chronicler. By the way, Sherlock, I expected
  • to see you round last week, to consult me over that Manor House
  • case. I thought you might be a little out of your depth.”
  • “No, I solved it,” said my friend, smiling.
  • “It was Adams, of course.”
  • “Yes, it was Adams.”
  • “I was sure of it from the first.” The two sat down together in
  • the bow-window of the club. “To any one who wishes to study
  • mankind this is the spot,” said Mycroft. “Look at the magnificent
  • types! Look at these two men who are coming towards us, for
  • example.”
  • “The billiard-marker and the other?”
  • “Precisely. What do you make of the other?”
  • The two men had stopped opposite the window. Some chalk marks
  • over the waistcoat pocket were the only signs of billiards which
  • I could see in one of them. The other was a very small, dark
  • fellow, with his hat pushed back and several packages under his
  • arm.
  • “An old soldier, I perceive,” said Sherlock.
  • “And very recently discharged,” remarked the brother.
  • “Served in India, I see.”
  • “And a non-commissioned officer.”
  • “Royal Artillery, I fancy,” said Sherlock.
  • “And a widower.”
  • “But with a child.”
  • “Children, my dear boy, children.”
  • “Come,” said I, laughing, “this is a little too much.”
  • “Surely,” answered Holmes, “it is not hard to say that a man with
  • that bearing, expression of authority, and sunbaked skin, is a
  • soldier, is more than a private, and is not long from India.”
  • “That he has not left the service long is shown by his still
  • wearing his ammunition boots, as they are called,” observed
  • Mycroft.
  • “He had not the cavalry stride, yet he wore his hat on one side,
  • as is shown by the lighter skin of that side of his brow. His
  • weight is against his being a sapper. He is in the artillery.”
  • “Then, of course, his complete mourning shows that he has lost
  • some one very dear. The fact that he is doing his own shopping
  • looks as though it were his wife. He has been buying things for
  • children, you perceive. There is a rattle, which shows that one
  • of them is very young. The wife probably died in childbed. The
  • fact that he has a picture-book under his arm shows that there is
  • another child to be thought of.”
  • I began to understand what my friend meant when he said that his
  • brother possessed even keener faculties that he did himself. He
  • glanced across at me and smiled. Mycroft took snuff from a
  • tortoise-shell box, and brushed away the wandering grains from
  • his coat front with a large, red silk handkerchief.
  • “By the way, Sherlock,” said he, “I have had something quite
  • after your own heart—a most singular problem—submitted to my
  • judgment. I really had not the energy to follow it up save in a
  • very incomplete fashion, but it gave me a basis for some pleasing
  • speculation. If you would care to hear the facts—”
  • “My dear Mycroft, I should be delighted.”
  • The brother scribbled a note upon a leaf of his pocket-book, and,
  • ringing the bell, he handed it to the waiter.
  • “I have asked Mr. Melas to step across,” said he. “He lodges on
  • the floor above me, and I have some slight acquaintance with him,
  • which led him to come to me in his perplexity. Mr. Melas is a
  • Greek by extraction, as I understand, and he is a remarkable
  • linguist. He earns his living partly as interpreter in the law
  • courts and partly by acting as guide to any wealthy Orientals who
  • may visit the Northumberland Avenue hotels. I think I will leave
  • him to tell his very remarkable experience in his own fashion.”
  • A few minutes later we were joined by a short, stout man whose
  • olive face and coal-black hair proclaimed his Southern origin,
  • though his speech was that of an educated Englishman. He shook
  • hands eagerly with Sherlock Holmes, and his dark eyes sparkled
  • with pleasure when he understood that the specialist was anxious
  • to hear his story.
  • “I do not believe that the police credit me—on my word, I do
  • not,” said he in a wailing voice. “Just because they have never
  • heard of it before, they think that such a thing cannot be. But I
  • know that I shall never be easy in my mind until I know what has
  • become of my poor man with the sticking-plaster upon his face.”
  • “I am all attention,” said Sherlock Holmes.
  • “This is Wednesday evening,” said Mr. Melas. “Well then, it was
  • Monday night—only two days ago, you understand—that all this
  • happened. I am an interpreter, as perhaps my neighbour there has
  • told you. I interpret all languages—or nearly all—but as I am a
  • Greek by birth and with a Grecian name, it is with that
  • particular tongue that I am principally associated. For many
  • years I have been the chief Greek interpreter in London, and my
  • name is very well known in the hotels.
  • “It happens not unfrequently that I am sent for at strange hours
  • by foreigners who get into difficulties, or by travelers who
  • arrive late and wish my services. I was not surprised, therefore,
  • on Monday night when a Mr. Latimer, a very fashionably dressed
  • young man, came up to my rooms and asked me to accompany him in a
  • cab which was waiting at the door. A Greek friend had come to see
  • him upon business, he said, and as he could speak nothing but his
  • own tongue, the services of an interpreter were indispensable. He
  • gave me to understand that his house was some little distance
  • off, in Kensington, and he seemed to be in a great hurry,
  • bustling me rapidly into the cab when we had descended to the
  • street.
  • “I say into the cab, but I soon became doubtful as to whether it
  • was not a carriage in which I found myself. It was certainly more
  • roomy than the ordinary four-wheeled disgrace to London, and the
  • fittings, though frayed, were of rich quality. Mr. Latimer seated
  • himself opposite to me and we started off through Charing Cross
  • and up the Shaftesbury Avenue. We had come out upon Oxford Street
  • and I had ventured some remark as to this being a roundabout way
  • to Kensington, when my words were arrested by the extraordinary
  • conduct of my companion.
  • “He began by drawing a most formidable-looking bludgeon loaded
  • with lead from his pocket, and switching it backward and forward
  • several times, as if to test its weight and strength. Then he
  • placed it without a word upon the seat beside him. Having done
  • this, he drew up the windows on each side, and I found to my
  • astonishment that they were covered with paper so as to prevent
  • my seeing through them.
  • “‘I am sorry to cut off your view, Mr. Melas,’ said he. ‘The fact
  • is that I have no intention that you should see what the place is
  • to which we are driving. It might possibly be inconvenient to me
  • if you could find your way there again.’
  • “As you can imagine, I was utterly taken aback by such an
  • address. My companion was a powerful, broad-shouldered young
  • fellow, and, apart from the weapon, I should not have had the
  • slightest chance in a struggle with him.
  • “‘This is very extraordinary conduct, Mr. Latimer,’ I stammered.
  • ‘You must be aware that what you are doing is quite illegal.’
  • “‘It is somewhat of a liberty, no doubt,’ said he, ‘but we’ll
  • make it up to you. I must warn you, however, Mr. Melas, that if
  • at any time to-night you attempt to raise an alarm or do anything
  • which is against my interests, you will find it a very serious
  • thing. I beg you to remember that no one knows where you are, and
  • that, whether you are in this carriage or in my house, you are
  • equally in my power.’
  • “His words were quiet, but he had a rasping way of saying them
  • which was very menacing. I sat in silence wondering what on earth
  • could be his reason for kidnapping me in this extraordinary
  • fashion. Whatever it might be, it was perfectly clear that there
  • was no possible use in my resisting, and that I could only wait
  • to see what might befall.
  • “For nearly two hours we drove without my having the least clue
  • as to where we were going. Sometimes the rattle of the stones
  • told of a paved causeway, and at others our smooth, silent course
  • suggested asphalt; but, save by this variation in sound, there
  • was nothing at all which could in the remotest way help me to
  • form a guess as to where we were. The paper over each window was
  • impenetrable to light, and a blue curtain was drawn across the
  • glass work in front. It was a quarter-past seven when we left
  • Pall Mall, and my watch showed me that it was ten minutes to nine
  • when we at last came to a standstill. My companion let down the
  • window, and I caught a glimpse of a low, arched doorway with a
  • lamp burning above it. As I was hurried from the carriage it
  • swung open, and I found myself inside the house, with a vague
  • impression of a lawn and trees on each side of me as I entered.
  • Whether these were private grounds, however, or _bonâ-fide_
  • country was more than I could possibly venture to say.
  • “There was a coloured gas-lamp inside which was turned so low
  • that I could see little save that the hall was of some size and
  • hung with pictures. In the dim light I could make out that the
  • person who had opened the door was a small, mean-looking,
  • middle-aged man with rounded shoulders. As he turned towards us
  • the glint of the light showed me that he was wearing glasses.
  • “‘Is this Mr. Melas, Harold?’ said he.
  • “‘Yes.’
  • “‘Well done, well done! No ill-will, Mr. Melas, I hope, but we
  • could not get on without you. If you deal fair with us you’ll not
  • regret it, but if you try any tricks, God help you!’
  • He spoke in a nervous, jerky fashion, and with little giggling
  • laughs in between, but somehow he impressed me with fear more
  • than the other.
  • “‘What do you want with me?’ I asked.
  • “‘Only to ask a few questions of a Greek gentleman who is
  • visiting us, and to let us have the answers. But say no more than
  • you are told to say, or’—here came the nervous giggle again—‘you
  • had better never have been born.’
  • “As he spoke he opened a door and showed the way into a room
  • which appeared to be very richly furnished, but again the only
  • light was afforded by a single lamp half-turned down. The chamber
  • was certainly large, and the way in which my feet sank into the
  • carpet as I stepped across it told me of its richness. I caught
  • glimpses of velvet chairs, a high white marble mantel-piece, and
  • what seemed to be a suit of Japanese armour at one side of it.
  • There was a chair just under the lamp, and the elderly man
  • motioned that I should sit in it. The younger had left us, but he
  • suddenly returned through another door, leading with him a
  • gentleman clad in some sort of loose dressing-gown who moved
  • slowly towards us. As he came into the circle of dim light which
  • enables me to see him more clearly I was thrilled with horror at
  • his appearance. He was deadly pale and terribly emaciated, with
  • the protruding, brilliant eyes of a man whose spirit was greater
  • than his strength. But what shocked me more than any signs of
  • physical weakness was that his face was grotesquely criss-crossed
  • with sticking-plaster, and that one large pad of it was fastened
  • over his mouth.
  • “‘Have you the slate, Harold?’ cried the older man, as this
  • strange being fell rather than sat down into a chair. ‘Are his
  • hands loose? Now, then, give him the pencil. You are to ask the
  • questions, Mr. Melas, and he will write the answers. Ask him
  • first of all whether he is prepared to sign the papers?’
  • “The man’s eyes flashed fire.
  • “‘Never!’ he wrote in Greek upon the slate.
  • “‘On no condition?’ I asked, at the bidding of our tyrant.
  • “‘Only if I see her married in my presence by a Greek priest whom
  • I know.’
  • “The man giggled in his venomous way.
  • “‘You know what awaits you, then?’
  • “‘I care nothing for myself.’
  • “These are samples of the questions and answers which made up our
  • strange half-spoken, half-written conversation. Again and again I
  • had to ask him whether he would give in and sign the documents.
  • Again and again I had the same indignant reply. But soon a happy
  • thought came to me. I took to adding on little sentences of my
  • own to each question, innocent ones at first, to test whether
  • either of our companions knew anything of the matter, and then,
  • as I found that they showed no signs I played a more dangerous
  • game. Our conversation ran something like this:
  • “‘You can do no good by this obstinacy. _Who are you?_’
  • “‘I care not. _I am a stranger in London._’
  • “‘Your fate will be upon your own head. _How long have you been
  • here?_’
  • “‘Let it be so. _Three weeks._’
  • “‘The property can never be yours. _What ails you?_’
  • “‘It shall not go to villains. _They are starving me._’
  • “‘You shall go free if you sign. _What house is this?_’
  • “‘I will never sign. _I do not know._’
  • “‘You are not doing her any service. _What is your name?_’
  • “‘Let me hear her say so. _Kratides._’
  • “‘You shall see her if you sign. _Where are you from?_’
  • “‘Then I shall never see her. _Athens._’
  • “Another five minutes, Mr. Holmes, and I should have wormed out
  • the whole story under their very noses. My very next question
  • might have cleared the matter up, but at that instant the door
  • opened and a woman stepped into the room. I could not see her
  • clearly enough to know more than that she was tall and graceful,
  • with black hair, and clad in some sort of loose white gown.
  • “‘Harold,’ said she, speaking English with a broken accent. ‘I
  • could not stay away longer. It is so lonely up there with
  • only—Oh, my God, it is Paul!’
  • “These last words were in Greek, and at the same instant the man
  • with a convulsive effort tore the plaster from his lips, and
  • screaming out ‘Sophy! Sophy!’ rushed into the woman’s arms. Their
  • embrace was but for an instant, however, for the younger man
  • seized the woman and pushed her out of the room, while the elder
  • easily overpowered his emaciated victim, and dragged him away
  • through the other door. For a moment I was left alone in the
  • room, and I sprang to my feet with some vague idea that I might
  • in some way get a clue to what this house was in which I found
  • myself. Fortunately, however, I took no steps, for looking up I
  • saw that the older man was standing in the doorway with his eyes
  • fixed upon me.
  • “‘That will do, Mr. Melas,’ said he. ‘You perceive that we have
  • taken you into our confidence over some very private business. We
  • should not have troubled you, only that our friend who speaks
  • Greek and who began these negotiations has been forced to return
  • to the East. It was quite necessary for us to find some one to
  • take his place, and we were fortunate in hearing of your powers.’
  • “I bowed.
  • “‘There are five sovereigns here,’ said he, walking up to me,
  • ‘which will, I hope, be a sufficient fee. But remember,’ he
  • added, tapping me lightly on the chest and giggling, ‘if you
  • speak to a human soul about this—one human soul, mind—well, may
  • God have mercy upon your soul!”
  • “I cannot tell you the loathing and horror with which this
  • insignificant-looking man inspired me. I could see him better now
  • as the lamp-light shone upon him. His features were peaky and
  • sallow, and his little pointed beard was thready and
  • ill-nourished. He pushed his face forward as he spoke and his
  • lips and eyelids were continually twitching like a man with St.
  • Vitus’s dance. I could not help thinking that his strange, catchy
  • little laugh was also a symptom of some nervous malady. The
  • terror of his face lay in his eyes, however, steel grey, and
  • glistening coldly with a malignant, inexorable cruelty in their
  • depths.
  • “‘We shall know if you speak of this,’ said he. ‘We have our own
  • means of information. Now you will find the carriage waiting, and
  • my friend will see you on your way.’
  • “I was hurried through the hall and into the vehicle, again
  • obtaining that momentary glimpse of trees and a garden. Mr.
  • Latimer followed closely at my heels, and took his place opposite
  • to me without a word. In silence we again drove for an
  • interminable distance with the windows raised, until at last,
  • just after midnight, the carriage pulled up.
  • “‘You will get down here, Mr. Melas,’ said my companion. ‘I am
  • sorry to leave you so far from your house, but there is no
  • alternative. Any attempt upon your part to follow the carriage
  • can only end in injury to yourself.’
  • “He opened the door as he spoke, and I had hardly time to spring
  • out when the coachman lashed the horse and the carriage rattled
  • away. I looked around me in astonishment. I was on some sort of a
  • heathy common mottled over with dark clumps of furze-bushes. Far
  • away stretched a line of houses, with a light here and there in
  • the upper windows. On the other side I saw the red signal-lamps
  • of a railway.
  • “The carriage which had brought me was already out of sight. I
  • stood gazing round and wondering where on earth I might be, when
  • I saw some one coming towards me in the darkness. As he came up
  • to me I made out that he was a railway porter.
  • “‘Can you tell me what place this is?’ I asked.
  • “‘Wandsworth Common,’ said he.
  • “‘Can I get a train into town?’
  • “‘If you walk on a mile or so to Clapham Junction,’ said he,
  • ‘you’ll just be in time for the last to Victoria.’
  • “So that was the end of my adventure, Mr. Holmes. I do not know
  • where I was, nor whom I spoke with, nor anything save what I have
  • told you. But I know that there is foul play going on, and I want
  • to help that unhappy man if I can. I told the whole story to Mr.
  • Mycroft Holmes next morning, and subsequently to the police.”
  • We all sat in silence for some little time after listening to
  • this extraordinary narrative. Then Sherlock looked across at his
  • brother.
  • “Any steps?” he asked.
  • Mycroft picked up the _Daily News_, which was lying on the
  • side-table.
  • “‘Anybody supplying any information to the whereabouts of a Greek
  • gentleman named Paul Kratides, from Athens, who is unable to
  • speak English, will be rewarded. A similar reward paid to any one
  • giving information about a Greek lady whose first name is Sophy.
  • X 2473.’ That was in all the dailies. No answer.”
  • “How about the Greek Legation?”
  • “I have inquired. They know nothing.”
  • “A wire to the head of the Athens police, then?”
  • “Sherlock has all the energy of the family,” said Mycroft,
  • turning to me. “Well, you take the case up by all means, and let
  • me know if you do any good.”
  • “Certainly,” answered my friend, rising from his chair. “I’ll let
  • you know, and Mr. Melas also. In the meantime, Mr. Melas, I
  • should certainly be on my guard, if I were you, for of course
  • they must know through these advertisements that you have
  • betrayed them.”
  • As we walked home together, Holmes stopped at a telegraph office
  • and sent off several wires.
  • “You see, Watson,” he remarked, “our evening has been by no means
  • wasted. Some of my most interesting cases have come to me in this
  • way through Mycroft. The problem which we have just listened to,
  • although it can admit of but one explanation, has still some
  • distinguishing features.”
  • “You have hopes of solving it?”
  • “Well, knowing as much as we do, it will be singular indeed if we
  • fail to discover the rest. You must yourself have formed some
  • theory which will explain the facts to which we have listened.”
  • “In a vague way, yes.”
  • “What was your idea, then?”
  • “It seemed to me to be obvious that this Greek girl had been
  • carried off by the young Englishman named Harold Latimer.”
  • “Carried off from where?”
  • “Athens, perhaps.”
  • Sherlock Holmes shook his head. “This young man could not talk a
  • word of Greek. The lady could talk English fairly well.
  • Inference, that she had been in England some little time, but he
  • had not been in Greece.”
  • “Well, then, we will presume that she had come on a visit to
  • England, and that this Harold had persuaded her to fly with him.”
  • “That is more probable.”
  • “Then the brother—for that, I fancy, must be the
  • relationship—comes over from Greece to interfere. He imprudently
  • puts himself into the power of the young man and his older
  • associate. They seize him and use violence towards him in order
  • to make him sign some papers to make over the girl’s fortune—of
  • which he may be trustee—to them. This he refuses to do. In order
  • to negotiate with him they have to get an interpreter, and they
  • pitch upon this Mr. Melas, having used some other one before. The
  • girl is not told of the arrival of her brother, and finds it out
  • by the merest accident.”
  • “Excellent, Watson!” cried Holmes. “I really fancy that you are
  • not far from the truth. You see that we hold all the cards, and
  • we have only to fear some sudden act of violence on their part.
  • If they give us time we must have them.”
  • “But how can we find where this house lies?”
  • “Well, if our conjecture is correct and the girl’s name is or was
  • Sophy Kratides, we should have no difficulty in tracing her. That
  • must be our main hope, for the brother is, of course, a complete
  • stranger. It is clear that some time has elapsed since this
  • Harold established these relations with the girl—some weeks, at
  • any rate—since the brother in Greece has had time to hear of it
  • and come across. If they have been living in the same place
  • during this time, it is probable that we shall have some answer
  • to Mycroft’s advertisement.”
  • We had reached our house in Baker Street while we had been
  • talking. Holmes ascended the stair first, and as he opened the
  • door of our room he gave a start of surprise. Looking over his
  • shoulder, I was equally astonished. His brother Mycroft was
  • sitting smoking in the armchair.
  • “Come in, Sherlock! Come in, sir,” said he blandly, smiling at
  • our surprised faces. “You don’t expect such energy from me, do
  • you, Sherlock? But somehow this case attracts me.”
  • “How did you get here?”
  • “I passed you in a hansom.”
  • “There has been some new development?”
  • “I had an answer to my advertisement.”
  • “Ah!”
  • “Yes, it came within a few minutes of your leaving.”
  • “And to what effect?”
  • Mycroft Holmes took out a sheet of paper.
  • “Here it is,” said he, “written with a J pen on royal cream paper
  • by a middle-aged man with a weak constitution. ‘Sir,’ he says,
  • ‘in answer to your advertisement of to-day’s date, I beg to
  • inform you that I know the young lady in question very well. If
  • you should care to call upon me I could give you some particulars
  • as to her painful history. She is living at present at The
  • Myrtles, Beckenham. Yours faithfully, J. Davenport.’
  • “He writes from Lower Brixton,” said Mycroft Holmes. “Do you not
  • think that we might drive to him now, Sherlock, and learn these
  • particulars?”
  • “My dear Mycroft, the brother’s life is more valuable than the
  • sister’s story. I think we should call at Scotland Yard for
  • Inspector Gregson, and go straight out to Beckenham. We know that
  • a man is being done to death, and every hour may be vital.”
  • “Better pick up Mr. Melas on our way,” I suggested. “We may need
  • an interpreter.”
  • “Excellent,” said Sherlock Holmes. “Send the boy for a
  • four-wheeler, and we shall be off at once.” He opened the
  • table-drawer as he spoke, and I noticed that he slipped his
  • revolver into his pocket. “Yes,” said he, in answer to my glance;
  • “I should say from what we have heard, that we are dealing with a
  • particularly dangerous gang.”
  • It was almost dark before we found ourselves in Pall Mall, at the
  • rooms of Mr. Melas. A gentleman had just called for him, and he
  • was gone.
  • “Can you tell me where?” asked Mycroft Holmes.
  • “I don’t know, sir,” answered the woman who had opened the door;
  • “I only know that he drove away with the gentleman in a
  • carriage.”
  • “Did the gentleman give a name?”
  • “No, sir.”
  • “He wasn’t a tall, handsome, dark young man?”
  • “Oh, no, sir. He was a little gentleman, with glasses, thin in
  • the face, but very pleasant in his ways, for he was laughing all
  • the time that he was talking.”
  • “Come along!” cried Sherlock Holmes, abruptly. “This grows
  • serious,” he observed, as we drove to Scotland Yard. “These men
  • have got hold of Melas again. He is a man of no physical courage,
  • as they are well aware from their experience the other night.
  • This villain was able to terrorise him the instant that he got
  • into his presence. No doubt they want his professional services,
  • but, having used him, they may be inclined to punish him for what
  • they will regard as his treachery.”
  • Our hope was that, by taking train, we might get to Beckenham as
  • soon or sooner than the carriage. On reaching Scotland Yard,
  • however, it was more than an hour before we could get Inspector
  • Gregson and comply with the legal formalities which would enable
  • us to enter the house. It was a quarter to ten before we reached
  • London Bridge, and half past before the four of us alighted on
  • the Beckenham platform. A drive of half a mile brought us to The
  • Myrtles—a large, dark house standing back from the road in its
  • own grounds. Here we dismissed our cab, and made our way up the
  • drive together.
  • “The windows are all dark,” remarked the inspector. “The house
  • seems deserted.”
  • “Our birds are flown and the nest empty,” said Holmes.
  • “Why do you say so?”
  • “A carriage heavily loaded with luggage has passed out during the
  • last hour.”
  • The inspector laughed. “I saw the wheel-tracks in the light of
  • the gate-lamp, but where does the luggage come in?”
  • “You may have observed the same wheel-tracks going the other way.
  • But the outward-bound ones were very much deeper—so much so that
  • we can say for a certainty that there was a very considerable
  • weight on the carriage.”
  • “You get a trifle beyond me there,” said the inspector, shrugging
  • his shoulder. “It will not be an easy door to force, but we will
  • try if we cannot make some one hear us.”
  • He hammered loudly at the knocker and pulled at the bell, but
  • without any success. Holmes had slipped away, but he came back in
  • a few minutes.
  • “I have a window open,” said he.
  • “It is a mercy that you are on the side of the force, and not
  • against it, Mr. Holmes,” remarked the inspector, as he noted the
  • clever way in which my friend had forced back the catch. “Well, I
  • think that under the circumstances we may enter without an
  • invitation.”
  • One after the other we made our way into a large apartment, which
  • was evidently that in which Mr. Melas had found himself. The
  • inspector had lit his lantern, and by its light we could see the
  • two doors, the curtain, the lamp, and the suit of Japanese mail
  • as he had described them. On the table lay two glasses, and empty
  • brandy-bottle, and the remains of a meal.
  • “What is that?” asked Holmes, suddenly.
  • We all stood still and listened. A low moaning sound was coming
  • from somewhere over our heads. Holmes rushed to the door and out
  • into the hall. The dismal noise came from upstairs. He dashed up,
  • the inspector and I at his heels, while his brother Mycroft
  • followed as quickly as his great bulk would permit.
  • Three doors faced up upon the second floor, and it was from the
  • central of these that the sinister sounds were issuing, sinking
  • sometimes into a dull mumble and rising again into a shrill
  • whine. It was locked, but the key had been left on the outside.
  • Holmes flung open the door and rushed in, but he was out again in
  • an instant, with his hand to his throat.
  • “It’s charcoal,” he cried. “Give it time. It will clear.”
  • Peering in, we could see that the only light in the room came
  • from a dull blue flame which flickered from a small brass tripod
  • in the centre. It threw a livid, unnatural circle upon the floor,
  • while in the shadows beyond we saw the vague loom of two figures
  • which crouched against the wall. From the open door there reeked
  • a horrible poisonous exhalation which set us gasping and
  • coughing. Holmes rushed to the top of the stairs to draw in the
  • fresh air, and then, dashing into the room, he threw up the
  • window and hurled the brazen tripod out into the garden.
  • “We can enter in a minute,” he gasped, darting out again. “Where
  • is a candle? I doubt if we could strike a match in that
  • atmosphere. Hold the light at the door and we shall get them out,
  • Mycroft, now!”
  • With a rush we got to the poisoned men and dragged them out into
  • the well-lit hall. Both of them were blue-lipped and insensible,
  • with swollen, congested faces and protruding eyes. Indeed, so
  • distorted were their features that, save for his black beard and
  • stout figure, we might have failed to recognise in one of them
  • the Greek interpreter who had parted from us only a few hours
  • before at the Diogenes Club. His hands and feet were securely
  • strapped together, and he bore over one eye the marks of a
  • violent blow. The other, who was secured in a similar fashion,
  • was a tall man in the last stage of emaciation, with several
  • strips of sticking-plaster arranged in a grotesque pattern over
  • his face. He had ceased to moan as we laid him down, and a glance
  • showed me that for him at least our aid had come too late. Mr.
  • Melas, however, still lived, and in less than an hour, with the
  • aid of ammonia and brandy I had the satisfaction of seeing him
  • open his eyes, and of knowing that my hand had drawn him back
  • from that dark valley in which all paths meet.
  • It was a simple story which he had to tell, and one which did but
  • confirm our own deductions. His visitor, on entering his rooms,
  • had drawn a life-preserver from his sleeve, and had so impressed
  • him with the fear of instant and inevitable death that he had
  • kidnapped him for the second time. Indeed, it was almost
  • mesmeric, the effect which this giggling ruffian had produced
  • upon the unfortunate linguist, for he could not speak of him save
  • with trembling hands and a blanched cheek. He had been taken
  • swiftly to Beckenham, and had acted as interpreter in a second
  • interview, even more dramatic than the first, in which the two
  • Englishmen had menaced their prisoner with instant death if he
  • did not comply with their demands. Finally, finding him proof
  • against every threat, they had hurled him back into his prison,
  • and after reproaching Melas with his treachery, which appeared
  • from the newspaper advertisement, they had stunned him with a
  • blow from a stick, and he remembered nothing more until he found
  • us bending over him.
  • And this was the singular case of the Grecian Interpreter, the
  • explanation of which is still involved in some mystery. We were
  • able to find out, by communicating with the gentleman who had
  • answered the advertisement, that the unfortunate young lady came
  • of a wealthy Grecian family, and that she had been on a visit to
  • some friends in England. While there she had met a young man
  • named Harold Latimer, who had acquired an ascendancy over her and
  • had eventually persuaded her to fly with him. Her friends,
  • shocked at the event, had contented themselves with informing her
  • brother at Athens, and had then washed their hands of the matter.
  • The brother, on his arrival in England, had imprudently placed
  • himself in the power of Latimer and of his associate, whose name
  • was Wilson Kemp—a man of the foulest antecedents. These two,
  • finding that through his ignorance of the language he was
  • helpless in their hands, had kept him a prisoner, and had
  • endeavoured by cruelty and starvation to make him sign away his
  • own and his sister’s property. They had kept him in the house
  • without the girl’s knowledge, and the plaster over the face had
  • been for the purpose of making recognition difficult in case she
  • should ever catch a glimpse of him. Her feminine perception,
  • however, had instantly seen through the disguise when, on the
  • occasion of the interpreter’s visit, she had seen him for the
  • first time. The poor girl, however, was herself a prisoner, for
  • there was no one about the house except the man who acted as
  • coachman, and his wife, both of whom were tools of the
  • conspirators. Finding that their secret was out, and that their
  • prisoner was not to be coerced, the two villains with the girl
  • had fled away at a few hours’ notice from the furnished house
  • which they had hired, having first, as they thought, taken
  • vengeance both upon the man who had defied and the one who had
  • betrayed them.
  • Months afterwards a curious newspaper cutting reached us from
  • Buda-Pesth. It told how two Englishmen who had been traveling
  • with a woman had met with a tragic end. They had each been
  • stabbed, it seems, and the Hungarian police were of opinion that
  • they had quarreled and had inflicted mortal injuries upon each
  • other. Holmes, however, is, I fancy, of a different way of
  • thinking, and holds to this day that, if one could find the
  • Grecian girl, one might learn how the wrongs of herself and her
  • brother came to be avenged.
  • XI. The Naval Treaty
  • The July which immediately succeeded my marriage was made
  • memorable by three cases of interest, in which I had the
  • privilege of being associated with Sherlock Holmes and of
  • studying his methods. I find them recorded in my notes under the
  • headings of “The Adventure of the Second Stain,” “The Adventure
  • of the Naval Treaty,” and “The Adventure of the Tired Captain.”
  • The first of these, however, deals with interest of such
  • importance and implicates so many of the first families in the
  • kingdom that for many years it will be impossible to make it
  • public. No case, however, in which Holmes was engaged has ever
  • illustrated the value of his analytical methods so clearly or has
  • impressed those who were associated with him so deeply. I still
  • retain an almost verbatim report of the interview in which he
  • demonstrated the true facts of the case to Monsieur Dubuque of
  • the Paris police, and Fritz von Waldbaum, the well-known
  • specialist of Dantzig, both of whom had wasted their energies
  • upon what proved to be side-issues. The new century will have
  • come, however, before the story can be safely told. Meanwhile I
  • pass on to the second on my list, which promised also at one time
  • to be of national importance, and was marked by several incidents
  • which give it a quite unique character.
  • During my school-days I had been intimately associated with a lad
  • named Percy Phelps, who was of much the same age as myself,
  • though he was two classes ahead of me. He was a very brilliant
  • boy, and carried away every prize which the school had to offer,
  • finished his exploits by winning a scholarship which sent him on
  • to continue his triumphant career at Cambridge. He was, I
  • remember, extremely well connected, and even when we were all
  • little boys together we knew that his mother’s brother was Lord
  • Holdhurst, the great conservative politician. This gaudy
  • relationship did him little good at school. On the contrary, it
  • seemed rather a piquant thing to us to chevy him about the
  • playground and hit him over the shins with a wicket. But it was
  • another thing when he came out into the world. I heard vaguely
  • that his abilities and the influences which he commanded had won
  • him a good position at the Foreign Office, and then he passed
  • completely out of my mind until the following letter recalled his
  • existence:
  • Briarbrae, Woking.
  • My dear Watson,—I have no doubt that you can remember
  • “Tadpole” Phelps, who was in the fifth form when you were in
  • the third. It is possible even that you may have heard that
  • through my uncle’s influence I obtained a good appointment at
  • the Foreign Office, and that I was in a situation of trust
  • and honour until a horrible misfortune came suddenly to blast
  • my career.
  • There is no use writing of the details of that dreadful
  • event. In the event of your acceding to my request it is
  • probable that I shall have to narrate them to you. I have
  • only just recovered from nine weeks of brain-fever, and am
  • still exceedingly weak. Do you think that you could bring
  • your friend Mr. Holmes down to see me? I should like to have
  • his opinion of the case, though the authorities assure me
  • that nothing more can be done. Do try to bring him down, and
  • as soon as possible. Every minute seems an hour while I live
  • in this state of horrible suspense. Assure him that if I have
  • not asked his advice sooner it was not because I did not
  • appreciate his talents, but because I have been off my head
  • ever since the blow fell. Now I am clear again, though I dare
  • not think of it too much for fear of a relapse. I am still so
  • weak that I have to write, as you see, by dictating. Do try
  • to bring him.
  • Your old schoolfellow,
  • Percy Phelps.
  • There was something that touched me as I read this letter,
  • something pitiable in the reiterated appeals to bring Holmes. So
  • moved was I that even had it been a difficult matter I should
  • have tried it, but of course I knew well that Holmes loved his
  • art, so that he was ever as ready to bring his aid as his client
  • could be to receive it. My wife agreed with me that not a moment
  • should be lost in laying the matter before him, and so within an
  • hour of breakfast-time I found myself back once more in the old
  • rooms in Baker Street.
  • Holmes was seated at his side-table clad in his dressing-gown,
  • and working hard over a chemical investigation. A large curved
  • retort was boiling furiously in the bluish flame of a Bunsen
  • burner, and the distilled drops were condensing into a two-litre
  • measure. My friend hardly glanced up as I entered, and I, seeing
  • that his investigation must be of importance, seated myself in an
  • armchair and waited. He dipped into this bottle or that, drawing
  • out a few drops of each with his glass pipette, and finally
  • brought a test-tube containing a solution over to the table. In
  • his right hand he held a slip of litmus-paper.
  • “You come at a crisis, Watson,” said he. “If this paper remains
  • blue, all is well. If it turns red, it means a man’s life.” He
  • dipped it into the test-tube and it flushed at once into a dull,
  • dirty crimson. “Hum! I thought as much!” he cried. “I will be at
  • your service in an instant, Watson. You will find tobacco in the
  • Persian slipper.” He turned to his desk and scribbled off several
  • telegrams, which were handed over to the page-boy. Then he threw
  • himself down into the chair opposite, and drew up his knees until
  • his fingers clasped round his long, thin shins.
  • “A very commonplace little murder,” said he. “You’ve got
  • something better, I fancy. You are the stormy petrel of crime,
  • Watson. What is it?”
  • I handed him the letter, which he read with the most concentrated
  • attention.
  • “It does not tell us very much, does it?” he remarked, as he
  • handed it back to me.
  • “Hardly anything.”
  • “And yet the writing is of interest.”
  • “But the writing is not his own.”
  • “Precisely. It is a woman’s.”
  • “A man’s surely,” I cried.
  • “No, a woman’s, and a woman of rare character. You see, at the
  • commencement of an investigation it is something to know that
  • your client is in close contact with some one who, for good or
  • evil, has an exceptional nature. My interest is already awakened
  • in the case. If you are ready we will start at once for Woking,
  • and see this diplomatist who is in such evil case, and the lady
  • to whom he dictates his letters.”
  • We were fortunate enough to catch an early train at Waterloo, and
  • in a little under an hour we found ourselves among the fir-woods
  • and the heather of Woking. Briarbrae proved to be a large
  • detached house standing in extensive grounds within a few
  • minutes’ walk of the station. On sending in our cards we were
  • shown into an elegantly appointed drawing-room, where we were
  • joined in a few minutes by a rather stout man who received us
  • with much hospitality. His age may have been nearer forty than
  • thirty, but his cheeks were so ruddy and his eyes so merry that
  • he still conveyed the impression of a plump and mischievous boy.
  • “I am so glad that you have come,” said he, shaking our hands
  • with effusion. “Percy has been inquiring for you all morning. Ah,
  • poor old chap, he clings to any straw! His father and his mother
  • asked me to see you, for the mere mention of the subject is very
  • painful to them.”
  • “We have had no details yet,” observed Holmes. “I perceive that
  • you are not yourself a member of the family.”
  • Our acquaintance looked surprised, and then, glancing down, he
  • began to laugh.
  • “Of course you saw the ‘J.H.’ monogram on my locket,” said he.
  • “For a moment I thought you had done something clever. Joseph
  • Harrison is my name, and as Percy is to marry my sister Annie I
  • shall at least be a relation by marriage. You will find my sister
  • in his room, for she has nursed him hand-and-foot this two months
  • back. Perhaps we’d better go in at once, for I know how impatient
  • he is.”
  • The chamber in which we were shown was on the same floor as the
  • drawing-room. It was furnished partly as a sitting and partly as
  • a bedroom, with flowers arranged daintily in every nook and
  • corner. A young man, very pale and worn, was lying upon a sofa
  • near the open window, through which came the rich scent of the
  • garden and the balmy summer air. A woman was sitting beside him,
  • who rose as we entered.
  • “Shall I leave, Percy?” she asked.
  • He clutched her hand to detain her. “How are you, Watson?” said
  • he, cordially. “I should never have known you under that
  • moustache, and I daresay you would not be prepared to swear to
  • me. This I presume is your celebrated friend, Mr. Sherlock
  • Holmes?”
  • I introduced him in a few words, and we both sat down. The stout
  • young man had left us, but his sister still remained with her
  • hand in that of the invalid. She was a striking-looking woman, a
  • little short and thick for symmetry, but with a beautiful olive
  • complexion, large, dark, Italian eyes, and a wealth of deep black
  • hair. Her rich tints made the white face of her companion the
  • more worn and haggard by the contrast.
  • “I won’t waste your time,” said he, raising himself upon the
  • sofa. “I’ll plunge into the matter without further preamble. I
  • was a happy and successful man, Mr. Holmes, and on the eve of
  • being married, when a sudden and dreadful misfortune wrecked all
  • my prospects in life.
  • “I was, as Watson may have told you, in the Foreign Office, and
  • through the influences of my uncle, Lord Holdhurst, I rose
  • rapidly to a responsible position. When my uncle became foreign
  • minister in this administration he gave me several missions of
  • trust, and as I always brought them to a successful conclusion,
  • he came at last to have the utmost confidence in my ability and
  • tact.
  • “Nearly ten weeks ago—to be more accurate, on the 23rd of May—he
  • called me into his private room, and, after complimenting me on
  • the good work which I had done, he informed me that he had a new
  • commission of trust for me to execute.
  • “‘This,’ said he, taking a grey roll of paper from his bureau,
  • ‘is the original of that secret treaty between England and Italy
  • of which, I regret to say, some rumours have already got into the
  • public press. It is of enormous importance that nothing further
  • should leak out. The French or the Russian embassy would pay an
  • immense sum to learn the contents of these papers. They should
  • not leave my bureau were it not that it is absolutely necessary
  • to have them copied. You have a desk in your office?’
  • “‘Yes, sir.’
  • “‘Then take the treaty and lock it up there. I shall give
  • directions that you may remain behind when the others go, so that
  • you may copy it at your leisure without fear of being overlooked.
  • When you have finished, relock both the original and the draft in
  • the desk, and hand them over to me personally to-morrow morning.’
  • “I took the papers and—”
  • “Excuse me an instant,” said Holmes. “Were you alone during this
  • conversation?”
  • “Absolutely.”
  • “In a large room?”
  • “Thirty feet each way.”
  • “In the centre?”
  • “Yes, about it.”
  • “And speaking low?”
  • “My uncle’s voice is always remarkably low. I hardly spoke at
  • all.”
  • “Thank you,” said Holmes, shutting his eyes; “pray go on.”
  • “I did exactly what he indicated, and waited until the other
  • clerks had departed. One of them in my room, Charles Gorot, had
  • some arrears of work to make up, so I left him there and went out
  • to dine. When I returned he was gone. I was anxious to hurry my
  • work, for I knew that Joseph—the Mr. Harrison whom you saw just
  • now—was in town, and that he would travel down to Woking by the
  • eleven o’clock train, and I wanted if possible to catch it.
  • “When I came to examine the treaty I saw at once that it was of
  • such importance that my uncle had been guilty of no exaggeration
  • in what he had said. Without going into details, I may say that
  • it defined the position of Great Britain towards the Triple
  • Alliance, and fore-shadowed the policy which this country would
  • pursue in the event of the French fleet gaining a complete
  • ascendancy over that of Italy in the Mediterranean. The questions
  • treated in it were purely naval. At the end were the signatures
  • of the high dignitaries who had signed it. I glanced my eyes over
  • it, and then settled down to my task of copying.
  • “It was a long document, written in the French language, and
  • containing twenty-six separate articles. I copied as quickly as I
  • could, but at nine o’clock I had only done nine articles, and it
  • seemed hopeless for me to attempt to catch my train. I was
  • feeling drowsy and stupid, partly from my dinner and also from
  • the effects of a long day’s work. A cup of coffee would clear my
  • brain. A commissionnaire remains all night in a little lodge at
  • the foot of the stairs, and is in the habit of making coffee at
  • his spirit-lamp for any of the officials who may be working over
  • time. I rang the bell, therefore, to summon him.
  • “To my surprise, it was a woman who answered the summons, a
  • large, coarse-faced, elderly woman, in an apron. She explained
  • that she was the commissionnaire’s wife, who did the charing, and
  • I gave her the order for the coffee.
  • “I wrote two more articles and then, feeling more drowsy than
  • ever, I rose and walked up and down the room to stretch my legs.
  • My coffee had not yet come, and I wondered what the cause of the
  • delay could be. Opening the door, I started down the corridor to
  • find out. There was a straight passage, dimly lighted, which led
  • from the room in which I had been working, and was the only exit
  • from it. It ended in a curving staircase, with the
  • commissionnaire’s lodge in the passage at the bottom. Half-way
  • down this staircase is a small landing, with another passage
  • running into it at right angles. This second one leads by means
  • of a second small stair to a side door, used by servants, and
  • also as a short cut by clerks when coming from Charles Street.
  • Here is a rough chart of the place.”
  • rough chart
  • “Thank you. I think that I quite follow you,” said Sherlock
  • Holmes.
  • “It is of the utmost importance that you should notice this
  • point. I went down the stairs and into the hall, where I found
  • the commissionnaire fast asleep in his box, with the kettle
  • boiling furiously upon the spirit-lamp. I took off the kettle and
  • blew out the lamp, for the water was spurting over the floor.
  • Then I put out my hand and was about to shake the man, who was
  • still sleeping soundly, when a bell over his head rang loudly,
  • and he woke with a start.
  • “‘Mr. Phelps, sir!’ said he, looking at me in bewilderment.
  • “‘I came down to see if my coffee was ready.’
  • “‘I was boiling the kettle when I fell asleep, sir.’ He looked at
  • me and then up at the still quivering bell with an ever-growing
  • astonishment upon his face.
  • “‘If you was here, sir, then who rang the bell?’ he asked.
  • “‘The bell!’ I cried. ‘What bell is it?’
  • “‘It’s the bell of the room you were working in.’
  • “A cold hand seemed to close round my heart. Some one, then, was
  • in that room where my precious treaty lay upon the table. I ran
  • frantically up the stairs and along the passage. There was no one
  • in the corridors, Mr. Holmes. There was no one in the room. All
  • was exactly as I left it, save only that the papers which had
  • been committed to my care had been taken from the desk on which
  • they lay. The copy was there, and the original was gone.”
  • Holmes sat up in his chair and rubbed his hands. I could see that
  • the problem was entirely to his heart. “Pray, what did you do
  • then?” he murmured.
  • “I recognised in an instant that the thief must have come up the
  • stairs from the side door. Of course I must have met him if he
  • had come the other way.”
  • “You were satisfied that he could not have been concealed in the
  • room all the time, or in the corridor which you have just
  • described as dimly lighted?”
  • “It is absolutely impossible. A rat could not conceal himself
  • either in the room or the corridor. There is no cover at all.”
  • “Thank you. Pray proceed.”
  • “The commissionnaire, seeing by my pale face that something was
  • to be feared, had followed me upstairs. Now we both rushed along
  • the corridor and down the steep steps which led to Charles
  • Street. The door at the bottom was closed, but unlocked. We flung
  • it open and rushed out. I can distinctly remember that as we did
  • so there came three chimes from a neighbouring clock. It was
  • quarter to ten.”
  • “That is of enormous importance,” said Holmes, making a note upon
  • his shirt-cuff.
  • “The night was very dark, and a thin, warm rain was falling.
  • There was no one in Charles Street, but a great traffic was going
  • on, as usual, in Whitehall, at the extremity. We rushed along the
  • pavement, bare-headed as we were, and at the far corner we found
  • a policeman standing.
  • “‘A robbery has been committed,’ I gasped. ‘A document of immense
  • value has been stolen from the Foreign Office. Has any one passed
  • this way?’
  • “‘I have been standing here for a quarter of an hour, sir,’ said
  • he; ‘only one person has passed during that time—a woman, tall
  • and elderly, with a Paisley shawl.’
  • “‘Ah, that is only my wife,’ cried the commissionnaire; ‘has no
  • one else passed?’
  • “‘No one.’
  • “‘Then it must be the other way that the thief took,’ cried the
  • fellow, tugging at my sleeve.
  • “‘But I was not satisfied, and the attempts which he made to draw
  • me away increased my suspicions.
  • “‘Which way did the woman go?’ I cried.
  • “‘I don’t know, sir. I noticed her pass, but I had no special
  • reason for watching her. She seemed to be in a hurry.’
  • “‘How long ago was it?’
  • “‘Oh, not very many minutes.’
  • “‘Within the last five?’
  • “‘Well, it could not be more than five.’
  • “‘You’re only wasting your time, sir, and every minute now is of
  • importance,’ cried the commissionnaire; ‘take my word for it that
  • my old woman has nothing to do with it, and come down to the
  • other end of the street. Well, if you won’t, I will.’ And with
  • that he rushed off in the other direction.
  • “But I was after him in an instant and caught him by the sleeve.
  • “‘Where do you live?’ said I.
  • “‘16 Ivy Lane, Brixton,’ he answered. ‘But don’t let yourself be
  • drawn away upon a false scent, Mr. Phelps. Come to the other end
  • of the street and let us see if we can hear of anything.’
  • “Nothing was to be lost by following his advice. With the
  • policeman we both hurried down, but only to find the street full
  • of traffic, many people coming and going, but all only too eager
  • to get to a place of safety upon so wet a night. There was no
  • lounger who could tell us who had passed.
  • “Then we returned to the office, and searched the stairs and the
  • passage without result. The corridor which led to the room was
  • laid down with a kind of creamy linoleum which shows an
  • impression very easily. We examined it very carefully, but found
  • no outline of any footmark.”
  • “Had it been raining all evening?”
  • “Since about seven.”
  • “How is it, then, that the woman who came into the room about
  • nine left no traces with her muddy boots?”
  • “I am glad you raised the point. It occurred to me at the time.
  • The charwomen are in the habit of taking off their boots at the
  • commissionnaire’s office, and putting on list slippers.”
  • “That is very clear. There were no marks, then, though the night
  • was a wet one? The chain of events is certainly one of
  • extraordinary interest. What did you do next?
  • “We examined the room also. There is no possibility of a secret
  • door, and the windows are quite thirty feet from the ground. Both
  • of them were fastened on the inside. The carpet prevents any
  • possibility of a trap-door, and the ceiling is of the ordinary
  • whitewashed kind. I will pledge my life that whoever stole my
  • papers could only have come through the door.”
  • “How about the fireplace?”
  • “They use none. There is a stove. The bell-rope hangs from the
  • wire just to the right of my desk. Whoever rang it must have come
  • right up to the desk to do it. But why should any criminal wish
  • to ring the bell? It is a most insoluble mystery.”
  • “Certainly the incident was unusual. What were your next steps?
  • You examined the room, I presume, to see if the intruder had left
  • any traces—any cigar-end or dropped glove or hairpin or other
  • trifle?”
  • “There was nothing of the sort.”
  • “No smell?”
  • “Well, we never thought of that.”
  • “Ah, a scent of tobacco would have been worth a great deal to us
  • in such an investigation.”
  • “I never smoke myself, so I think I should have observed it if
  • there had been any smell of tobacco. There was absolutely no clue
  • of any kind. The only tangible fact was that the
  • commissionnaire’s wife—Mrs. Tangey was the name—had hurried out
  • of the place. He could give no explanation save that it was about
  • the time when the woman always went home. The policeman and I
  • agreed that our best plan would be to seize the woman before she
  • could get rid of the papers, presuming that she had them.
  • “The alarm had reached Scotland Yard by this time, and Mr.
  • Forbes, the detective, came round at once and took up the case
  • with a great deal of energy. We hired a hansom, and in half an
  • hour we were at the address which had been given to us. A young
  • woman opened the door, who proved to be Mrs. Tangey’s eldest
  • daughter. Her mother had not come back yet, and we were shown
  • into the front room to wait.
  • “About ten minutes later a knock came at the door, and here we
  • made the one serious mistake for which I blame myself. Instead of
  • opening the door ourselves, we allowed the girl to do so. We
  • heard her say, ‘Mother, there are two men in the house waiting to
  • see you,’ and an instant afterwards we heard the patter of feet
  • rushing down the passage. Forbes flung open the door, and we both
  • ran into the back room or kitchen, but the woman had got there
  • before us. She stared at us with defiant eyes, and then, suddenly
  • recognising me, an expression of absolute astonishment came over
  • her face.
  • “‘Why, if it isn’t Mr. Phelps, of the office!’ she cried.
  • “‘Come, come, who did you think we were when you ran away from
  • us?’ asked my companion.
  • “‘I thought you were the brokers,’ said she, ‘we have had some
  • trouble with a tradesman.’
  • “‘That’s not quite good enough,’ answered Forbes. ‘We have reason
  • to believe that you have taken a paper of importance from the
  • Foreign Office, and that you ran in here to dispose of it. You
  • must come back with us to Scotland Yard to be searched.’
  • “It was in vain that she protested and resisted. A four-wheeler
  • was brought, and we all three drove back in it. We had first made
  • an examination of the kitchen, and especially of the kitchen
  • fire, to see whether she might have made away with the papers
  • during the instant that she was alone. There were no signs,
  • however, of any ashes or scraps. When we reached Scotland Yard
  • she was handed over at once to the female searcher. I waited in
  • an agony of suspense until she came back with her report. There
  • were no signs of the papers.
  • “Then for the first time the horror of my situation came in its
  • full force. Hitherto I had been acting, and action had numbed
  • thought. I had been so confident of regaining the treaty at once
  • that I had not dared to think of what would be the consequence if
  • I failed to do so. But now there was nothing more to be done, and
  • I had leisure to realize my position. It was horrible. Watson
  • there would tell you that I was a nervous, sensitive boy at
  • school. It is my nature. I thought of my uncle and of his
  • colleagues in the Cabinet, of the shame which I had brought upon
  • him, upon myself, upon every one connected with me. What though I
  • was the victim of an extraordinary accident? No allowance is made
  • for accidents where diplomatic interests are at stake. I was
  • ruined, shamefully, hopelessly ruined. I don’t know what I did. I
  • fancy I must have made a scene. I have a dim recollection of a
  • group of officials who crowded round me, endeavouring to soothe
  • me. One of them drove down with me to Waterloo, and saw me into
  • the Woking train. I believe that he would have come all the way
  • had it not been that Dr. Ferrier, who lives near me, was going
  • down by that very train. The doctor most kindly took charge of
  • me, and it was well he did so, for I had a fit in the station,
  • and before we reached home I was practically a raving maniac.
  • “You can imagine the state of things here when they were roused
  • from their beds by the doctor’s ringing and found me in this
  • condition. Poor Annie here and my mother were broken-hearted. Dr.
  • Ferrier had just heard enough from the detective at the station
  • to be able to give an idea of what had happened, and his story
  • did not mend matters. It was evident to all that I was in for a
  • long illness, so Joseph was bundled out of this cheery bedroom,
  • and it was turned into a sick-room for me. Here I have lain, Mr.
  • Holmes, for over nine weeks, unconscious, and raving with
  • brain-fever. If it had not been for Miss Harrison here and for
  • the doctor’s care I should not be speaking to you now. She has
  • nursed me by day and a hired nurse has looked after me by night,
  • for in my mad fits I was capable of anything. Slowly my reason
  • has cleared, but it is only during the last three days that my
  • memory has quite returned. Sometimes I wish that it never had.
  • The first thing that I did was to wire to Mr. Forbes, who had the
  • case in hand. He came out, and assures me that, though everything
  • has been done, no trace of a clue has been discovered. The
  • commissionnaire and his wife have been examined in every way
  • without any light being thrown upon the matter. The suspicions of
  • the police then rested upon young Gorot, who, as you may
  • remember, stayed over time in the office that night. His
  • remaining behind and his French name were really the only two
  • points which could suggest suspicion; but, as a matter of fact, I
  • did not begin work until he had gone, and his people are of
  • Huguenot extraction, but as English in sympathy and tradition as
  • you and I are. Nothing was found to implicate him in any way, and
  • there the matter dropped. I turn to you, Mr. Holmes, as
  • absolutely my last hope. If you fail me, then my honour as well
  • as my position are forever forfeited.”
  • The invalid sank back upon his cushions, tired out by this long
  • recital, while his nurse poured him out a glass of some
  • stimulating medicine. Holmes sat silently, with his head thrown
  • back and his eyes closed, in an attitude which might seem
  • listless to a stranger, but which I knew betokened the most
  • intense self-absorption.
  • “You statement has been so explicit,” said he at last, “that you
  • have really left me very few questions to ask. There is one of
  • the very utmost importance, however. Did you tell any one that
  • you had this special task to perform?”
  • “No one.”
  • “Not Miss Harrison here, for example?”
  • “No. I had not been back to Woking between getting the order and
  • executing the commission.”
  • “And none of your people had by chance been to see you?”
  • “None.”
  • “Did any of them know their way about in the office?”
  • “Oh, yes, all of them had been shown over it.”
  • “Still, of course, if you said nothing to any one about the
  • treaty these inquiries are irrelevant.”
  • “I said nothing.”
  • “Do you know anything of the commissionnaire?”
  • “Nothing except that he is an old soldier.”
  • “What regiment?”
  • “Oh, I have heard—Coldstream Guards.”
  • “Thank you. I have no doubt I can get details from Forbes. The
  • authorities are excellent at amassing facts, though they do not
  • always use them to advantage. What a lovely thing a rose is!”
  • He walked past the couch to the open window, and held up the
  • drooping stalk of a moss-rose, looking down at the dainty blend
  • of crimson and green. It was a new phase of his character to me,
  • for I had never before seen him show any keen interest in natural
  • objects.
  • “There is nothing in which deduction is so necessary as in
  • religion,” said he, leaning with his back against the shutters.
  • “It can be built up as an exact science by the reasoner. Our
  • highest assurance of the goodness of Providence seems to me to
  • rest in the flowers. All other things, our powers our desires,
  • our food, are all really necessary for our existence in the first
  • instance. But this rose is an extra. Its smell and its colour are
  • an embellishment of life, not a condition of it. It is only
  • goodness which gives extras, and so I say again that we have much
  • to hope from the flowers.”
  • Percy Phelps and his nurse looked at Holmes during this
  • demonstration with surprise and a good deal of disappointment
  • written upon their faces. He had fallen into a reverie, with the
  • moss-rose between his fingers. It had lasted some minutes before
  • the young lady broke in upon it.
  • “Do you see any prospect of solving this mystery, Mr. Holmes?”
  • she asked, with a touch of asperity in her voice.
  • “Oh, the mystery!” he answered, coming back with a start to the
  • realities of life. “Well, it would be absurd to deny that the
  • case is a very abstruse and complicated one, but I can promise
  • you that I will look into the matter and let you know any points
  • which may strike me.”
  • “Do you see any clue?”
  • “You have furnished me with seven, but, of course, I must test
  • them before I can pronounce upon their value.”
  • “You suspect some one?”
  • “I suspect myself.”
  • “What!”
  • “Of coming to conclusions too rapidly.”
  • “Then go to London and test your conclusions.”
  • “Your advice is very excellent, Miss Harrison,” said Holmes,
  • rising. “I think, Watson, we cannot do better. Do not allow
  • yourself to indulge in false hopes, Mr. Phelps. The affair is a
  • very tangled one.”
  • “I shall be in a fever until I see you again,” cried the
  • diplomatist.
  • “Well, I’ll come out by the same train to-morrow, though it’s
  • more than likely that my report will be a negative one.”
  • “God bless you for promising to come,” cried our client. “It
  • gives me fresh life to know that something is being done. By the
  • way, I have had a letter from Lord Holdhurst.”
  • “Ha! What did he say?”
  • “He was cold, but not harsh. I daresay my severe illness
  • prevented him from being that. He repeated that the matter was of
  • the utmost importance, and added that no steps would be taken
  • about my future—by which he means, of course, my dismissal—until
  • my health was restored and I had an opportunity of repairing my
  • misfortune.”
  • “Well, that was reasonable and considerate,” said Holmes. “Come,
  • Watson, for we have a good day’s work before us in town.”
  • Mr. Joseph Harrison drove us down to the station, and we were
  • soon whirling up in a Portsmouth train. Holmes was sunk in
  • profound thought, and hardly opened his mouth until we had passed
  • Clapham Junction.
  • “It’s a very cheery thing to come into London by any of these
  • lines which run high, and allow you to look down upon the houses
  • like this.”
  • I thought he was joking, for the view was sordid enough, but he
  • soon explained himself.
  • “Look at those big, isolated clumps of building rising up above
  • the slates, like brick islands in a lead-coloured sea.”
  • “The board-schools.”
  • “Light-houses, my boy! Beacons of the future! Capsules with
  • hundreds of bright little seeds in each, out of which will spring
  • the wise, better England of the future. I suppose that man Phelps
  • does not drink?”
  • “I should not think so.”
  • “Nor should I, but we are bound to take every possibility into
  • account. The poor devil has certainly got himself into very deep
  • water, and it’s a question whether we shall ever be able to get
  • him ashore. What did you think of Miss Harrison?”
  • “A girl of strong character.”
  • “Yes, but she is a good sort, or I am mistaken. She and her
  • brother are the only children of an iron-master somewhere up
  • Northumberland way. He got engaged to her when traveling last
  • winter, and she came down to be introduced to his people, with
  • her brother as escort. Then came the smash, and she stayed on to
  • nurse her lover, while brother Joseph, finding himself pretty
  • snug, stayed on too. I’ve been making a few independent
  • inquiries, you see. But to-day must be a day of inquiries.”
  • “My practice—” I began.
  • “Oh, if you find your own cases more interesting than mine—” said
  • Holmes, with some asperity.
  • “I was going to say that my practice could get along very well
  • for a day or two, since it is the slackest time in the year.”
  • “Excellent,” said he, recovering his good-humour. “Then we’ll
  • look into this matter together. I think that we should begin by
  • seeing Forbes. He can probably tell us all the details we want
  • until we know from what side the case is to be approached.”
  • “You said you had a clue?”
  • “Well, we have several, but we can only test their value by
  • further inquiry. The most difficult crime to track is the one
  • which is purposeless. Now this is not purposeless. Who is it who
  • profits by it? There is the French ambassador, there is the
  • Russian, there is whoever might sell it to either of these, and
  • there is Lord Holdhurst.”
  • “Lord Holdhurst!”
  • “Well, it is just conceivable that a statesman might find himself
  • in a position where he was not sorry to have such a document
  • accidentally destroyed.”
  • “Not a statesman with the honourable record of Lord Holdhurst?”
  • “It is a possibility and we cannot afford to disregard it. We
  • shall see the noble lord to-day and find out if he can tell us
  • anything. Meanwhile I have already set inquiries on foot.”
  • “Already?”
  • “Yes, I sent wires from Woking station to every evening paper in
  • London. This advertisement will appear in each of them.”
  • He handed over a sheet torn from a note-book. On it was scribbled
  • in pencil:
  • “£10 Reward.—The number of the cab which dropped a fare at or
  • about the door of the Foreign Office in Charles Street at quarter
  • to ten in the evening of May 23rd. Apply 221B, Baker Street.”
  • “You are confident that the thief came in a cab?”
  • “If not, there is no harm done. But if Mr. Phelps is correct in
  • stating that there is no hiding-place either in the room or the
  • corridors, then the person must have come from outside. If he
  • came from outside on so wet a night, and yet left no trace of
  • damp upon the linoleum, which was examined within a few minutes
  • of his passing, then it is exceeding probable that he came in a
  • cab. Yes, I think that we may safely deduce a cab.”
  • “It sounds plausible.”
  • “That is one of the clues of which I spoke. It may lead us to
  • something. And then, of course, there is the bell—which is the
  • most distinctive feature of the case. Why should the bell ring?
  • Was it the thief who did it out of bravado? Or was it some one
  • who was with the thief who did it in order to prevent the crime?
  • Or was it an accident? Or was it—?” He sank back into the state
  • of intense and silent thought from which he had emerged; but it
  • seemed to me, accustomed as I was to his every mood, that some
  • new possibility had dawned suddenly upon him.
  • It was twenty past three when we reached our terminus, and after
  • a hasty luncheon at the buffet we pushed on at once to Scotland
  • Yard. Holmes had already wired to Forbes, and we found him
  • waiting to receive us—a small, foxy man with a sharp but by no
  • means amiable expression. He was decidedly frigid in his manner
  • to us, especially when he heard the errand upon which we had
  • come.
  • “I’ve heard of your methods before now, Mr. Holmes,” said he,
  • tartly. “You are ready enough to use all the information that the
  • police can lay at your disposal, and then you try to finish the
  • case yourself and bring discredit on them.”
  • “On the contrary,” said Holmes, “out of my last fifty-three cases
  • my name has only appeared in four, and the police have had all
  • the credit in forty-nine. I don’t blame you for not knowing this,
  • for you are young and inexperienced, but if you wish to get on in
  • your new duties you will work with me and not against me.”
  • “I’d be very glad of a hint or two,” said the detective, changing
  • his manner. “I’ve certainly had no credit from the case so far.”
  • “What steps have you taken?”
  • “Tangey, the commissionnaire, has been shadowed. He left the
  • Guards with a good character and we can find nothing against him.
  • His wife is a bad lot, though. I fancy she knows more about this
  • than appears.”
  • “Have you shadowed her?”
  • “We have set one of our women on to her. Mrs. Tangey drinks, and
  • our woman has been with her twice when she was well on, but she
  • could get nothing out of her.”
  • “I understand that they have had brokers in the house?”
  • “Yes, but they were paid off.”
  • “Where did the money come from?”
  • “That was all right. His pension was due. They have not shown any
  • sign of being in funds.”
  • “What explanation did she give of having answered the bell when
  • Mr. Phelps rang for the coffee?”
  • “She said that her husband was very tired and she wished to
  • relieve him.”
  • “Well, certainly that would agree with his being found a little
  • later asleep in his chair. There is nothing against them then but
  • the woman’s character. Did you ask her why she hurried away that
  • night? Her haste attracted the attention of the police
  • constable.”
  • “She was later than usual and wanted to get home.”
  • “Did you point out to her that you and Mr. Phelps, who started at
  • least twenty minutes after her, got home before her?”
  • “She explains that by the difference between a ‘bus and a
  • hansom.”
  • “Did she make it clear why, on reaching her house, she ran into
  • the back kitchen?”
  • “Because she had the money there with which to pay off the
  • brokers.”
  • “She has at least an answer for everything. Did you ask her
  • whether in leaving she met any one or saw any one loitering about
  • Charles Street?”
  • “She saw no one but the constable.”
  • “Well, you seem to have cross-examined her pretty thoroughly.
  • What else have you done?”
  • “The clerk Gorot has been shadowed all these nine weeks, but
  • without result. We can show nothing against him.”
  • “Anything else?”
  • “Well, we have nothing else to go upon—no evidence of any kind.”
  • “Have you formed a theory about how that bell rang?”
  • “Well, I must confess that it beats me. It was a cool hand,
  • whoever it was, to go and give the alarm like that.”
  • “Yes, it was a queer thing to do. Many thanks to you for what you
  • have told me. If I can put the man into your hands you shall hear
  • from me. Come along, Watson.”
  • “Where are we going to now?” I asked, as we left the office.
  • “We are now going to interview Lord Holdhurst, the cabinet
  • minister and future premier of England.”
  • We were fortunate in finding that Lord Holdhurst was still in his
  • chambers in Downing Street, and on Holmes sending in his card we
  • were instantly shown up. The statesman received us with that
  • old-fashioned courtesy for which he is remarkable, and seated us
  • on the two luxuriant lounges on either side of the fireplace.
  • Standing on the rug between us, with his slight, tall figure, his
  • sharp features, thoughtful face, and curling hair prematurely
  • tinged with grey, he seemed to represent that not too common
  • type, a nobleman who is in truth noble.
  • “Your name is very familiar to me, Mr. Holmes,” said he, smiling.
  • “And, of course, I cannot pretend to be ignorant of the object of
  • your visit. There has only been one occurrence in these offices
  • which could call for your attention. In whose interest are you
  • acting, may I ask?”
  • “In that of Mr. Percy Phelps,” answered Holmes.
  • “Ah, my unfortunate nephew! You can understand that our kinship
  • makes it the more impossible for me to screen him in any way. I
  • fear that the incident must have a very prejudicial effect upon
  • his career.”
  • “But if the document is found?”
  • “Ah, that, of course, would be different.”
  • “I had one or two questions which I wished to ask you, Lord
  • Holdhurst.”
  • “I shall be happy to give you any information in my power.”
  • “Was it in this room that you gave your instructions as to the
  • copying of the document?”
  • “It was.”
  • “Then you could hardly have been overheard?”
  • “It is out of the question.”
  • “Did you ever mention to any one that it was your intention to
  • give any one the treaty to be copied?”
  • “Never.”
  • “You are certain of that?”
  • “Absolutely.”
  • “Well, since you never said so, and Mr. Phelps never said so, and
  • nobody else knew anything of the matter, then the thief’s
  • presence in the room was purely accidental. He saw his chance and
  • he took it.”
  • The statesman smiled. “You take me out of my province there,”
  • said he.
  • Holmes considered for a moment. “There is another very important
  • point which I wish to discuss with you,” said he. “You feared, as
  • I understand, that very grave results might follow from the
  • details of this treaty becoming known.”
  • A shadow passed over the expressive face of the statesman. “Very
  • grave results indeed.”
  • “And have they occurred?”
  • “Not yet.”
  • “If the treaty had reached, let us say, the French or Russian
  • Foreign Office, you would expect to hear of it?”
  • “I should,” said Lord Holdhurst, with a wry face.
  • “Since nearly ten weeks have elapsed, then, and nothing has been
  • heard, it is not unfair to suppose that for some reason the
  • treaty has not reached them.”
  • Lord Holdhurst shrugged his shoulders.
  • “We can hardly suppose, Mr. Holmes, that the thief took the
  • treaty in order to frame it and hang it up.”
  • “Perhaps he is waiting for a better price.”
  • “If he waits a little longer he will get no price at all. The
  • treaty will cease to be secret in a few months.”
  • “That is most important,” said Holmes. “Of course, it is a
  • possible supposition that the thief has had a sudden illness—”
  • “An attack of brain-fever, for example?” asked the statesman,
  • flashing a swift glance at him.
  • “I did not say so,” said Holmes, imperturbably. “And now, Lord
  • Holdhurst, we have already taken up too much of your valuable
  • time, and we shall wish you good-day.”
  • “Every success to your investigation, be the criminal who it
  • may,” answered the nobleman, as he bowed us out the door.
  • “He’s a fine fellow,” said Holmes, as we came out into Whitehall.
  • “But he has a struggle to keep up his position. He is far from
  • rich and has many calls. You noticed, of course, that his boots
  • had been resoled. Now, Watson, I won’t detain you from your
  • legitimate work any longer. I shall do nothing more to-day,
  • unless I have an answer to my cab advertisement. But I should be
  • extremely obliged to you if you would come down with me to Woking
  • to-morrow, by the same train which we took yesterday.”
  • I met him accordingly next morning and we travelled down to
  • Woking together. He had had no answer to his advertisement, he
  • said, and no fresh light had been thrown upon the case. He had,
  • when he so willed it, the utter immobility of countenance of a
  • red Indian, and I could not gather from his appearance whether he
  • was satisfied or not with the position of the case. His
  • conversation, I remember, was about the Bertillon system of
  • measurements, and he expressed his enthusiastic admiration of the
  • French savant.
  • We found our client still under the charge of his devoted nurse,
  • but looking considerably better than before. He rose from the
  • sofa and greeted us without difficulty when we entered.
  • “Any news?” he asked, eagerly.
  • “My report, as I expected, is a negative one,” said Holmes. “I
  • have seen Forbes, and I have seen your uncle, and I have set one
  • or two trains of inquiry upon foot which may lead to something.”
  • “You have not lost heart, then?”
  • “By no means.”
  • “God bless you for saying that!” cried Miss Harrison. “If we keep
  • our courage and our patience the truth must come out.”
  • “We have more to tell you than you have for us,” said Phelps,
  • reseating himself upon the couch.
  • “I hoped you might have something.”
  • “Yes, we have had an adventure during the night, and one which
  • might have proved to be a serious one.” His expression grew very
  • grave as he spoke, and a look of something akin to fear sprang up
  • in his eyes. “Do you know,” said he, “that I begin to believe
  • that I am the unconscious centre of some monstrous conspiracy,
  • and that my life is aimed at as well as my honour?”
  • “Ah!” cried Holmes.
  • “It sounds incredible, for I have not, as far as I know, an enemy
  • in the world. Yet from last night’s experience I can come to no
  • other conclusion.”
  • “Pray let me hear it.”
  • “You must know that last night was the very first night that I
  • have ever slept without a nurse in the room. I was so much better
  • that I thought I could dispense with one. I had a night-light
  • burning, however. Well, about two in the morning I had sunk into
  • a light sleep when I was suddenly aroused by a slight noise. It
  • was like the sound which a mouse makes when it is gnawing a
  • plank, and I lay listening to it for some time under the
  • impression that it must come from that cause. Then it grew
  • louder, and suddenly there came from the window a sharp metallic
  • snick. I sat up in amazement. There could be no doubt what the
  • sounds were now. The first ones had been caused by some one
  • forcing an instrument through the slit between the sashes, and
  • the second by the catch being pressed back.
  • “There was a pause then for about ten minutes, as if the person
  • were waiting to see whether the noise had awakened me. Then I
  • heard a gentle creaking as the window was very slowly opened. I
  • could stand it no longer, for my nerves are not what they used to
  • be. I sprang out of bed and flung open the shutters. A man was
  • crouching at the window. I could see little of him, for he was
  • gone like a flash. He was wrapped in some sort of cloak which
  • came across the lower part of his face. One thing only I am sure
  • of, and that is that he had some weapon in his hand. It looked to
  • me like a long knife. I distinctly saw the gleam of it as he
  • turned to run.”
  • “This is most interesting,” said Holmes. “Pray what did you do
  • then?”
  • “I should have followed him through the open window if I had been
  • stronger. As it was, I rang the bell and roused the house. It
  • took me some little time, for the bell rings in the kitchen and
  • the servants all sleep upstairs. I shouted, however, and that
  • brought Joseph down, and he roused the others. Joseph and the
  • groom found marks on the bed outside the window, but the weather
  • has been so dry lately that they found it hopeless to follow the
  • trail across the grass. There’s a place, however, on the wooden
  • fence which skirts the road which shows signs, they tell me, as
  • if some one had got over, and had snapped the top of the rail in
  • doing so. I have said nothing to the local police yet, for I
  • thought I had best have your opinion first.”
  • This tale of our client’s appeared to have an extraordinary
  • effect upon Sherlock Holmes. He rose from his chair and paced
  • about the room in uncontrollable excitement.
  • “Misfortunes never come single,” said Phelps, smiling, though it
  • was evident that his adventure had somewhat shaken him.
  • “You have certainly had your share,” said Holmes. “Do you think
  • you could walk round the house with me?”
  • “Oh, yes, I should like a little sunshine. Joseph will come,
  • too.”
  • “And I also,” said Miss Harrison.
  • “I am afraid not,” said Holmes, shaking his head. “I think I must
  • ask you to remain sitting exactly where you are.”
  • The young lady resumed her seat with an air of displeasure. Her
  • brother, however, had joined us and we set off all four together.
  • We passed round the lawn to the outside of the young
  • diplomatist’s window. There were, as he had said, marks upon the
  • bed, but they were hopelessly blurred and vague. Holmes stopped
  • over them for an instant, and then rose shrugging his shoulders.
  • “I don’t think any one could make much of this,” said he. “Let us
  • go round the house and see why this particular room was chosen by
  • the burglar. I should have thought those larger windows of the
  • drawing-room and dining-room would have had more attractions for
  • him.”
  • “They are more visible from the road,” suggested Mr. Joseph
  • Harrison.
  • “Ah, yes, of course. There is a door here which he might have
  • attempted. What is it for?”
  • “It is the side entrance for trades-people. Of course it is
  • locked at night.”
  • “Have you ever had an alarm like this before?”
  • “Never,” said our client.
  • “Do you keep plate in the house, or anything to attract
  • burglars?”
  • “Nothing of value.”
  • Holmes strolled round the house with his hands in his pockets and
  • a negligent air which was unusual with him.
  • “By the way,” said he to Joseph Harrison, “you found some place,
  • I understand, where the fellow scaled the fence. Let us have a
  • look at that!”
  • The plump young man led us to a spot where the top of one of the
  • wooden rails had been cracked. A small fragment of the wood was
  • hanging down. Holmes pulled it off and examined it critically.
  • “Do you think that was done last night? It looks rather old, does
  • it not?”
  • “Well, possibly so.”
  • “There are no marks of any one jumping down upon the other side.
  • No, I fancy we shall get no help here. Let us go back to the
  • bedroom and talk the matter over.”
  • Percy Phelps was walking very slowly, leaning upon the arm of his
  • future brother-in-law. Holmes walked swiftly across the lawn, and
  • we were at the open window of the bedroom long before the others
  • came up.
  • “Miss Harrison,” said Holmes, speaking with the utmost intensity
  • of manner, “you must stay where you are all day. Let nothing
  • prevent you from staying where you are all day. It is of the
  • utmost importance.”
  • “Certainly, if you wish it, Mr. Holmes,” said the girl in
  • astonishment.
  • “When you go to bed lock the door of this room on the outside and
  • keep the key. Promise to do this.”
  • “But Percy?”
  • “He will come to London with us.”
  • “And am I to remain here?”
  • “It is for his sake. You can serve him. Quick! Promise!”
  • She gave a quick nod of assent just as the other two came up.
  • “Why do you sit moping there, Annie?” cried her brother. “Come
  • out into the sunshine!”
  • “No, thank you, Joseph. I have a slight headache and this room is
  • deliciously cool and soothing.”
  • “What do you propose now, Mr. Holmes?” asked our client.
  • “Well, in investigating this minor affair we must not lose sight
  • of our main inquiry. It would be a very great help to me if you
  • would come up to London with us.”
  • “At once?”
  • “Well, as soon as you conveniently can. Say in an hour.”
  • “I feel quite strong enough, if I can really be of any help.”
  • “The greatest possible.”
  • “Perhaps you would like me to stay there to-night?”
  • “I was just going to propose it.”
  • “Then, if my friend of the night comes to revisit me, he will
  • find the bird flown. We are all in your hands, Mr. Holmes, and
  • you must tell us exactly what you would like done. Perhaps you
  • would prefer that Joseph came with us so as to look after me?”
  • “Oh, no; my friend Watson is a medical man, you know, and he’ll
  • look after you. We’ll have our lunch here, if you will permit us,
  • and then we shall all three set off for town together.”
  • It was arranged as he suggested, though Miss Harrison excused
  • herself from leaving the bedroom, in accordance with Holmes’s
  • suggestion. What the object of my friend’s manœuvres was I could
  • not conceive, unless it were to keep the lady away from Phelps,
  • who, rejoiced by his returning health and by the prospect of
  • action, lunched with us in the dining-room. Holmes had a still
  • more startling surprise for us, however, for, after accompanying
  • us down to the station and seeing us into our carriage, he calmly
  • announced that he had no intention of leaving Woking.
  • “There are one or two small points which I should desire to clear
  • up before I go,” said he. “Your absence, Mr. Phelps, will in some
  • ways rather assist me. Watson, when you reach London you would
  • oblige me by driving at once to Baker Street with our friend
  • here, and remaining with him until I see you again. It is
  • fortunate that you are old schoolfellows, as you must have much
  • to talk over. Mr. Phelps can have the spare bedroom to-night, and
  • I will be with you in time for breakfast, for there is a train
  • which will take me into Waterloo at eight.”
  • “But how about our investigation in London?” asked Phelps,
  • ruefully.
  • “We can do that to-morrow. I think that just at present I can be
  • of more immediate use here.”
  • “You might tell them at Briarbrae that I hope to be back
  • to-morrow night,” cried Phelps, as we began to move from the
  • platform.
  • “I hardly expect to go back to Briarbrae,” answered Holmes, and
  • waved his hand to us cheerily as we shot out from the station.
  • Phelps and I talked it over on our journey, but neither of us
  • could devise a satisfactory reason for this new development.
  • “I suppose he wants to find out some clue as to the burglary last
  • night, if a burglar it was. For myself, I don’t believe it was an
  • ordinary thief.”
  • “What is your own idea, then?”
  • “Upon my word, you may put it down to my weak nerves or not, but
  • I believe there is some deep political intrigue going on around
  • me, and that for some reason that passes my understanding my life
  • is aimed at by the conspirators. It sounds high-flown and absurd,
  • but consider the facts! Why should a thief try to break in at a
  • bedroom window, where there could be no hope of any plunder, and
  • why should he come with a long knife in his hand?”
  • “You are sure it was not a house-breaker’s jimmy?”
  • “Oh, no, it was a knife. I saw the flash of the blade quite
  • distinctly.”
  • “But why on earth should you be pursued with such animosity?”
  • “Ah, that is the question.”
  • “Well, if Holmes takes the same view, that would account for his
  • action, would it not? Presuming that your theory is correct, if
  • he can lay his hands upon the man who threatened you last night
  • he will have gone a long way towards finding who took the naval
  • treaty. It is absurd to suppose that you have two enemies, one of
  • whom robs you, while the other threatens your life.”
  • “But Holmes said that he was not going to Briarbrae.”
  • “I have known him for some time,” said I, “but I never knew him
  • do anything yet without a very good reason,” and with that our
  • conversation drifted off on to other topics.
  • But it was a weary day for me. Phelps was still weak after his
  • long illness, and his misfortune made him querulous and nervous.
  • In vain I endeavoured to interest him in Afghanistan, in India,
  • in social questions, in anything which might take his mind out of
  • the groove. He would always come back to his lost treaty,
  • wondering, guessing, speculating, as to what Holmes was doing,
  • what steps Lord Holdhurst was taking, what news we should have in
  • the morning. As the evening wore on his excitement became quite
  • painful.
  • “You have implicit faith in Holmes?” he asked.
  • “I have seen him do some remarkable things.”
  • “But he never brought light into anything quite so dark as this?”
  • “Oh, yes; I have known him solve questions which presented fewer
  • clues than yours.”
  • “But not where such large interests are at stake?”
  • “I don’t know that. To my certain knowledge he has acted on
  • behalf of three of the reigning houses of Europe in very vital
  • matters.”
  • “But you know him well, Watson. He is such an inscrutable fellow
  • that I never quite know what to make of him. Do you think he is
  • hopeful? Do you think he expects to make a success of it?”
  • “He has said nothing.”
  • “That is a bad sign.”
  • “On the contrary, I have noticed that when he is off the trail he
  • generally says so. It is when he is on a scent and is not quite
  • absolutely sure yet that it is the right one that he is most
  • taciturn. Now, my dear fellow, we can’t help matters by making
  • ourselves nervous about them, so let me implore you to go to bed
  • and so be fresh for whatever may await us to-morrow.”
  • I was able at last to persuade my companion to take my advice,
  • though I knew from his excited manner that there was not much
  • hope of sleep for him. Indeed, his mood was infectious, for I lay
  • tossing half the night myself, brooding over this strange
  • problem, and inventing a hundred theories, each of which was more
  • impossible than the last. Why had Holmes remained at Woking? Why
  • had he asked Miss Harrison to remain in the sick-room all day?
  • Why had he been so careful not to inform the people at Briarbrae
  • that he intended to remain near them? I cudgelled my brains until
  • I fell asleep in the endeavour to find some explanation which
  • would cover all these facts.
  • It was seven o’clock when I awoke, and I set off at once for
  • Phelps’s room, to find him haggard and spent after a sleepless
  • night. His first question was whether Holmes had arrived yet.
  • “He’ll be here when he promised,” said I, “and not an instant
  • sooner or later.”
  • And my words were true, for shortly after eight a hansom dashed
  • up to the door and our friend got out of it. Standing in the
  • window we saw that his left hand was swathed in a bandage and
  • that his face was very grim and pale. He entered the house, but
  • it was some little time before he came upstairs.
  • “He looks like a beaten man,” cried Phelps.
  • I was forced to confess that he was right. “After all,” said I,
  • “the clue of the matter lies probably here in town.”
  • Phelps gave a groan.
  • “I don’t know how it is,” said he, “but I had hoped for so much
  • from his return. But surely his hand was not tied up like that
  • yesterday. What can be the matter?”
  • “You are not wounded, Holmes?” I asked, as my friend entered the
  • room.
  • “Tut, it is only a scratch through my own clumsiness,” he
  • answered, nodding his good-mornings to us. “This case of yours,
  • Mr. Phelps, is certainly one of the darkest which I have ever
  • investigated.”
  • “I feared that you would find it beyond you.”
  • “It has been a most remarkable experience.”
  • “That bandage tells of adventures,” said I. “Won’t you tell us
  • what has happened?”
  • “After breakfast, my dear Watson. Remember that I have breathed
  • thirty miles of Surrey air this morning. I suppose that there has
  • been no answer from my cabman advertisement? Well, well, we
  • cannot expect to score every time.”
  • The table was all laid, and just as I was about to ring Mrs.
  • Hudson entered with the tea and coffee. A few minutes later she
  • brought in three covers, and we all drew up to the table, Holmes
  • ravenous, I curious, and Phelps in the gloomiest state of
  • depression.
  • “Mrs. Hudson has risen to the occasion,” said Holmes, uncovering
  • a dish of curried chicken. “Her cuisine is a little limited, but
  • she has as good an idea of breakfast as a Scotch-woman. What have
  • you here, Watson?”
  • “Ham and eggs,” I answered.
  • “Good! What are you going to take, Mr. Phelps—curried fowl or
  • eggs, or will you help yourself?”
  • “Thank you. I can eat nothing,” said Phelps.
  • “Oh, come! Try the dish before you.”
  • “Thank you, I would really rather not.”
  • “Well, then,” said Holmes, with a mischievous twinkle, “I suppose
  • that you have no objection to helping me?”
  • Phelps raised the cover, and as he did so he uttered a scream,
  • and sat there staring with a face as white as the plate upon
  • which he looked. Across the centre of it was lying a little
  • cylinder of blue-grey paper. He caught it up, devoured it with
  • his eyes, and then danced madly about the room, pressing it to
  • his bosom and shrieking out in his delight. Then he fell back
  • into an armchair so limp and exhausted with his own emotions that
  • we had to pour brandy down his throat to keep him from fainting.
  • “There! there!” said Holmes, soothing, patting him upon the
  • shoulder. “It was too bad to spring it on you like this, but
  • Watson here will tell you that I never can resist a touch of the
  • dramatic.”
  • Phelps seized his hand and kissed it. “God bless you!” he cried.
  • “You have saved my honour.”
  • “Well, my own was at stake, you know,” said Holmes. “I assure you
  • it is just as hateful to me to fail in a case as it can be to you
  • to blunder over a commission.”
  • Phelps thrust away the precious document into the innermost
  • pocket of his coat.
  • “I have not the heart to interrupt your breakfast any further,
  • and yet I am dying to know how you got it and where it was.”
  • Sherlock Holmes swallowed a cup of coffee, and turned his
  • attention to the ham and eggs. Then he rose, lit his pipe, and
  • settled himself down into his chair.
  • “I’ll tell you what I did first, and how I came to do it
  • afterwards,” said he. “After leaving you at the station I went
  • for a charming walk through some admirable Surrey scenery to a
  • pretty little village called Ripley, where I had my tea at an
  • inn, and took the precaution of filling my flask and of putting a
  • paper of sandwiches in my pocket. There I remained until evening,
  • when I set off for Woking again, and found myself in the
  • high-road outside Briarbrae just after sunset.
  • “Well, I waited until the road was clear—it is never a very
  • frequented one at any time, I fancy—and then I clambered over the
  • fence into the grounds.”
  • “Surely the gate was open!” ejaculated Phelps.
  • “Yes, but I have a peculiar taste in these matters. I chose the
  • place where the three fir-trees stand, and behind their screen I
  • got over without the least chance of any one in the house being
  • able to see me. I crouched down among the bushes on the other
  • side, and crawled from one to the other—witness the disreputable
  • state of my trouser knees—until I had reached the clump of
  • rhododendrons just opposite to your bedroom window. There I
  • squatted down and awaited developments.
  • “The blind was not down in your room, and I could see Miss
  • Harrison sitting there reading by the table. It was quarter-past
  • ten when she closed her book, fastened the shutters, and retired.
  • “I heard her shut the door, and felt quite sure that she had
  • turned the key in the lock.”
  • “The key!” ejaculated Phelps.
  • “Yes; I had given Miss Harrison instructions to lock the door on
  • the outside and take the key with her when she went to bed. She
  • carried out every one of my injunctions to the letter, and
  • certainly without her co-operation you would not have that paper
  • in your coat-pocket. She departed then and the lights went out,
  • and I was left squatting in the rhododendron-bush.
  • “The night was fine, but still it was a very weary vigil. Of
  • course it has the sort of excitement about it that the sportsman
  • feels when he lies beside the water-course and waits for the big
  • game. It was very long, though—almost as long, Watson, as when
  • you and I waited in that deadly room when we looked into the
  • little problem of the Speckled Band. There was a church-clock
  • down at Woking which struck the quarters, and I thought more than
  • once that it had stopped. At last however about two in the
  • morning, I suddenly heard the gentle sound of a bolt being pushed
  • back and the creaking of a key. A moment later the servants’ door
  • was opened, and Mr. Joseph Harrison stepped out into the
  • moonlight.”
  • “Joseph!” ejaculated Phelps.
  • “He was bare-headed, but he had a black coat thrown over his
  • shoulder so that he could conceal his face in an instant if there
  • were any alarm. He walked on tiptoe under the shadow of the wall,
  • and when he reached the window he worked a long-bladed knife
  • through the sash and pushed back the catch. Then he flung open
  • the window, and putting his knife through the crack in the
  • shutters, he thrust the bar up and swung them open.
  • “From where I lay I had a perfect view of the inside of the room
  • and of every one of his movements. He lit the two candles which
  • stood upon the mantelpiece, and then he proceeded to turn back
  • the corner of the carpet in the neighbourhood of the door.
  • Presently he stopped and picked out a square piece of board, such
  • as is usually left to enable plumbers to get at the joints of the
  • gas-pipes. This one covered, as a matter of fact, the T joint
  • which gives off the pipe which supplies the kitchen underneath.
  • Out of this hiding-place he drew that little cylinder of paper,
  • pushed down the board, rearranged the carpet, blew out the
  • candles, and walked straight into my arms as I stood waiting for
  • him outside the window.
  • “Well, he has rather more viciousness than I gave him credit for,
  • has Master Joseph. He flew at me with his knife, and I had to
  • grasp him twice, and got a cut over the knuckles, before I had
  • the upper hand of him. He looked murder out of the only eye he
  • could see with when we had finished, but he listened to reason
  • and gave up the papers. Having got them I let my man go, but I
  • wired full particulars to Forbes this morning. If he is quick
  • enough to catch his bird, well and good. But if, as I shrewdly
  • suspect, he finds the nest empty before he gets there, why, all
  • the better for the government. I fancy that Lord Holdhurst for
  • one, and Mr. Percy Phelps for another, would very much rather
  • that the affair never got as far as a police-court.
  • “My God!” gasped our client. “Do you tell me that during these
  • long ten weeks of agony the stolen papers were within the very
  • room with me all the time?”
  • “So it was.”
  • “And Joseph! Joseph a villain and a thief!”
  • “Hum! I am afraid Joseph’s character is a rather deeper and more
  • dangerous one than one might judge from his appearance. From what
  • I have heard from him this morning, I gather that he has lost
  • heavily in dabbling with stocks, and that he is ready to do
  • anything on earth to better his fortunes. Being an absolutely
  • selfish man, when a chance presented itself he did not allow
  • either his sister’s happiness or your reputation to hold his
  • hand.”
  • Percy Phelps sank back in his chair. “My head whirls,” said he.
  • “Your words have dazed me.”
  • “The principal difficulty in your case,” remarked Holmes, in his
  • didactic fashion, “lay in the fact of there being too much
  • evidence. What was vital was overlaid and hidden by what was
  • irrelevant. Of all the facts which were presented to us we had to
  • pick just those which we deemed to be essential, and then piece
  • them together in their order, so as to reconstruct this very
  • remarkable chain of events. I had already begun to suspect
  • Joseph, from the fact that you had intended to travel home with
  • him that night, and that therefore it was a likely enough thing
  • that he should call for you, knowing the Foreign Office well,
  • upon his way. When I heard that some one had been so anxious to
  • get into the bedroom, in which no one but Joseph could have
  • concealed anything—you told us in your narrative how you had
  • turned Joseph out when you arrived with the doctor—my suspicions
  • all changed to certainties, especially as the attempt was made on
  • the first night upon which the nurse was absent, showing that the
  • intruder was well acquainted with the ways of the house.”
  • “How blind I have been!”
  • “The facts of the case, as far as I have worked them out, are
  • these: this Joseph Harrison entered the office through the
  • Charles Street door, and knowing his way he walked straight into
  • your room the instant after you left it. Finding no one there he
  • promptly rang the bell, and at the instant that he did so his
  • eyes caught the paper upon the table. A glance showed him that
  • chance had put in his way a State document of immense value, and
  • in an instant he had thrust it into his pocket and was gone. A
  • few minutes elapsed, as you remember, before the sleepy
  • commissionnaire drew your attention to the bell, and those were
  • just enough to give the thief time to make his escape.
  • “He made his way to Woking by the first train, and having
  • examined his booty and assured himself that it really was of
  • immense value, he had concealed it in what he thought was a very
  • safe place, with the intention of taking it out again in a day or
  • two, and carrying it to the French embassy, or wherever he
  • thought that a long price was to be had. Then came your sudden
  • return. He, without a moment’s warning, was bundled out of his
  • room, and from that time onward there were always at least two of
  • you there to prevent him from regaining his treasure. The
  • situation to him must have been a maddening one. But at last he
  • thought he saw his chance. He tried to steal in, but was baffled
  • by your wakefulness. You remember that you did not take your
  • usual draught that night.”
  • “I remember.”
  • “I fancy that he had taken steps to make that draught
  • efficacious, and that he quite relied upon your being
  • unconscious. Of course, I understood that he would repeat the
  • attempt whenever it could be done with safety. Your leaving the
  • room gave him the chance he wanted. I kept Miss Harrison in it
  • all day so that he might not anticipate us. Then, having given
  • him the idea that the coast was clear, I kept guard as I have
  • described. I already knew that the papers were probably in the
  • room, but I had no desire to rip up all the planking and skirting
  • in search of them. I let him take them, therefore, from the
  • hiding-place, and so saved myself an infinity of trouble. Is
  • there any other point which I can make clear?”
  • “Why did he try the window on the first occasion,” I asked, “when
  • he might have entered by the door?”
  • “In reaching the door he would have to pass seven bedrooms. On
  • the other hand, he could get out on to the lawn with ease.
  • Anything else?”
  • “You do not think,” asked Phelps, “that he had any murderous
  • intention? The knife was only meant as a tool.”
  • “It may be so,” answered Holmes, shrugging his shoulders. “I can
  • only say for certain that Mr. Joseph Harrison is a gentleman to
  • whose mercy I should be extremely unwilling to trust.”
  • XII. The Final Problem
  • It is with a heavy heart that I take up my pen to write these the
  • last words in which I shall ever record the singular gifts by
  • which my friend Mr. Sherlock Holmes was distinguished. In an
  • incoherent and, as I deeply feel, an entirely inadequate fashion,
  • I have endeavoured to give some account of my strange experiences
  • in his company from the chance which first brought us together at
  • the period of the “Study in Scarlet,” up to the time of his
  • interference in the matter of the “Naval Treaty”—an interference
  • which had the unquestionable effect of preventing a serious
  • international complication. It was my intention to have stopped
  • there, and to have said nothing of that event which has created a
  • void in my life which the lapse of two years has done little to
  • fill. My hand has been forced, however, by the recent letters in
  • which Colonel James Moriarty defends the memory of his brother,
  • and I have no choice but to lay the facts before the public
  • exactly as they occurred. I alone know the absolute truth of the
  • matter, and I am satisfied that the time has come when no good
  • purpose is to be served by its suppression. As far as I know,
  • there have been only three accounts in the public press: that in
  • the _Journal de Genève_ on May 6th, 1891, the Reuter’s despatch
  • in the English papers on May 7th, and finally the recent letter
  • to which I have alluded. Of these the first and second were
  • extremely condensed, while the last is, as I shall now show, an
  • absolute perversion of the facts. It lies with me to tell for the
  • first time what really took place between Professor Moriarty and
  • Mr. Sherlock Holmes.
  • It may be remembered that after my marriage, and my subsequent
  • start in private practice, the very intimate relations which had
  • existed between Holmes and myself became to some extent modified.
  • He still came to me from time to time when he desired a companion
  • in his investigation, but these occasions grew more and more
  • seldom, until I find that in the year 1890 there were only three
  • cases of which I retain any record. During the winter of that
  • year and the early spring of 1891, I saw in the papers that he
  • had been engaged by the French government upon a matter of
  • supreme importance, and I received two notes from Holmes, dated
  • from Narbonne and from Nimes, from which I gathered that his stay
  • in France was likely to be a long one. It was with some surprise,
  • therefore, that I saw him walk into my consulting-room upon the
  • evening of the 24th of April. It struck me that he was looking
  • even paler and thinner than usual.
  • “Yes, I have been using myself up rather too freely,” he
  • remarked, in answer to my look rather than to my words; “I have
  • been a little pressed of late. Have you any objection to my
  • closing your shutters?”
  • The only light in the room came from the lamp upon the table at
  • which I had been reading. Holmes edged his way round the wall and
  • flinging the shutters together, he bolted them securely.
  • “You are afraid of something?” I asked.
  • “Well, I am.”
  • “Of what?”
  • “Of air-guns.”
  • “My dear Holmes, what do you mean?”
  • “I think that you know me well enough, Watson, to understand that
  • I am by no means a nervous man. At the same time, it is stupidity
  • rather than courage to refuse to recognise danger when it is
  • close upon you. Might I trouble you for a match?” He drew in the
  • smoke of his cigarette as if the soothing influence was grateful
  • to him.
  • “I must apologise for calling so late,” said he, “and I must
  • further beg you to be so unconventional as to allow me to leave
  • your house presently by scrambling over your back garden wall.”
  • “But what does it all mean?” I asked.
  • He held out his hand, and I saw in the light of the lamp that two
  • of his knuckles were burst and bleeding.
  • “It is not an airy nothing, you see,” said he, smiling. “On the
  • contrary, it is solid enough for a man to break his hand over. Is
  • Mrs. Watson in?”
  • “She is away upon a visit.”
  • “Indeed! You are alone?”
  • “Quite.”
  • “Then it makes it the easier for me to propose that you should
  • come away with me for a week to the Continent.”
  • “Where?”
  • “Oh, anywhere. It’s all the same to me.”
  • There was something very strange in all this. It was not Holmes’s
  • nature to take an aimless holiday, and something about his pale,
  • worn face told me that his nerves were at their highest tension.
  • He saw the question in my eyes, and, putting his finger-tips
  • together and his elbows upon his knees, he explained the
  • situation.
  • “You have probably never heard of Professor Moriarty?” said he.
  • “Never.”
  • “Aye, there’s the genius and the wonder of the thing!” he cried.
  • “The man pervades London, and no one has heard of him. That’s
  • what puts him on a pinnacle in the records of crime. I tell you,
  • Watson, in all seriousness, that if I could beat that man, if I
  • could free society of him, I should feel that my own career had
  • reached its summit, and I should be prepared to turn to some more
  • placid line in life. Between ourselves, the recent cases in which
  • I have been of assistance to the royal family of Scandinavia, and
  • to the French republic, have left me in such a position that I
  • could continue to live in the quiet fashion which is most
  • congenial to me, and to concentrate my attention upon my chemical
  • researches. But I could not rest, Watson, I could not sit quiet
  • in my chair, if I thought that such a man as Professor Moriarty
  • were walking the streets of London unchallenged.”
  • “What has he done, then?”
  • “His career has been an extraordinary one. He is a man of good
  • birth and excellent education, endowed by nature with a
  • phenomenal mathematical faculty. At the age of twenty-one he
  • wrote a treatise upon the Binomial Theorem, which has had a
  • European vogue. On the strength of it he won the Mathematical
  • Chair at one of our smaller universities, and had, to all
  • appearances, a most brilliant career before him. But the man had
  • hereditary tendencies of the most diabolical kind. A criminal
  • strain ran in his blood, which, instead of being modified, was
  • increased and rendered infinitely more dangerous by his
  • extraordinary mental powers. Dark rumours gathered round him in
  • the university town, and eventually he was compelled to resign
  • his chair and to come down to London, where he set up as an Army
  • coach. So much is known to the world, but what I am telling you
  • now is what I have myself discovered.
  • “As you are aware, Watson, there is no one who knows the higher
  • criminal world of London so well as I do. For years past I have
  • continually been conscious of some power behind the malefactor,
  • some deep organizing power which forever stands in the way of the
  • law, and throws its shield over the wrong-doer. Again and again
  • in cases of the most varying sorts—forgery cases, robberies,
  • murders—I have felt the presence of this force, and I have
  • deduced its action in many of those undiscovered crimes in which
  • I have not been personally consulted. For years I have
  • endeavoured to break through the veil which shrouded it, and at
  • last the time came when I seized my thread and followed it, until
  • it led me, after a thousand cunning windings, to ex-Professor
  • Moriarty of mathematical celebrity.
  • “He is the Napoleon of crime, Watson. He is the organizer of half
  • that is evil and of nearly all that is undetected in this great
  • city. He is a genius, a philosopher, an abstract thinker. He has
  • a brain of the first order. He sits motionless, like a spider in
  • the centre of its web, but that web has a thousand radiations,
  • and he knows well every quiver of each of them. He does little
  • himself. He only plans. But his agents are numerous and
  • splendidly organized. Is there a crime to be done, a paper to be
  • abstracted, we will say, a house to be rifled, a man to be
  • removed—the word is passed to the Professor, the matter is
  • organized and carried out. The agent may be caught. In that case
  • money is found for his bail or his defence. But the central power
  • which uses the agent is never caught—never so much as suspected.
  • This was the organization which I deduced, Watson, and which I
  • devoted my whole energy to exposing and breaking up.
  • “But the Professor was fenced round with safeguards so cunningly
  • devised that, do what I would, it seemed impossible to get
  • evidence which would convict in a court of law. You know my
  • powers, my dear Watson, and yet at the end of three months I was
  • forced to confess that I had at last met an antagonist who was my
  • intellectual equal. My horror at his crimes was lost in my
  • admiration at his skill. But at last he made a trip—only a
  • little, little trip—but it was more than he could afford when I
  • was so close upon him. I had my chance, and, starting from that
  • point, I have woven my net round him until now it is all ready to
  • close. In three days—that is to say, on Monday next—matters will
  • be ripe, and the Professor, with all the principal members of his
  • gang, will be in the hands of the police. Then will come the
  • greatest criminal trial of the century, the clearing up of over
  • forty mysteries, and the rope for all of them; but if we move at
  • all prematurely, you understand, they may slip out of our hands
  • even at the last moment.
  • “Now, if I could have done this without the knowledge of
  • Professor Moriarty, all would have been well. But he was too wily
  • for that. He saw every step which I took to draw my toils round
  • him. Again and again he strove to break away, but I as often
  • headed him off. I tell you, my friend, that if a detailed account
  • of that silent contest could be written, it would take its place
  • as the most brilliant bit of thrust-and-parry work in the history
  • of detection. Never have I risen to such a height, and never have
  • I been so hard pressed by an opponent. He cut deep, and yet I
  • just undercut him. This morning the last steps were taken, and
  • three days only were wanted to complete the business. I was
  • sitting in my room thinking the matter over, when the door opened
  • and Professor Moriarty stood before me.
  • “My nerves are fairly proof, Watson, but I must confess to a
  • start when I saw the very man who had been so much in my thoughts
  • standing there on my threshhold. His appearance was quite
  • familiar to me. He is extremely tall and thin, his forehead domes
  • out in a white curve, and his two eyes are deeply sunken in his
  • head. He is clean-shaven, pale, and ascetic-looking, retaining
  • something of the professor in his features. His shoulders are
  • rounded from much study, and his face protrudes forward, and is
  • forever slowly oscillating from side to side in a curiously
  • reptilian fashion. He peered at me with great curiosity in his
  • puckered eyes.
  • “‘You have less frontal development than I should have expected,’
  • said he, at last. ‘It is a dangerous habit to finger loaded
  • firearms in the pocket of one’s dressing-gown.’
  • “The fact is that upon his entrance I had instantly recognised
  • the extreme personal danger in which I lay. The only conceivable
  • escape for him lay in silencing my tongue. In an instant I had
  • slipped the revolver from the drawer into my pocket, and was
  • covering him through the cloth. At his remark I drew the weapon
  • out and laid it cocked upon the table. He still smiled and
  • blinked, but there was something about his eyes which made me
  • feel very glad that I had it there.
  • “‘You evidently don’t know me,’ said he.
  • “‘On the contrary,’ I answered, ‘I think it is fairly evident
  • that I do. Pray take a chair. I can spare you five minutes if you
  • have anything to say.’
  • “‘All that I have to say has already crossed your mind,’ said he.
  • “‘Then possibly my answer has crossed yours,’ I replied.
  • “‘You stand fast?’
  • “‘Absolutely.’
  • “He clapped his hand into his pocket, and I raised the pistol
  • from the table. But he merely drew out a memorandum-book in which
  • he had scribbled some dates.
  • “‘You crossed my path on the 4th of January,’ said he. ‘On the
  • 23rd you incommoded me; by the middle of February I was seriously
  • inconvenienced by you; at the end of March I was absolutely
  • hampered in my plans; and now, at the close of April, I find
  • myself placed in such a position through your continual
  • persecution that I am in positive danger of losing my liberty.
  • The situation is becoming an impossible one.’
  • “‘Have you any suggestion to make?’ I asked.
  • “‘You must drop it, Mr. Holmes,’ said he, swaying his face about.
  • ‘You really must, you know.’
  • “‘After Monday,’ said I.
  • “‘Tut, tut,’ said he. ‘I am quite sure that a man of your
  • intelligence will see that there can be but one outcome to this
  • affair. It is necessary that you should withdraw. You have worked
  • things in such a fashion that we have only one resource left. It
  • has been an intellectual treat to me to see the way in which you
  • have grappled with this affair, and I say, unaffectedly, that it
  • would be a grief to me to be forced to take any extreme measure.
  • You smile, sir, but I assure you that it really would.’
  • “‘Danger is part of my trade,’ I remarked.
  • “‘That is not danger,’ said he. ‘It is inevitable destruction.
  • You stand in the way not merely of an individual, but of a mighty
  • organization, the full extent of which you, with all your
  • cleverness, have been unable to realize. You must stand clear,
  • Mr. Holmes, or be trodden under foot.’
  • “‘I am afraid,’ said I, rising, ‘that in the pleasure of this
  • conversation I am neglecting business of importance which awaits
  • me elsewhere.’
  • “He rose also and looked at me in silence, shaking his head
  • sadly.
  • “‘Well, well,’ said he, at last. ‘It seems a pity, but I have
  • done what I could. I know every move of your game. You can do
  • nothing before Monday. It has been a duel between you and me, Mr.
  • Holmes. You hope to place me in the dock. I tell you that I will
  • never stand in the dock. You hope to beat me. I tell you that you
  • will never beat me. If you are clever enough to bring destruction
  • upon me, rest assured that I shall do as much to you.’
  • “‘You have paid me several compliments, Mr. Moriarty,’ said I.
  • ‘Let me pay you one in return when I say that if I were assured
  • of the former eventuality I would, in the interests of the
  • public, cheerfully accept the latter.’
  • “‘I can promise you the one, but not the other,’ he snarled, and
  • so turned his rounded back upon me, and went peering and blinking
  • out of the room.
  • “That was my singular interview with Professor Moriarty. I
  • confess that it left an unpleasant effect upon my mind. His soft,
  • precise fashion of speech leaves a conviction of sincerity which
  • a mere bully could not produce. Of course, you will say: ‘Why not
  • take police precautions against him?’ the reason is that I am
  • well convinced that it is from his agents the blow will fall. I
  • have the best proofs that it would be so.”
  • “You have already been assaulted?”
  • “My dear Watson, Professor Moriarty is not a man who lets the
  • grass grow under his feet. I went out about midday to transact
  • some business in Oxford Street. As I passed the corner which
  • leads from Bentinck Street on to the Welbeck Street crossing a
  • two-horse van furiously driven whizzed round and was on me like a
  • flash. I sprang for the foot-path and saved myself by the
  • fraction of a second. The van dashed round by Marylebone Lane and
  • was gone in an instant. I kept to the pavement after that,
  • Watson, but as I walked down Vere Street a brick came down from
  • the roof of one of the houses, and was shattered to fragments at
  • my feet. I called the police and had the place examined. There
  • were slates and bricks piled up on the roof preparatory to some
  • repairs, and they would have me believe that the wind had toppled
  • over one of these. Of course I knew better, but I could prove
  • nothing. I took a cab after that and reached my brother’s rooms
  • in Pall Mall, where I spent the day. Now I have come round to
  • you, and on my way I was attacked by a rough with a bludgeon. I
  • knocked him down, and the police have him in custody; but I can
  • tell you with the most absolute confidence that no possible
  • connection will ever be traced between the gentleman upon whose
  • front teeth I have barked my knuckles and the retiring
  • mathematical coach, who is, I daresay, working out problems upon
  • a blackboard ten miles away. You will not wonder, Watson, that my
  • first act on entering your rooms was to close your shutters, and
  • that I have been compelled to ask your permission to leave the
  • house by some less conspicuous exit than the front door.”
  • I had often admired my friend’s courage, but never more than now,
  • as he sat quietly checking off a series of incidents which must
  • have combined to make up a day of horror.
  • “You will spend the night here?” I said.
  • “No, my friend, you might find me a dangerous guest. I have my
  • plans laid, and all will be well. Matters have gone so far now
  • that they can move without my help as far as the arrest goes,
  • though my presence is necessary for a conviction. It is obvious,
  • therefore, that I cannot do better than get away for the few days
  • which remain before the police are at liberty to act. It would be
  • a great pleasure to me, therefore, if you could come on to the
  • Continent with me.”
  • “The practice is quiet,” said I, “and I have an accommodating
  • neighbour. I should be glad to come.”
  • “And to start to-morrow morning?”
  • “If necessary.”
  • “Oh yes, it is most necessary. Then these are your instructions,
  • and I beg, my dear Watson, that you will obey them to the letter,
  • for you are now playing a double-handed game with me against the
  • cleverest rogue and the most powerful syndicate of criminals in
  • Europe. Now listen! You will dispatch whatever luggage you intend
  • to take by a trusty messenger unaddressed to Victoria to-night.
  • In the morning you will send for a hansom, desiring your man to
  • take neither the first nor the second which may present itself.
  • Into this hansom you will jump, and you will drive to the Strand
  • end of the Lowther Arcade, handing the address to the cabman upon
  • a slip of paper, with a request that he will not throw it away.
  • Have your fare ready, and the instant that your cab stops, dash
  • through the Arcade, timing yourself to reach the other side at a
  • quarter-past nine. You will find a small brougham waiting close
  • to the curb, driven by a fellow with a heavy black cloak tipped
  • at the collar with red. Into this you will step, and you will
  • reach Victoria in time for the Continental express.”
  • “Where shall I meet you?”
  • “At the station. The second first-class carriage from the front
  • will be reserved for us.”
  • “The carriage is our rendezvous, then?”
  • “Yes.”
  • It was in vain that I asked Holmes to remain for the evening. It
  • was evident to me that he thought he might bring trouble to the
  • roof he was under, and that that was the motive which impelled
  • him to go. With a few hurried words as to our plans for the
  • morrow he rose and came out with me into the garden, clambering
  • over the wall which leads into Mortimer Street, and immediately
  • whistling for a hansom, in which I heard him drive away.
  • In the morning I obeyed Holmes’s injunctions to the letter. A
  • hansom was procured with such precaution as would prevent its
  • being one which was placed ready for us, and I drove immediately
  • after breakfast to the Lowther Arcade, through which I hurried at
  • the top of my speed. A brougham was waiting with a very massive
  • driver wrapped in a dark cloak, who, the instant that I had
  • stepped in, whipped up the horse and rattled off to Victoria
  • Station. On my alighting there he turned the carriage, and dashed
  • away again without so much as a look in my direction.
  • So far all had gone admirably. My luggage was waiting for me, and
  • I had no difficulty in finding the carriage which Holmes had
  • indicated, the less so as it was the only one in the train which
  • was marked “Engaged.” My only source of anxiety now was the
  • non-appearance of Holmes. The station clock marked only seven
  • minutes from the time when we were due to start. In vain I
  • searched among the groups of travellers and leave-takers for the
  • lithe figure of my friend. There was no sign of him. I spent a
  • few minutes in assisting a venerable Italian priest, who was
  • endeavouring to make a porter understand, in his broken English,
  • that his luggage was to be booked through to Paris. Then, having
  • taken another look round, I returned to my carriage, where I
  • found that the porter, in spite of the ticket, had given me my
  • decrepit Italian friend as a traveling companion. It was useless
  • for me to explain to him that his presence was an intrusion, for
  • my Italian was even more limited than his English, so I shrugged
  • my shoulders resignedly, and continued to look out anxiously for
  • my friend. A chill of fear had come over me, as I thought that
  • his absence might mean that some blow had fallen during the
  • night. Already the doors had all been shut and the whistle blown,
  • when—
  • “My dear Watson,” said a voice, “you have not even condescended
  • to say good-morning.”
  • I turned in uncontrollable astonishment. The aged ecclesiastic
  • had turned his face towards me. For an instant the wrinkles were
  • smoothed away, the nose drew away from the chin, the lower lip
  • ceased to protrude and the mouth to mumble, the dull eyes
  • regained their fire, the drooping figure expanded. The next the
  • whole frame collapsed again, and Holmes had gone as quickly as he
  • had come.
  • “Good heavens!” I cried. “How you startled me!”
  • “Every precaution is still necessary,” he whispered. “I have
  • reason to think that they are hot upon our trail. Ah, there is
  • Moriarty himself.”
  • The train had already begun to move as Holmes spoke. Glancing
  • back, I saw a tall man pushing his way furiously through the
  • crowd, and waving his hand as if he desired to have the train
  • stopped. It was too late, however, for we were rapidly gathering
  • momentum, and an instant later had shot clear of the station.
  • “With all our precautions, you see that we have cut it rather
  • fine,” said Holmes, laughing. He rose, and throwing off the black
  • cassock and hat which had formed his disguise, he packed them
  • away in a hand-bag.
  • “Have you seen the morning paper, Watson?”
  • “No.”
  • “You haven’t seen about Baker Street, then?”
  • “Baker Street?”
  • “They set fire to our rooms last night. No great harm was done.”
  • “Good heavens, Holmes! This is intolerable.”
  • “They must have lost my track completely after their bludgeon-man
  • was arrested. Otherwise they could not have imagined that I had
  • returned to my rooms. They have evidently taken the precaution of
  • watching you, however, and that is what has brought Moriarty to
  • Victoria. You could not have made any slip in coming?”
  • “I did exactly what you advised.”
  • “Did you find your brougham?”
  • “Yes, it was waiting.”
  • “Did you recognise your coachman?”
  • “No.”
  • “It was my brother Mycroft. It is an advantage to get about in
  • such a case without taking a mercenary into your confidence. But
  • we must plan what we are to do about Moriarty now.”
  • “As this is an express, and as the boat runs in connection with
  • it, I should think we have shaken him off very effectively.”
  • “My dear Watson, you evidently did not realize my meaning when I
  • said that this man may be taken as being quite on the same
  • intellectual plane as myself. You do not imagine that if I were
  • the pursuer I should allow myself to be baffled by so slight an
  • obstacle. Why, then, should you think so meanly of him?”
  • “What will he do?”
  • “What I should do?”
  • “What would you do, then?”
  • “Engage a special.”
  • “But it must be late.”
  • “By no means. This train stops at Canterbury; and there is always
  • at least a quarter of an hour’s delay at the boat. He will catch
  • us there.”
  • “One would think that we were the criminals. Let us have him
  • arrested on his arrival.”
  • “It would be to ruin the work of three months. We should get the
  • big fish, but the smaller would dart right and left out of the
  • net. On Monday we should have them all. No, an arrest is
  • inadmissible.”
  • “What then?”
  • “We shall get out at Canterbury.”
  • “And then?”
  • “Well, then we must make a cross-country journey to Newhaven, and
  • so over to Dieppe. Moriarty will again do what I should do. He
  • will get on to Paris, mark down our luggage, and wait for two
  • days at the depôt. In the meantime we shall treat ourselves to a
  • couple of carpet-bags, encourage the manufactures of the
  • countries through which we travel, and make our way at our
  • leisure into Switzerland, via Luxembourg and Basle.”
  • At Canterbury, therefore, we alighted, only to find that we
  • should have to wait an hour before we could get a train to
  • Newhaven.
  • I was still looking rather ruefully after the rapidly
  • disappearing luggage-van which contained my wardrobe, when Holmes
  • pulled my sleeve and pointed up the line.
  • “Already, you see,” said he.
  • Far away, from among the Kentish woods there rose a thin spray of
  • smoke. A minute later a carriage and engine could be seen flying
  • along the open curve which leads to the station. We had hardly
  • time to take our place behind a pile of luggage when it passed
  • with a rattle and a roar, beating a blast of hot air into our
  • faces.
  • “There he goes,” said Holmes, as we watched the carriage swing
  • and rock over the points. “There are limits, you see, to our
  • friend’s intelligence. It would have been a _coup-de-maître_ had
  • he deduced what I would deduce and acted accordingly.”
  • “And what would he have done had he overtaken us?”
  • “There cannot be the least doubt that he would have made a
  • murderous attack upon me. It is, however, a game at which two may
  • play. The question now is whether we should take a premature
  • lunch here, or run our chance of starving before we reach the
  • buffet at Newhaven.”
  • We made our way to Brussels that night and spent two days there,
  • moving on upon the third day as far as Strasburg. On the Monday
  • morning Holmes had telegraphed to the London police, and in the
  • evening we found a reply waiting for us at our hotel. Holmes tore
  • it open, and then with a bitter curse hurled it into the grate.
  • “I might have known it!” he groaned. “He has escaped!”
  • “Moriarty?”
  • “They have secured the whole gang with the exception of him. He
  • has given them the slip. Of course, when I had left the country
  • there was no one to cope with him. But I did think that I had put
  • the game in their hands. I think that you had better return to
  • England, Watson.”
  • “Why?”
  • “Because you will find me a dangerous companion now. This man’s
  • occupation is gone. He is lost if he returns to London. If I read
  • his character right he will devote his whole energies to
  • revenging himself upon me. He said as much in our short
  • interview, and I fancy that he meant it. I should certainly
  • recommend you to return to your practice.”
  • It was hardly an appeal to be successful with one who was an old
  • campaigner as well as an old friend. We sat in the Strasburg
  • _salle-à-manger_ arguing the question for half an hour, but the
  • same night we had resumed our journey and were well on our way to
  • Geneva.
  • For a charming week we wandered up the Valley of the Rhone, and
  • then, branching off at Leuk, we made our way over the Gemmi Pass,
  • still deep in snow, and so, by way of Interlaken, to Meiringen.
  • It was a lovely trip, the dainty green of the spring below, the
  • virgin white of the winter above; but it was clear to me that
  • never for one instant did Holmes forget the shadow which lay
  • across him. In the homely Alpine villages or in the lonely
  • mountain passes, I could tell by his quick glancing eyes and his
  • sharp scrutiny of every face that passed us, that he was well
  • convinced that, walk where we would, we could not walk ourselves
  • clear of the danger which was dogging our footsteps.
  • Once, I remember, as we passed over the Gemmi, and walked along
  • the border of the melancholy Daubensee, a large rock which had
  • been dislodged from the ridge upon our right clattered down and
  • roared into the lake behind us. In an instant Holmes had raced up
  • on to the ridge, and, standing upon a lofty pinnacle, craned his
  • neck in every direction. It was in vain that our guide assured
  • him that a fall of stones was a common chance in the spring-time
  • at that spot. He said nothing, but he smiled at me with the air
  • of a man who sees the fulfillment of that which he had expected.
  • And yet for all his watchfulness he was never depressed. On the
  • contrary, I can never recollect having seen him in such exuberant
  • spirits. Again and again he recurred to the fact that if he could
  • be assured that society was freed from Professor Moriarty he
  • would cheerfully bring his own career to a conclusion.
  • “I think that I may go so far as to say, Watson, that I have not
  • lived wholly in vain,” he remarked. “If my record were closed
  • to-night I could still survey it with equanimity. The air of
  • London is the sweeter for my presence. In over a thousand cases I
  • am not aware that I have ever used my powers upon the wrong side.
  • Of late I have been tempted to look into the problems furnished
  • by nature rather than those more superficial ones for which our
  • artificial state of society is responsible. Your memoirs will
  • draw to an end, Watson, upon the day that I crown my career by
  • the capture or extinction of the most dangerous and capable
  • criminal in Europe.”
  • I shall be brief, and yet exact, in the little which remains for
  • me to tell. It is not a subject on which I would willingly dwell,
  • and yet I am conscious that a duty devolves upon me to omit no
  • detail.
  • It was on the 3rd of May that we reached the little village of
  • Meiringen, where we put up at the Englischer Hof, then kept by
  • Peter Steiler the elder. Our landlord was an intelligent man, and
  • spoke excellent English, having served for three years as waiter
  • at the Grosvenor Hotel in London. At his advice, on the afternoon
  • of the 4th we set off together, with the intention of crossing
  • the hills and spending the night at the hamlet of Rosenlaui. We
  • had strict injunctions, however, on no account to pass the falls
  • of Reichenbach, which are about half-way up the hill, without
  • making a small détour to see them.
  • It is indeed, a fearful place. The torrent, swollen by the
  • melting snow, plunges into a tremendous abyss, from which the
  • spray rolls up like the smoke from a burning house. The shaft
  • into which the river hurls itself is an immense chasm, lined by
  • glistening coal-black rock, and narrowing into a creaming,
  • boiling pit of incalculable depth, which brims over and shoots
  • the stream onward over its jagged lip. The long sweep of green
  • water roaring forever down, and the thick flickering curtain of
  • spray hissing forever upward, turn a man giddy with their
  • constant whirl and clamour. We stood near the edge peering down
  • at the gleam of the breaking water far below us against the black
  • rocks, and listening to the half-human shout which came booming
  • up with the spray out of the abyss.
  • The path has been cut half-way round the fall to afford a
  • complete view, but it ends abruptly, and the traveler has to
  • return as he came. We had turned to do so, when we saw a Swiss
  • lad come running along it with a letter in his hand. It bore the
  • mark of the hotel which we had just left, and was addressed to me
  • by the landlord. It appeared that within a very few minutes of
  • our leaving, an English lady had arrived who was in the last
  • stage of consumption. She had wintered at Davos Platz, and was
  • journeying now to join her friends at Lucerne, when a sudden
  • hemorrhage had overtaken her. It was thought that she could
  • hardly live a few hours, but it would be a great consolation to
  • her to see an English doctor, and, if I would only return, etc.
  • The good Steiler assured me in a postscript that he would himself
  • look upon my compliance as a very great favour, since the lady
  • absolutely refused to see a Swiss physician, and he could not but
  • feel that he was incurring a great responsibility.
  • The appeal was one which could not be ignored. It was impossible
  • to refuse the request of a fellow-countrywoman dying in a strange
  • land. Yet I had my scruples about leaving Holmes. It was finally
  • agreed, however, that he should retain the young Swiss messenger
  • with him as guide and companion while I returned to Meiringen. My
  • friend would stay some little time at the fall, he said, and
  • would then walk slowly over the hill to Rosenlaui, where I was to
  • rejoin him in the evening. As I turned away I saw Holmes, with
  • his back against a rock and his arms folded, gazing down at the
  • rush of the waters. It was the last that I was ever destined to
  • see of him in this world.
  • When I was near the bottom of the descent I looked back. It was
  • impossible, from that position, to see the fall, but I could see
  • the curving path which winds over the shoulder of the hill and
  • leads to it. Along this a man was, I remember, walking very
  • rapidly.
  • I could see his black figure clearly outlined against the green
  • behind him. I noted him, and the energy with which he walked but
  • he passed from my mind again as I hurried on upon my errand.
  • It may have been a little over an hour before I reached
  • Meiringen. Old Steiler was standing at the porch of his hotel.
  • “Well,” said I, as I came hurrying up, “I trust that she is no
  • worse?”
  • A look of surprise passed over his face, and at the first quiver
  • of his eyebrows my heart turned to lead in my breast.
  • “You did not write this?” I said, pulling the letter from my
  • pocket. “There is no sick Englishwoman in the hotel?”
  • “Certainly not!” he cried. “But it has the hotel mark upon it!
  • Ha, it must have been written by that tall Englishman who came in
  • after you had gone. He said—”
  • But I waited for none of the landlord’s explanations. In a tingle
  • of fear I was already running down the village street, and making
  • for the path which I had so lately descended. It had taken me an
  • hour to come down. For all my efforts two more had passed before
  • I found myself at the fall of Reichenbach once more. There was
  • Holmes’s Alpine-stock still leaning against the rock by which I
  • had left him. But there was no sign of him, and it was in vain
  • that I shouted. My only answer was my own voice reverberating in
  • a rolling echo from the cliffs around me.
  • It was the sight of that Alpine-stock which turned me cold and
  • sick. He had not gone to Rosenlaui, then. He had remained on that
  • three-foot path, with sheer wall on one side and sheer drop on
  • the other, until his enemy had overtaken him. The young Swiss had
  • gone too. He had probably been in the pay of Moriarty, and had
  • left the two men together. And then what had happened? Who was to
  • tell us what had happened then?
  • I stood for a minute or two to collect myself, for I was dazed
  • with the horror of the thing. Then I began to think of Holmes’s
  • own methods and to try to practise them in reading this tragedy.
  • It was, alas, only too easy to do. During our conversation we had
  • not gone to the end of the path, and the Alpine-stock marked the
  • place where we had stood. The blackish soil is kept forever soft
  • by the incessant drift of spray, and a bird would leave its tread
  • upon it. Two lines of footmarks were clearly marked along the
  • farther end of the path, both leading away from me. There were
  • none returning. A few yards from the end the soil was all
  • ploughed up into a patch of mud, and the branches and ferns which
  • fringed the chasm were torn and bedraggled. I lay upon my face
  • and peered over with the spray spouting up all around me. It had
  • darkened since I left, and now I could only see here and there
  • the glistening of moisture upon the black walls, and far away
  • down at the end of the shaft the gleam of the broken water. I
  • shouted; but only the same half-human cry of the fall was borne
  • back to my ears.
  • But it was destined that I should after all have a last word of
  • greeting from my friend and comrade. I have said that his
  • Alpine-stock had been left leaning against a rock which jutted on
  • to the path. From the top of this boulder the gleam of something
  • bright caught my eye, and, raising my hand, I found that it came
  • from the silver cigarette-case which he used to carry. As I took
  • it up a small square of paper upon which it had lain fluttered
  • down on to the ground. Unfolding it, I found that it consisted of
  • three pages torn from his note-book and addressed to me. It was
  • characteristic of the man that the direction was a precise, and
  • the writing as firm and clear, as though it had been written in
  • his study.
  • “My dear Watson,” he said, “I write these few lines through the
  • courtesy of Mr. Moriarty, who awaits my convenience for the final
  • discussion of those questions which lie between us. He has been
  • giving me a sketch of the methods by which he avoided the English
  • police and kept himself informed of our movements. They certainly
  • confirm the very high opinion which I had formed of his
  • abilities. I am pleased to think that I shall be able to free
  • society from any further effects of his presence, though I fear
  • that it is at a cost which will give pain to my friends, and
  • especially, my dear Watson, to you. I have already explained to
  • you, however, that my career had in any case reached its crisis,
  • and that no possible conclusion to it could be more congenial to
  • me than this. Indeed, if I may make a full confession to you, I
  • was quite convinced that the letter from Meiringen was a hoax,
  • and I allowed you to depart on that errand under the persuasion
  • that some development of this sort would follow. Tell Inspector
  • Patterson that the papers which he needs to convict the gang are
  • in pigeonhole M., done up in a blue envelope and inscribed
  • ‘Moriarty.’ I made every disposition of my property before
  • leaving England, and handed it to my brother Mycroft. Pray give
  • my greetings to Mrs. Watson, and believe me to be, my dear
  • fellow,
  • “Very sincerely yours,
  • “Sherlock Holmes.”
  • A few words may suffice to tell the little that remains. An
  • examination by experts leaves little doubt that a personal
  • contest between the two men ended, as it could hardly fail to end
  • in such a situation, in their reeling over, locked in each
  • other’s arms. Any attempt at recovering the bodies was absolutely
  • hopeless, and there, deep down in that dreadful caldron of
  • swirling water and seething foam, will lie for all time the most
  • dangerous criminal and the foremost champion of the law of their
  • generation. The Swiss youth was never found again, and there can
  • be no doubt that he was one of the numerous agents whom Moriarty
  • kept in his employ. As to the gang, it will be within the memory
  • of the public how completely the evidence which Holmes had
  • accumulated exposed their organization, and how heavily the hand
  • of the dead man weighed upon them. Of their terrible chief few
  • details came out during the proceedings, and if I have now been
  • compelled to make a clear statement of his career it is due to
  • those injudicious champions who have endeavoured to clear his
  • memory by attacks upon him whom I shall ever regard as the best
  • and the wisest man whom I have ever known.
  • End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Memoirs of Sherlock Holmes, by
  • Arthur Conan Doyle
  • *** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MEMOIRS OF SHERLOCK HOLMES ***
  • ***** This file should be named 834-h.htm or 834-h.zip *****
  • This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
  • http://www.gutenberg.org/8/3/834/
  • Produced by Angela M. Cable, and David Widger
  • Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
  • will be renamed.
  • Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
  • one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
  • (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
  • permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
  • set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
  • copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
  • protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
  • Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
  • charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
  • do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
  • rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
  • such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
  • research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
  • practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
  • subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
  • redistribution.
  • *** START: FULL LICENSE ***
  • THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
  • PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
  • To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
  • distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
  • (or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
  • Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
  • http://gutenberg.org/license).
  • Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic works
  • 1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
  • and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
  • (trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
  • the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
  • all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
  • If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
  • terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
  • entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
  • 1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
  • used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
  • agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
  • things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
  • even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
  • paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
  • and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works. See paragraph 1.E below.
  • 1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation”
  • or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
  • collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
  • individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
  • located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
  • copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
  • works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
  • are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
  • freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
  • this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
  • the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
  • keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
  • 1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
  • what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
  • a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
  • the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
  • before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
  • creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
  • Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
  • the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
  • States.
  • 1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
  • 1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
  • access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
  • whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
  • phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project
  • Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
  • copied or distributed:
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  • almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
  • re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  • with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
  • 1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
  • from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
  • posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
  • and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
  • or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
  • with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the
  • work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
  • through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
  • Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
  • 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
  • with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
  • must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
  • terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
  • to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
  • permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
  • 1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
  • work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
  • 1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
  • electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
  • prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
  • active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License.
  • 1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
  • compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
  • word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
  • distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
  • “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version
  • posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
  • you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
  • copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
  • request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other
  • form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
  • 1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
  • performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
  • unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
  • access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
  • that
  • - You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
  • the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
  • you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
  • owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
  • has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
  • Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
  • must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
  • prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
  • returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
  • sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
  • address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to
  • the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”
  • - You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
  • you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
  • does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License. You must require such a user to return or
  • destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
  • and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
  • Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  • - You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
  • money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
  • electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
  • of receipt of the work.
  • - You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
  • distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  • 1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
  • forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
  • both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
  • Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
  • Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
  • 1.F.
  • 1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
  • effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
  • public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
  • “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
  • corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
  • property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
  • computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
  • your equipment.
  • 1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right
  • of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
  • liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
  • fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
  • LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
  • PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
  • TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
  • LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
  • INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
  • DAMAGE.
  • 1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
  • defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
  • receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
  • written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
  • received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
  • your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
  • the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
  • refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
  • providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
  • receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
  • is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
  • opportunities to fix the problem.
  • 1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
  • in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’ WITH NO OTHER
  • WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
  • WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
  • 1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
  • warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
  • If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
  • law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
  • interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
  • the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
  • provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
  • 1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
  • trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
  • providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
  • with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
  • promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
  • harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
  • that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
  • or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
  • work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
  • Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
  • Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
  • Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
  • electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
  • including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
  • because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
  • people in all walks of life.
  • Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
  • assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm’s
  • goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
  • remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
  • and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
  • To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
  • and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
  • and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
  • Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
  • Foundation
  • The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
  • 501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
  • state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
  • Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification
  • number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
  • http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
  • permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws.
  • The Foundation’s principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
  • Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
  • throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
  • 809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
  • business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
  • information can be found at the Foundation’s web site and official
  • page at http://pglaf.org
  • For additional contact information:
  • Dr. Gregory B. Newby
  • Chief Executive and Director
  • gbnewby@pglaf.org
  • Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation
  • Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
  • spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
  • increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
  • freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
  • array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
  • ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
  • status with the IRS.
  • The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
  • charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
  • States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
  • considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
  • with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
  • where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
  • SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
  • particular state visit http://pglaf.org
  • While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
  • have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
  • against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
  • approach us with offers to donate.
  • International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
  • any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
  • outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
  • Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
  • methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
  • ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
  • To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
  • Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works.
  • Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
  • with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
  • Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
  • Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
  • editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
  • unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
  • keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
  • Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
  • http://www.gutenberg.org
  • This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
  • including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
  • Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
  • subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.